# Copyright (C) 2004-2008 the TortoiseSVN team
# This file is distributed under the same license as TortoiseSVN
#
# Last commit by:
# $Author: luebbe $
# $Date: 2008-07-16 10:23:45 +0200 (Mi, 16. Jul 2008) $
# $Rev: 13486 $
#
# Authors:
# Milorad Popović <miloradspopovic@gmail.com>, 2008
#
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: TortoiseSVN Documentation\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-11-17 00:37 +0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-17 23:18+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Milorad Popović\n"
"Language-Team: TortoiseSVN translation team <dev@tortoisesvn.tigris.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Poedit-Language: Serbian cyrillic\n"
"X-Poedit-Country: SERBIA\n"

#. (title)
#. (secondary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3022
msgid "TortoiseSVN"
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН"

#. (subtitle)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5
msgid "A Subversion client for Windows"
msgstr "Субверзиони клијент за Виндоуз"

#. TRANSLATORS: "$MajorVersion$.$MinorVersion$.$MicroVersion$" is a literal value and should not be translated
#. (subtitle)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6
msgid "Version $MajorVersion$.$MinorVersion$.$MicroVersion$"
msgstr "Верзија $MajorVersion$.$MinorVersion$.$MicroVersion$"

#. (edition)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8
msgid "First"
msgstr "Први"

#. (firstname)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11
msgid "Stefan"
msgstr "Stefan"

#. (surname)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12
msgid "Küng"
msgstr "Küng"

#. (firstname)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15
msgid "Lübbe"
msgstr "Lübbe"

#. (surname)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16
msgid "Onken"
msgstr "Onken"

#. (firstname)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:19
msgid "Simon"
msgstr "Simon"

#. (surname)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:20
msgid "Large"
msgstr "Large"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:27
msgid "Preface"
msgstr "Предговор"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:35
msgid "Do you work in a team?"
msgstr "Да ли радите у тиму?"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:40
msgid "Has it ever happened that you were working on a file, and someone else was working on the same file at the same time? Did you lose your changes to that file because of that?"
msgstr "Да ли вам се икад десило да сте радили на фајлу, и да је неко други радио на истом фајлу у исто време? Да ли сте због тога изгубили ваше измене тог фајла?"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:47
msgid "Have you ever saved a file, and then wanted to revert the changes you made? Have you ever wished you could see what a file looked like some time ago?"
msgstr "Да ли сте икада сачували фајл и онда пожелели да вратите измене које сте урадили? Да ли сте икада пожелели да можете да видите како је фајл изгледао пре неког времена?"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:54
msgid "Have you ever found a bug in your project and wanted to know when that bug got into your files?"
msgstr "Да ли сте икада нашли баг у свом пројекту и желели да знате када је баг настао у вашим фајловима."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:61
msgid "If you answered <quote>yes</quote> to one of these questions, then TortoiseSVN is for you! Just read on to find out how TortoiseSVN can help you in your work. It's not that difficult."
msgstr "Ако одговорите <quote>да</quote> на једно од ових  питања,ТортоисеСВН је за вас! Наставите са читањем да би сте нашли како вам ТортоисеСВН може помоћи у послу. То није тако тешко."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:71
msgid "Audience"
msgstr "Аудиторијум"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:72
msgid "This book is written for computer literate folk who want to use Subversion to manage their data, but are uncomfortable using the command line client to do so. Since TortoiseSVN is a windows shell extension it's assumed that the user is familiar with the windows explorer and knows how to use it."
msgstr "Ова књига је написана за познаваоце компјутера који желе да користе Субверзију да управљају својим подацима, а није им згодно да користе програме који то раде из командне линије. Како је ТортоисеСВН проширење виндоуз шкољке узима се да је корисник упознат са виндоуз претраживачем и зна како га користити."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:84
msgid "Reading Guide"
msgstr "Водич за читање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:85
msgid "This <xref linkend=\"tsvn-preface\"/> explains a little about the TortoiseSVN project, the community of people who work on it, and the licensing conditions for using it and distributing it."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"tsvn-preface\"/> објашњава основе ТортоисеСВН пројекта, заједницу људи који раде на њему, и услове лиценце за коришћење и дистрибуцију. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:90
msgid "The <xref linkend=\"tsvn-introduction\"/> explains what TortoiseSVN is, what it does, where it comes from and the basics for installing it on your PC."
msgstr " <xref linkend=\"tsvn-introduction\"/> објашњава шта је ТортоисеСВН, шта ради, одакле долази и основе за инсталацију на ПЦ."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:95
msgid "In <xref linkend=\"tsvn-basics\"/> we give a short introduction to the <emphasis>Subversion</emphasis> revision control system which underlies TortoiseSVN. This is borrowed from the documentation for the Subversion project and explains the different approaches to version control, and how Subversion works."
msgstr "У <xref linkend=\"tsvn-basics\"/> дали смо кратак увод у <emphasis>Субверзија</emphasis> ревизиони контролни систем који покрива ТортоисеСВН. Ово је позајмљено из документације за пројекат Субверзије и објашњава резличите приступе контроли верзија, и како Субверзија ради."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:102
msgid "Even most Subversion users will never have to set up a server themselves. The next chapter deals with how to set up such a server, and is useful for administrators."
msgstr "Већина Корисника Субверзије неће никада сами подешавати сервер. Следеће поглавље се бави поступком подешавања сервера и корисно је за администраторе. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:107
msgid "The chapter on <xref linkend=\"tsvn-repository\"/> explains how to set up a local repository, which is useful for testing Subversion and TortoiseSVN using a single PC. It also explains a bit about repository administration which is also relevant to repositories located on a server."
msgstr "Поглавље <xref linkend=\"tsvn-repository\"/> објашњава како подесити локално спремиште, које је корисно за тестирање Субверзије и ТортоисеСВН користећи један ПЦ. Оно такође објашњава нешто мало о администрирању спремишта што је релевантно за спремишта лоцирана на серверу."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:113
msgid "The <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug\"/> is the most important section as it explains all the main features of TortoiseSVN and how to use them. It takes the form of a tutorial, starting with checking out a working copy, modifying it, committing your changes, etc. It then progresses to more advanced topics."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug\"/> је најважнији део јер објашњава све главне могућности ТортоисеСВН и како их користити. У облику је туторијала, почиње провером радне копије, њеним изменама, урезивањем ваших измена итд. Наставља се напреднијим темама."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:120
msgid "<xref linkend=\"tsvn-subwcrev\"/> is a separate program included with TortoiseSVN which can extract the information from your working copy and write it into a file. This is useful for including build information in your projects."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"tsvn-subwcrev\"/> је посебан програм придодат ТортоисеСВН који може издвојити информације из ваше радне копије и уписати их у фајл. Ово је корисно за укључивање развојне информације у ваш пројекат."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:125
msgid "The <xref linkend=\"tsvn-howto\"/> section answers some common questions about performing tasks which are not explicitly covered elsewhere."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"tsvn-howto\"/> део одговара на нека општа питања о примени задатака који нису експлицитно покривени било где."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:129
msgid "The section on <xref linkend=\"tsvn-automation\"/> shows how the TortoiseSVN GUI dialogs can be called from the command line. This is useful for scripting where you still need user interaction."
msgstr "Део <xref linkend=\"tsvn-automation\"/> приказује како ТортоисеСВН ГУИ дијалози могу бити позвани из командне линије. Ово је корисно за прављење скрипта тамо где је још потребна интеракција корисника."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:134
msgid "The <xref linkend=\"tsvn-cli\"/> give a correlation between TortoiseSVN commands and their equivalents in the Subversion command line client <literal>svn.exe</literal>."
msgstr "<xref linkend=\"tsvn-cli\"/> даје корелацију између ТортоисеСВН команди и њихових еквивалената у Субверзија клијента командне линије <literal>свн.еxе</literal>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:144
msgid "TortoiseSVN is free!"
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН је бесплатан!"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:145
msgid "TortoiseSVN is free. You don't have to pay to use it, and you can use it any way you want. It is developed under the GNU General Public License (GPL)."
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН је бесплатан. Ви не морате да платите да би га користили, можете га користити како год желите. Развијен је под ГНУ Генерлном Јавном Лиценцом (ГЈЛ)"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:149
#, fuzzy
msgid "TortoiseSVN is an Open Source project. That means you have full read access to the source code of this program. You can browse it on this link <ulink url=\"http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/\"><citetitle>http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/</citetitle></ulink>. You will be prompted to enter username and password. The username is <literal>guest</literal>, and the password must be left blank. The most recent version (where we're currently working) is located under <filename>/trunk/</filename>, and the released versions are located under <filename>/tags/</filename>."
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН је пројекат Отвореног Кода. То значи да имате пун приступ изворном коду програма. Можете га потражити на линку <ulink url=\"http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/\"><citetitle>http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/</citetitle></ulink>. (Корисник:гуест, за лозинку притисните ентер) Најскорија верзија (где је израда у току)лоцирана је на <filename>/trunk/</filename> реализована верзија је под <filename>/tags/</filename>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:168
msgid "Community"
msgstr "Заједница"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:169
msgid "Both TortoiseSVN and Subversion are developed by a community of people who are working on those projects. They come from different countries all over the world and joined together to create wonderful programs."
msgstr "И ТортоисеСВН и Субверзија су развијени од заједнице људи који раде на тим пројектима. Они долазе из разних земаља из целог света и удружују се да заједно направе изванредне програме."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:180
msgid "Acknowledgments"
msgstr "Захвалности"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:183
msgid "Tim Kemp"
msgstr "Тим Кемп"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:185
msgid "for founding the TortoiseSVN project"
msgstr "за оснивање ТортоисеСВН пројекта"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:191
msgid "Stefan Küng"
msgstr "Стефан Кунг"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:193
msgid "for the hard work to get TortoiseSVN to what it is now"
msgstr "за тежак рад да се ТортоисеСВН доведе до оног шта је сада"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:199
msgid "Lübbe Onken"
msgstr "Лубе Онкен"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:201
msgid "for the beautiful icons, logo, bug hunting, translating and managing the translations"
msgstr "за лепе иконе, лого, ловљење багова, превођење и управљањем преводима"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:208
msgid "Simon Large"
msgstr "Симон Ларџ"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:210
msgid "for helping with the documentation and bug hunting"
msgstr "за помагање у документацији и тражењу багова"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:216
msgid "The Subversion Book"
msgstr "Књига Субверзија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:218
msgid "for the great introduction to Subversion and its chapter 2 which we copied here"
msgstr "за велики увод у Субверзију и поглавље 2 које смо копирали овде"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:225
msgid "The Tigris Style project"
msgstr "Тигрис стил пројекат"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:227
msgid "for some of the styles which are reused in this documentation"
msgstr "за неке стилове које су преузете у ову документацију"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:233
msgid "Our Contributors"
msgstr "Наши дописници"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:235
msgid "for the patches, bug reports and new ideas, and for helping others by answering questions on our mailing list."
msgstr "за закрпе, репорт багова и нове идеје, и за помагање другима одговарањем на питања на нашој поштанској листи."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:242
msgid "Our Donators"
msgstr "Наши донатори"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:244
msgid "for many hours of joy with the music they sent us"
msgstr "за много часова уживања у музици коју су нам слали"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:255
msgid "Terminology used in this document"
msgstr "Терминологија коришћена у овом документу"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:256
msgid "To make reading the docs easier, the names of all the screens and Menus from TortoiseSVN are marked up in a different font. The <guilabel>Log Dialog</guilabel> for instance."
msgstr "Да би се олакшало читање докумената имена свих екрана и Менија у ТортоисеСВН су обележена у различитом писму. На пример <guilabel>Диалог дневника</guilabel>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:261
msgid "A menu choice is indicated with an arrow. <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Log</guimenuitem></menuchoice> means: select <emphasis>Show Log</emphasis> from the <emphasis>TortoiseSVN</emphasis> context menu."
msgstr "Избор менија приказана стрелицом. <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Дневник приказа</guimenuitem></menuchoice> меанс: селект <emphasis>Дневниик приказа</emphasis>из <emphasis>ТортоисеСВН</emphasis> мени садржаја."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:270
msgid "Where a local context menu appears within one of the TortoiseSVN dialogs, it is shown like this: <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save As ...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
msgstr "Тамо где се локални контекстни мени  појављује у оквиру ТортоисеСВН дијалога, то је приказано као: <menuchoice><guimenu>Контекстни Мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>Упамти као ...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:278
msgid "User Interface Buttons are indicated like this: Press <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to continue."
msgstr "Дугме корисничког интерфејса приказано је као: Притисни<guibutton>ДА</guibutton> да настави. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:282
msgid "User Actions are indicated using a bold font. <keycap>Alt+A</keycap>: press the <keycap>Alt</keycap>-Key on your keyboard and while holding it down press the <keycap>A</keycap>-Key as well. <action>Right-drag</action>: press the right mouse button and while holding it down <emphasis>drag</emphasis> the items to the new location."
msgstr "Корисничке акције су приказане коришћењем масног писма. <keycap>Алт+А</keycap>: притисни <keycap>Алт</keycap>-Тастер на тастатури и док га држите притисните <keycap>А</keycap>-тастерл. <action>Десно вучење</action>:притисните десно дугме миша и док га држите  <emphasis>вуците</emphasis>ставку на нову локацију."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:290
msgid "System output and keyboard input is indicated with a <literal>different</literal> font as well."
msgstr "Системски излаз и улаз са тастатуре означен је са <literal>различитим</literal> писмом такође."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:295
msgid "Important notes are marked with an icon."
msgstr "Важне забелешке су означене иконом."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:300
msgid "Tips that make your life easier."
msgstr "Савети који вам чине живот лакшим."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:305
msgid "Places where you have to be careful what you are doing."
msgstr "Места где треба да бринете  шта радите."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:310
msgid "Where extreme care has to be taken, data corruption or other nasty things may occur if these warnings are ignored."
msgstr "Тамо где је изузетна брига предузета, уништавање података или друге лоше ствари могу се јавити ако се упозорења игноришу."

#. (title)
#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:319
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1482
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2481
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "Увод"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:322
msgid "version control"
msgstr "контрола верзије"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:325
msgid "Version control is the art of managing changes to information. It has long been a critical tool for programmers, who typically spend their time making small changes to software and then undoing or checking some of those changes the next day. Imagine a team of such developers working concurrently - and perhaps even simultaneously on the very same files! - and you can see why a good system is needed to <emphasis>manage the potential chaos</emphasis>."
msgstr "Контрола верзија је уметност управљања изменама информација.То је дуго био критичан алат за програмере, који типично троше своје време правећи мале измене софтвера затим враћају или проверавају те измене следећег дана. Замислимо тим таквих људи који раде истовремено - и можда чак симултано на врло сличним фајловима! - и ви можете видети зашто је потребан добар систем да <emphasis>управљање потенцијалним хаосом</emphasis>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:339
msgid "What is TortoiseSVN?"
msgstr "Шта је ТортоисеСВН?"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:340
msgid "TortoiseSVN is a free open-source client for the <firstterm>Subversion</firstterm> version control system. That is, TortoiseSVN manages files and directories over time. Files are stored in a central <firstterm>repository</firstterm>. The repository is much like an ordinary file server, except that it remembers every change ever made to your files and directories. This allows you to recover older versions of your files and examine the history of how and when your data changed, and who changed it. This is why many people think of Subversion and version control systems in general as a sort of <quote>time machine</quote>."
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН је беплатан клијент отвореног кода за <firstterm>Субверзиони</firstterm> систем контроле верзија. Дакле, ТортоисеСВН управља фајловима и именицима прековремено. Фајлови су смештени у централном <firstterm>спремишту</firstterm>. Спремиште је у многоме као прави фајл сервер, осим што памти сваку промену икада направљену на вашим фајловима и именицима. Ово вам  дозвољава да позовете старе верзије ваших фајлова и проучите историју како и када су подаци промењени, и ко их је променио. Због тога многи људи  о Субверзији и системима контроле верзија уопштено мисле да су то <quote>временске машине</quote>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:352
msgid "Some version control systems are also software configuration management (SCM) systems. These systems are specifically tailored to manage trees of source code, and have many features that are specific to software development - such as natively understanding programming languages, or supplying tools for building software. Subversion, however, is not one of these systems; it is a general system that can be used to manage <emphasis>any</emphasis> collection of files, including source code."
msgstr "Неки системи контроле верзија су такође софтвер системи управљања конфигурацијом (СУК). Ови системи су специјално приагођени да управљају стабла изворног кода, и имају многе особине специфичне за развој софтвера - као што је природно разумевање програмских језика, или снабдевањем алатима за израду софтвера. Субверзија, међутим, није један од тих система; она је општи систем који се може користити да управља <emphasis>сваки</emphasis> скуп фајлова, обухватајући и изворни код."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:368
msgid "TortoiseSVN's History"
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН историја"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:369
msgid "In 2002, Tim Kemp found that Subversion was a very good version control system, but it lacked a good GUI client. The idea for a Subversion client as a Windows shell integration was inspired by the similar client for CVS named TortoiseCVS."
msgstr "У 2002 Тим Кемп је нашао да је Субверзија била јако добар систем контроле верзија, али је недостајао добар ГУИ клијент. Идеја за Сбверзиони клијент као Виндоуз интегрисану шкољку инспирисана је сличним клијентом за ЦВС именом ТортоисеЦВС."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:375
msgid "Tim studied the source code of TortoiseCVS and used it as a base for TortoiseSVN. He then started the project, registered the domain <literal>tortoisesvn.org</literal> and put the source code online. During that time, Stefan Küng was looking for a good and free version control system and found Subversion and the source for TortoiseSVN. Since TortoiseSVN was still not ready for use then he joined the project and started programming. Soon he rewrote most of the existing code and started adding commands and features, up to a point where nothing of the original code remained."
msgstr "Тим је проучио изворни код ТортоисеЦВС и искористио га као основу за ТортоисеСВН. Он је затим започео са пројектом, региструјући домен <literal>тортоисесвн.орг</literal> и ставио је изворни код онлајн. У то време, Стефан Кинг је тражио добар и бесплатан систем контроле верзија и нашао Субверзију и изворни код за ТортоисеСВН. Пошто ТортоисеСВН још није био спреман за коришћење он се придружио пројекту и почео да програмира. Ускоро је преписао већину постојећег кода и почео да додаје команде и могућности, све до тачке где ништа од оригиналног кода није остало. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:386
msgid "As Subversion became more stable it attracted more and more users who also started using TortoiseSVN as their Subversion client. The user base grew quickly (and is still growing every day). That's when Lübbe Onken offered to help out with some nice icons and a logo for TortoiseSVN. And he takes care of the website and manages the translation."
msgstr "Што је Субверзија постајала стабилнија привлачила је све више корисника који су почели да користе ТортоисеСВН као Субверзиони клијент. Корисничка основа расте брзо (и још увек расте сваки дан). То је од кад је Лубе Онкен  понудио да помогне са лепим иконама и логом за ТортоисеСВН. Он води бригу о вебсајту и управља преводима."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:399
msgid "TortoiseSVN's Features"
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН особине"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:400
msgid "What makes TortoiseSVN such a good Subversion client? Here's a short list of features."
msgstr "Шта чини ТортоисеСВН тако добрим Субверзионим клијентом? Овде је кратка листа особина."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:406
msgid "Shell integration"
msgstr "Интеграција шкољке"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:409
msgid "Windows shell"
msgstr "Виндоуз шкољка"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:412
msgid "explorer"
msgstr "претраживач"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:414
msgid "TortoiseSVN integrates seamlessly into the Windows shell (i.e. the explorer). This means you can keep working with the tools you're already familiar with. And you do not have to change into a different application each time you need functions of the version control!"
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН се бешвно интегрише у Виндоуз шкољку (тј. претраживач). Ово значи да можете наставити рад са алатом са којим сте већ фамилијарни. Ви не морате да улазите у другачију апликацију сваки пут када вам требају функције из контроле верзија!"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:421
msgid "And you are not even forced to use the Windows Explorer. TortoiseSVN's context menus work in many other file managers, and in the File/Open dialog which is common to most standard Windows applications. You should, however, bear in mind that TortoiseSVN is intentionally developed as extension for the Windows Explorer. Thus it is possible that in other applications the integration is not as complete and e.g. the icon overlays may not be shown."
msgstr "И нисте чак ни обавезни да користите Виндоуз Експлорер. ТортоисеСВНов контекст мени ради у многим другим фајл менаџерима, и у Фајл/Отвори дијалогу који је заједнички за већину стандардних Виндоуз апликација. Ви треба, међутим, имати на уму да ТортоисеСВН намерно развијен као проширење за Виндоуз Експлорер. Због тога је могуће да у другим апликацијама интеграција није комплетна и нпр. иконе за прекривање можда неће бити приказане."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:435
msgid "Icon overlays"
msgstr "Иконе прекривачи"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:437
msgid "The status of every versioned file and folder is indicated by small overlay icons. That way you can see right away what the status of your working copy is."
msgstr "Статус сваког верзионисаног фајла и именика означен је прекривањем иконом. На тај начин можете видети статус ваше радне копије."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:445
msgid "Easy access to Subversion commands"
msgstr "Лак приступ Субверзионим командама."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:447
msgid "All Subversion commands are available from the explorer context menu. TortoiseSVN adds its own submenu there."
msgstr "Све Субверзионе команде су доступне из експлореровог контекстног менија. ТортоисеСВН додаје свој субмени онде."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:454
msgid "Since TortoiseSVN is a Subversion client, we would also like to show you some of the features of Subversion itself:"
msgstr "Како је ТортоисеСВН Субверзиони клијент, ми бисмо волели да прикажемо неке особине саме Субверзије:"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:460
msgid "Directory versioning"
msgstr "Верзионисање именика"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:462
msgid "CVS only tracks the history of individual files, but Subversion implements a <quote>virtual</quote> versioned filesystem that tracks changes to whole directory trees over time. Files <emphasis>and</emphasis> directories are versioned. As a result, there are real client-side <command>move</command> and <command>copy</command> commands that operate on files and directories."
msgstr "ЦВС обележава само историју индивидуалних фајлова, док Субверзија имплементира<quote>виртуални</quote> верзионисани фајлсистем који бележи промене целог стабла  именика прековремено. Фајлови <emphasis>и</emphasis> именици су верзионисани. Као резилтат, постоји права клијент-страна <command>премести</command> и <command>копирај</command> команде које раде на фајловима и именицима."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:475
msgid "Atomic commits"
msgstr "Атомско урезивање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:477
msgid "A commit either goes into the repository completely, or not at all. This allows developers to construct and commit changes as logical chunks."
msgstr "Урезивање или иде у спремиште комплетно, или ништа. Ово омогућава људима из развоја да направе и урежу измене као логичке делове. "

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:485
msgid "Versioned metadata"
msgstr "Верзионисани метаподаци"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:487
msgid "Each file and directory has an invisible set of <quote>properties</quote> attached. You can invent and store any arbitrary key/value pairs you wish. Properties are versioned over time, just like file contents."
msgstr "Сваки фајл и именик има додат невидљиви скуп <quote>особина</quote>. Ви можете смислити и сместити било који кључ/вредност пар који желите. Особине се верзионишу прековремено, управо као садржаји фајла. "

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:497
msgid "Choice of network layers"
msgstr "Избор мрежних слојева"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:499
msgid "Subversion has an abstracted notion of repository access, making it easy for people to implement new network mechanisms. Subversion's <quote>advanced</quote> network server is a module for the Apache web server, which speaks a variant of HTTP called WebDAV/DeltaV. This gives Subversion a big advantage in stability and interoperability, and provides various key features for free: authentication, authorization, wire compression, and repository browsing, for example. A smaller, standalone Subversion server process is also available. This server speaks a custom protocol which can be easily tunneled over ssh."
msgstr "Субверзија има апстрактну идеју приступа спремишту, чинећи га лаким да људи инплементирај у нове мрежне механизме.Субверзиони <quote>напредни</quote> мрежни серверје модул за апач веб сервер, који говори варијанту ХТТП звану ВебДАВ/ДелтаВ. То даје Субверзији велику предност у стабилности и оператибилности, и омогућава разне кључне особине бесплатно: аутентикацију, ауторизацију, цомпресију, и претраживање спремишта, на пример.Мали, самостални Субверзиони сервер процес је такође доступан. Овај сервер говори уопбичајени протокол који може бити лако провучен кроз ссх."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:516
msgid "Consistent data handling"
msgstr "Складно руковање подацима"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:518
msgid "Subversion expresses file differences using a binary differencing algorithm, which works identically on both text (human-readable) and binary (human-unreadable) files. Both types of files are stored equally compressed in the repository, and differences are transmitted in both directions across the network."
msgstr "Субверзија излаже фајл разлике користећи бинарни диференцијални алгоритам, који ради идентично на текст (људски читљивим) и бинарним (људски нечитљивим) фајловима. Оба типа фајлова су смештена једнако компримовани у спремишту, и разлике су пренете у оба смера кроз мрежу."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:529
msgid "Efficient branching and tagging"
msgstr "Ефикасно гранање и означавање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:531
msgid "The cost of branching and tagging need not be proportional to the project size. Subversion creates branches and tags by simply copying the project, using a mechanism similar to a hard-link. Thus these operations take only a very small, constant amount of time, and very little space in the repository."
msgstr "Цена гранања и означавања не треба да буде пропорционално величини пројекта. Субверзија ствара гране и значке једноставним копирањем пројекта, користећи механизам сличан чврстим линковима. Зато ове операције узимају веома мали, константан износ времена, и веома мали простор у спремишту."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:542
msgid "Hackability"
msgstr "Хакерабилити"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:544
msgid "Subversion has no historical baggage; it is implemented as a collection of shared C libraries with well-defined APIs. This makes Subversion extremely maintainable and usable by other applications and languages."
msgstr "Субверзија нема истријски пртљаг; она је имплементирана као колекција дељивих Ц библиотека са добро дефинисаним АПИјем. То чини Субверзију екстремно подржавајућом и искористивом  од других апликација и језика."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:558
msgid "Installing TortoiseSVN"
msgstr "Инсталирање ТортоисеСВН"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:560
msgid "System requirements"
msgstr "Захтеви система"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:561
msgid "TortoiseSVN runs on Windows 2000 SP2, Windows XP or higher. Windows 98, Windows ME and Windows NT4 are no longer supported since TortoiseSVN 1.2.0, but you can still download the older versions if you really need them."
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН ради на  Windows 2000 СО2,  Windows XP  или виши, Windows МЕ и Windows НТ4 више нису подржани од ТортоисеСВН 1.2.0, али још можете пренети старе верзије ако су вам стварно потребне."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:567
msgid "If you encounter any problems during or after installing TortoiseSVN please refer to <xref linkend=\"tsvn-faq\"/> first."
msgstr "Ако наиђете на било какав проблем после инсталирања ТортоисеСВН молим обратите се <xref linkend=\"tsvn-faq\"/> најпре. "

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:575
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Инсталација"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:577
msgid "install"
msgstr "инсталирај"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:579
msgid "TortoiseSVN comes with an easy to use installer. Double click on the installer file and follow the instructions. The installer will take care of the rest."
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН долази са инсталатором који је лак за употребу. Двоструко кликните на инсталатор фајл  и пратите инструкције. Инсталатор ће бринути о осталом."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:585
msgid "You need Administrator privileges to install TortoiseSVN."
msgstr "Потребне су вам Администраторске привелегије да инсталирате ТортоисеСВН."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:591
msgid "Language Packs"
msgstr "Језички пакети"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:593
msgid "language packs"
msgstr "језички пакети"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:596
msgid "translations"
msgstr "преводи"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:598
msgid "The TortoiseSVN user interface has been translated into many different languages, so you may be able to download a language pack to suit your needs. You can find the language packs on our <ulink url=\"http://tortoisesvn.net/translation_status\"><citetitle>translation status page</citetitle></ulink>. And if there is no language pack available yet, why not join the team and submit your own translation ;-)"
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН кориснички интерфејс је преведен на многе различите језике, тако да можете да пренесете језички пакет који вам је потребан. Језичке пакете можете наћи на <ulink url=\"http://tortoisesvn.net/translation_status\"><citetitle>транслатион статус паге</citetitle></ulink>. И ако језички пакет још није доступан, зашто се не прикључити тиму и поднесете свој лични превод; -)"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:609
msgid "Each language pack is packaged as a <literal>.exe</literal> installer. Just run the install program and follow the instructions. Next time you restart, the translation will be available."
msgstr "Сваки језички пакет је спаковану као <literal>.еxе</literal> инсталација. Само извршите инсталациони програм и следите инструкције. Следећи пут кад рестартује компјутер превод ће бити доступан. "

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:616
msgid "Spellchecker"
msgstr "Правописконтрола"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:618
msgid "spellchecker"
msgstr "правописконтрола"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:621
msgid "dictionary"
msgstr "речник"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:623
msgid "TortoiseSVN includes a spell checker which allows you to check your commit log messages. This is especially useful if the project language is not your native language. The spell checker uses the same dictionary files as <ulink url=\"http://openoffice.org\"><citetitle>OpenOffice</citetitle></ulink> and <ulink url=\"http://mozilla.org\"><citetitle>Mozilla</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН укључује контролу правописа која вам дозвољава да контролишете ваше  дневник порука урезивања. Ово је нарочито корисно ако језик пројекта није ваш матерњи језик. Контролор правописа користи исте фајлове речника као <ulink url=\"http://openoffice.org\"><citetitle>ОпенОффице</citetitle></ulink> и <ulink url=\"http://mozilla.org\"><citetitle>Мозилла</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:636
msgid "The installer automatically adds the US and UK English dictionaries. If you want other languages, the easiest option is simply to install one of TortoiseSVN's language packs. This will install the appropriate dictionary files as well as the TortoiseSVN local user interface. Next time you restart, the dictionary will be available too."
msgstr "Инсталација аутоматски додаје УС и УК Енглески речник. Ако желите друге језике, најлакша могућност је да инсталирате један од ТортоисеСВН језичких пакета. То ће инсталирати одговарајуће фајлове речника као и ТортоисеСВН локални кориснички интерфејс. По рестартовању компјутера речник ће такође бити доступан."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:644
msgid "Or you can install the dictionaries yourself. If you have OpenOffice or Mozilla installed, you can copy those dictionaries, which are located in the installation folders for those applications. Otherwise, you need to download the required dictionary files from <ulink url=\"http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Dictionaries\"><citetitle>http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Dictionaries</citetitle></ulink>"
msgstr "Или можете инсталирати речник сами. Ако имате ОпенОфис или Мозилу инсталиране можете копирати њихове речнике, који су смештени у инсталационом именику тих апликација. Иначе, потребно је да пренесете жељене фајлове речника са <ulink url=\"http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Dictionaries\"><citetitle>http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Dictionaries</citetitle></ulink>"

#. (filename)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:661
msgid "en_US.aff"
msgstr "ен_УС.афф"

#. (filename)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:666
msgid "en_US.dic"
msgstr "ен_УС.диц"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:653
msgid "Once you have got the dictionary files, you probably need to rename them so that the filenames only have the locale chars in it. Example: <placeholder-1/> Then just copy them to the <filename>bin</filename> sub-folder of the TortoiseSVN installation folder. Normally this will be <filename>C:\\Program Files\\TortoiseSVN\\bin</filename>. If you don't want to litter the <filename>bin</filename> sub-folder, you can instead place your spell checker files in <filename>C:\\Program Files\\TortoiseSVN\\Languages</filename>. If that folder isn't there, you have to create it first. The next time you start TortoiseSVN, the spell checker will be available."
msgstr "Једном кад имате фајлове речника, вероватно ће требати да их преименујете тако имена фајлова имају само локалне карактере. Пример:<placeholder-1/> Затим само их копирајте у <filename>бин</filename> суб-именик ТортоисеСВН инсталационог именика. Нормално то ће бити <filename>Ц:\\Програм Филес\\ТортоисеСВН\\бин</filename>. Ако не желите да оптерећујете <filename>бин</filename> суб-именик, уместо тога можете сместити контролне фајлове у филенаме>Ц:\\Програм Филес\\ТортоисеСВН\\Лангуагес</filename>. Ако нема тог именика, креирајте га. Када следећи пут покренете ТортоисеСВН, правописна контрола ће бити доступна."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:684
msgid "Check the <literal>tsvn:projectlanguage</literal> setting. Refer to <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-propertypage\"/> for information about setting project properties."
msgstr "Проверите <literal>тсвн:пројецтлангуаге</literal> подешавање. Погледајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-propertypage\"/> за информације о подешавању особина пројекта."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:691
msgid "If no project language is set, or that language is not installed, try the language corresponding to the Windows locale."
msgstr "Ако језик пројекта није означен, или тај језик није инсталиран, пробајте језик који одговара Виндоуз локалном језику."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:697
msgid "If the exact Windows locale doesn't work, try the <quote>Base</quote> language, eg. <literal>de_CH</literal> (Swiss-German) falls back to <literal>de_DE</literal> (German)."
msgstr "Ако прави Виндоуз локални језик не функционише, пробајте <quote>Основни</quote> језик, нпр. <literal>de_CH</literal> (Швајцарска-Немачки) иде на  <literal>de_DE</literal> (Немачки)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:705
msgid "If none of the above works, then the default language is English, which is included with the standard installation."
msgstr "Ако ништа од наведеног не ради, тада је уобичајени језик Енглески, који је укључен у стандардну инсталацију."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:679
msgid "If you install multiple dictionaries, TortoiseSVN uses these rules to select which one to use. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Ако инсталирате више речника. ТортоисеСВН користи ова правила да изабере један за коришћење.<placeholder-1/>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:722
msgid "Basic Concepts"
msgstr "Основни концепт"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:724
msgid "Subversion book"
msgstr "Субверзиона књига"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:727
msgid "This chapter is a slightly modified version of the same chapter in the Subversion book. An online version of the Subversion book is available here: <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/\"><citetitle>http://svnbook.red-bean.com/</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Ово поглавље је мало измењена верзија истог поглавља у Субверзионој књизи. Онлајн верзија Субверзионе књиге је доступна овде:<ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/\"><citetitle>http://svnbook.red-bean.com/</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:735
msgid "This chapter is a short, casual introduction to Subversion. If you're new to version control, this chapter is definitely for you. We begin with a discussion of general version control concepts, work our way into the specific ideas behind Subversion, and show some simple examples of Subversion in use."
msgstr "Ово поглавље је кратак, необавезан увод у Субверзију. Ако сте нови у контроли верзија, ово поглавље је сигурно за вас. Почињемо дискусијом о општем концепту контроле верзија, рад нас води у специфичне идеје унутар Субверзије, и приказује неке једноставне примере Субверзије при коришћењу."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:743
msgid "Even though the examples in this chapter show people sharing collections of program source code, keep in mind that Subversion can manage any sort of file collection - it's not limited to helping computer programmers."
msgstr "Упркос томе што примери у овом поглављу приказују људске дељиве колекције изворног кода програма, имајте на уму да Субверзија може управљати било којом врстом колекције фајлова - није ограничена на помоћ компутерским програмерима."

#. (title)
#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:751
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1256
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2944
msgid "The Repository"
msgstr "Спремиште"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:753
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3717
msgid "repository"
msgstr "спремиште"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:755
msgid "Subversion is a centralized system for sharing information. At its core is a <firstterm>repository</firstterm>, which is a central store of data. The repository stores information in the form of a <firstterm>filesystem tree</firstterm> - a typical hierarchy of files and directories. Any number of <firstterm>clients</firstterm> connect to the repository, and then read or write to these files. By writing data, a client makes the information available to others; by reading data, the client receives information from others."
msgstr "Субверзија је централизован систем за дељење информција. У сржи је <firstterm>спремиште</firstterm>, које је централно стовариште података. Спремиште смешта информације у облику <firstterm>фајлсистем стабла</firstterm> - типична хијерархија фајлова и именика. Било који број <firstterm>клијената</firstterm> спаја се на спремиште и чита или уписује у те фајлове. Уписивањем података клијент омогућава да информација буде доступна другима; читањем података клијент прима информације од других."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:767
msgid "A Typical Client/Server System"
msgstr "Типични клијент/сервер систем"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:770
msgid "So why is this interesting? So far, this sounds like the definition of a typical file server. And indeed, the repository <emphasis>is</emphasis> a kind of file server, but it's not your usual breed. What makes the Subversion repository special is that <emphasis>it remembers every change</emphasis> ever written to it: every change to every file, and even changes to the directory tree itself, such as the addition, deletion, and rearrangement of files and directories."
msgstr "Дакле зашто је ово интересантно? Зато што је песма од дефиниције типичног фајл сервера. И свакако, спремиште <emphasis>је</emphasis> врста фајл сервера, али није то ваш уобичајен сој. Шта чини Субверзионо спремиште специјалним је да  <emphasis>оно памти све измене</emphasis> икад уписане у њега: све измене сваког фајла, и чак измене самог стабла именика, као што је додавање, брисање, и преуређење фајлова у именика."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:780
msgid "When a client reads data from the repository, it normally sees only the latest version of the filesystem tree. But the client also has the ability to view <emphasis>previous</emphasis> states of the filesystem. For example, a client can ask historical questions like, <quote>what did this directory contain last Wednesday?</quote>, or <quote>who was the last person to change this file, and what changes did they make?</quote> These are the sorts of questions that are at the heart of any <firstterm>version control system</firstterm>: systems that are designed to record and track changes to data over time."
msgstr "Када клијент чита податке из спремишта, он нормално види само задњу верзију стабла фајлсистема. Али клијент такође има могућност да види <emphasis>претходно</emphasis> стање фајлсистема. На пример, клијент може поставити историјска питања као,  <quote>шта је овај именик садржао прошле среде?</quote>, или <quote>која је последња особа која је мењала овај фајл, и које измене је урадила?</quote> Ово је врста питања која су срце сваког  <firstterm>система контроле верзија</firstterm>: система који су дизајнирани да активно бележе и прате измене података."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:795
msgid "Versioning Models"
msgstr "Модели верзионисања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:796
msgid "All version control systems have to solve the same fundamental problem: how will the system allow users to share information, but prevent them from accidentally stepping on each other's feet? It's all too easy for users to accidentally overwrite each other's changes in the repository."
msgstr "Сви системи контроле верзија имају да реше исте основне проблеме: како ће систем омогућити корисницима да деле информације, али да их спречи да нехотично корачају стопама једни других? Веома је лако да једни другима корисници  инцидентно препишу промене у спремишту."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:805
msgid "The Problem of File-Sharing"
msgstr "Проблем Фајл-Дељења"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:806
msgid "Consider this scenario: suppose we have two co-workers, Harry and Sally. They each decide to edit the same repository file at the same time. If Harry saves his changes to the repository first, then it's possible that (a few moments later) Sally could accidentally overwrite them with her own new version of the file. While Harry's version of the file won't be lost forever (because the system remembers every change), any changes Harry made <emphasis>won't</emphasis> be present in Sally's newer version of the file, because she never saw Harry's changes to begin with. Harry's work is still effectively lost - or at least missing from the latest version of the file - and probably by accident. This is definitely a situation we want to avoid!"
msgstr "Замислимо овај сценарио: претпоставимо да имамо два сарадника, Хари и Сали. Сваки одлучи да уреди исти фајл из спремишта  у исто време. Ако Хари први сачува своје измене у спремиште, тада је могуће (неколико тренутака касније) да их Сали нехотице препише својом новом верзијом фајла. Пошто Харијева верзија фајла неће бити изгубљена заувек (јер систем памти све промене), све промене које је урадио Хари <emphasis>неће</emphasis> бити присутне у Салину новију верзију фајла, јер она није видела Харијеве измене на почетку рада. Харијев рад је ефективно изгубљен - или у најмањем недостаје у задњој верзији фајла - и вероватно мимо плана. Ово је дефинтивно ситуација коју желимо да избегнемо. "

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:822
msgid "The Problem to Avoid"
msgstr "Како избећи проблем"

#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:827
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:843
msgid "The Lock-Modify-Unlock Solution"
msgstr "Закључај-Мењај-Откључај решење"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:828
msgid "Many version control systems use a <firstterm>lock-modify-unlock</firstterm> model to address this problem, which is a very simple solution. In such a system, the repository allows only one person to change a file at a time. First Harry must <emphasis>lock</emphasis> the file before he can begin making changes to it. Locking a file is a lot like borrowing a book from the library; if Harry has locked a file, then Sally cannot make any changes to it. If she tries to lock the file, the repository will deny the request. All she can do is read the file, and wait for Harry to finish his changes and release his lock. After Harry unlocks the file, his turn is over, and now Sally can take her turn by locking and editing."
msgstr "Многи системи контроле верзија користе <firstterm>закључај-измени-откључај</firstterm> модел да означе овај проблем, што је веома једноставно решење. У таквим системима, спремиште дозвољава само једној особи да мења фајл у исто време. Прво Хари мора <emphasis>закључати</emphasis> фајл пре него што може да га мења. Закључавање фајла је много слично позајмљивању књиге из библиотеке; ако Хари има закључани фајл, онда Сали не може да направи било какву измену на њему. Ако она покуша да закључа фајл спремиште ће забранити захтев. Све што може урадити је да чита фајл и чека да Хари заврши своје измене и откључа фајл. Када Хари откључа фајл, он га враћа и Сали  га може узети закључавањем и да га уређује. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:846
msgid "The problem with the lock-modify-unlock model is that it's a bit restrictive, and often becomes a roadblock for users:"
msgstr "Проблем са закључај-измени-откључај моделом је да је помало рестриктив и често постаје препрека за кориснике:"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:853
msgid "<emphasis>Locking may cause administrative problems.</emphasis> Sometimes Harry will lock a file and then forget about it. Meanwhile, because Sally is still waiting to edit the file, her hands are tied. And then Harry goes on vacation. Now Sally has to get an administrator to release Harry's lock. The situation ends up causing a lot of unnecessary delay and wasted time."
msgstr "<emphasis>Закључавање може да направи административни проблем.</emphasis> Понекад Хари ће закључати фајл и заборавити на њега. Међутим, пошто Сали још чека да уреди фајл, њене руке се везане. И онда Хари одлази на одмор. Сада Сали има да добије од Администратора ослобађање Харијевог закључавања. Ситуација се завршава узрокујући пуно непотребног кашњења и изгубљеног времена."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:864
msgid "<emphasis>Locking may cause unnecessary serialization.</emphasis> What if Harry is editing the beginning of a text file, and Sally simply wants to edit the end of the same file? These changes don't overlap at all. They could easily edit the file simultaneously, and no great harm would come, assuming the changes were properly merged together. There's no need for them to take turns in this situation."
msgstr "<emphasis>Закључавање може да проузрокује нежељену серијализацију.</emphasis> Шта ако Хари уређује почетак текст фајла, а Сали једноставно жели да уреди крај истог фајла? Ове измене се уопште не преклапају. Они могу лако да уређују фајл истовремено, неће доћи до велике штете, узевши да се измене одговарајуће уједине. Њима није потребно да се окрену од овакве ситуације."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:876
msgid "<emphasis>Locking may create a false sense of security.</emphasis> Pretend that Harry locks and edits file A, while Sally simultaneously locks and edits file B. But suppose that A and B depend on one another, and the changes made to each are semantically incompatible. Suddenly A and B don't work together anymore. The locking system was powerless to prevent the problem - yet it somehow provided a sense of false security. It's easy for Harry and Sally to imagine that by locking files, each is beginning a safe, insulated task, and thus inhibits them from discussing their incompatible changes early on."
msgstr "<emphasis>Закључавање може да створи лажни осећај сигурности.</emphasis> Узмимо да Хари закључа и уређује фајл А, док Сали истовремено закључа и уређује фајл Б. Претпоставимо да А и Б зависе један од другог и да измене урађене на било коме семантички нису компатибилне. Изненада А и Б не раде више заједно. Закључавајући систем нема снаге да предупреди проблем - чак некако даје осећај лажне сигурности. Лако је да Хари и Сали замисле то закључавањем фајлова, свако почиње сигуран, издвојен задатак и то га спречава да разматра некомпатибилне измене учињене раније. "

#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:894
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:922
msgid "The Copy-Modify-Merge Solution"
msgstr "Копирај-Мењај-Стопи решење"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:895
msgid "Subversion, CVS, and other version control systems use a <firstterm>copy-modify-merge</firstterm> model as an alternative to locking. In this model, each user's client reads the repository and creates a personal <firstterm>working copy</firstterm> of the file or project. Users then work in parallel, modifying their private copies. Finally, the private copies are merged together into a new, final version. The version control system often assists with the merging, but ultimately a human being is responsible for making it happen correctly."
msgstr "Субверзија, ЦВС и други системи контроле верзија користе <firstterm>копирај-мењај-стопи</firstterm> модел као алтернативу закључавању. У овом моделу сваки кориснички клијент чита спремиште и креира личну <firstterm>радну копију</firstterm> фајла или пројекта. Корисници онда раде паралелно, мењајући своје приватне копије. Финално, приватне копије се спајају у нову, финалну верзију. Систем контроле верзија често посредује у спајању, али људи су одговорни да учине да све буде коректно."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:907
msgid "Here's an example. Say that Harry and Sally each create working copies of the same project, copied from the repository. They work concurrently, and make changes to the same file <filename>A</filename> within their copies. Sally saves her changes to the repository first. When Harry attempts to save his changes later, the repository informs him that his file A is <firstterm>out-of-date</firstterm>. In other words, that file A in the repository has somehow changed since he last copied it. So Harry asks his client to <firstterm>merge</firstterm> any new changes from the repository into his working copy of file A. Chances are that Sally's changes don't overlap with his own; so once he has both sets of changes integrated, he saves his working copy back to the repository."
msgstr "Ево примера. Рецимо да Хари и Сали креирају радне копије истог пројекта, копирањем из спремишта. Они раде истовремено, и праве измене на истом фајлу <filename>А</filename> у оквиру својих копија. Сали сачува своје измене у спремиште прва. Када Хари покуша да сачува своје измене касније, спремиште га информише да је његов фајл А <firstterm>застарео</firstterm>. Другим речима, фајл А у спремишту има нечије измене од задњег копирања. Тако Хари пита свог клијента да <firstterm>стопи</firstterm> било које нове измене из спремишта у његову радну копију фајла А. Постоји шанса да Салине измене не прекривају његове; тако да ће имати оба скупа измена интегрисано, он сачува своју радну копију назад у спремиште. "

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:926
msgid "...Copy-Modify-Merge Continued"
msgstr "...Копирај-Мењај-Стопи наставак"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:930
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4897
msgid "conflict"
msgstr "конфликт"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:932
msgid "But what if Sally's changes <emphasis>do</emphasis> overlap with Harry's changes? What then? This situation is called a <firstterm>conflict</firstterm>, and it's usually not much of a problem. When Harry asks his client to merge the latest repository changes into his working copy, his copy of file A is somehow flagged as being in a state of conflict: he'll be able to see both sets of conflicting changes, and manually choose between them. Note that software can't automatically resolve conflicts; only humans are capable of understanding and making the necessary intelligent choices. Once Harry has manually resolved the overlapping changes (perhaps by discussing the conflict with Sally!), he can safely save the merged file back to the repository."
msgstr "Али шта ако Салине измене <emphasis>прекривају</emphasis> Харијеве измене? Шта тада? Ова ситуација се зове <firstterm>конфликт</firstterm>, и то обично није велики проблем. Када Хари тражи од свог клијента да стопи задње измене у спремишту у његову радну копију, његова копија фајла А је некако означена да је у стању конфликта: он ће бити у могућности да види оба скупа конфликтних измена, и ручно да изабере између њих. Приметимо да софтвер не може аутоматски да реши конфликт; само људи су способни да разумеју и ураде неопходне интелигентне изборе. Једном кад Хари ручно реши преклапање измена (можда дискусијом конфликта са Сали!), он може безбедно да сачува стопљен фајл назад у спремиште.  "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:947
msgid "The copy-modify-merge model may sound a bit chaotic, but in practice, it runs extremely smoothly. Users can work in parallel, never waiting for one another. When they work on the same files, it turns out that most of their concurrent changes don't overlap at all; conflicts are infrequent. And the amount of time it takes to resolve conflicts is far less than the time lost by a locking system."
msgstr "Копирај-мењај-стопи модел може да звучи помало хаотично, али у пракси, ради екстремно глатко. Корисници могу да раде паралелно, никада не чекају један другог. Када раде на истим фајловима искључено је да њихове истовремене измене не буду уписане; конфликти су ретки. И износ времена узет за решавање конфликта је мањи од времена изгубљеног закључавањем система. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:956
msgid "In the end, it all comes down to one critical factor: user communication. When users communicate poorly, both syntactic and semantic conflicts increase. No system can force users to communicate perfectly, and no system can detect semantic conflicts. So there's no point in being lulled into a false promise that a locking system will somehow prevent conflicts; in practice, locking seems to inhibit productivity more than anything else."
msgstr "На крају, све долази у један критичан фактор: корисничка комуникација. Када је лоша комуникација између корисника синтаксни и семантички конфликти расту. Нема система који ће натерати кориснике да компуницирају перфектно, и нема система који може да детектује семантички конфликт. Тако да није поента да се буде умирен лажним обећањем да систем закључавања некако предупређује конфликт; у пракси, закључавање изгледа спречава више продуктивност него било шта друго."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:966
msgid "There is one common situation where the lock-modify-unlock model comes out better, and that is where you have unmergeable files. For example if your repository contains some graphic images, and two people change the image at the same time, there is no way for those changes to be merged together. Either Harry or Sally will lose their changes."
msgstr "Постоји једна обична ситуација где закључај-мењај-откључај модел је бољи, и то је где имате не стопиве фајлове. На пример ако ваше спремиште садржи неке графичке слике, и два човека мењају слике у исто време, нема начина да се те измене споје заједно. Или Хари или Сали ће изгубити своје измене."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:976
msgid "What does Subversion Do?"
msgstr "Шта Субверзија ради?"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:977
msgid "Subversion uses the copy-modify-merge solution by default, and in many cases this is all you will ever need. However, as of Version 1.2, Subversion also supports file locking, so if you have unmergeable files, or if you are simply forced into a locking policy by management, Subversion will still provide the features you need."
msgstr "Субверзија користи копирај-измени-стопи решење уобичајено, и у многим случајевимаово је све што вам је потребно. Међутим, од Верзије 1.2 Субверзија такође подржава закључавање фајлова, тако да ако имате нестопиве фајлове, или ако једноставно форсирате политику закључавања преко управе, Субверзија ће још омогућавати жељене особине."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:989
msgid "Subversion in Action"
msgstr "Субверзија у акција"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:991
msgid "Working Copies"
msgstr "Радна копија"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:993
msgid "working copy"
msgstr "радна копија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:995
msgid "You've already read about working copies; now we'll demonstrate how the Subversion client creates and uses them."
msgstr "Већ сте читали о радној копији; сада ћемо демонстрирати како је Субверзиони клијент креира и користи. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1000
msgid "A Subversion working copy is an ordinary directory tree on your local system, containing a collection of files. You can edit these files however you wish, and if they're source code files, you can compile your program from them in the usual way. Your working copy is your own private work area: Subversion will never incorporate other people's changes, nor make your own changes available to others, until you explicitly tell it to do so."
msgstr "Субверзиона радна копија је обично стабло именика у вашем локалном систему, које садржи колекцију фајлова. Ви можете уредити ове фајлове како желите, и  ако су фајлови изворног кода, можете компајлирати ваш програм од њих на уобичајен начин. Ваша радна копија је ваша лична приватна радна површина: Субверзија неће инкорпорирати измене других људи, нити ће урадити ваше промене доступне другима, све док јој експлицитно не кажете да то уради. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1010
msgid "After you've made some changes to the files in your working copy and verified that they work properly, Subversion provides you with commands to <emphasis>publish</emphasis> your changes to the other people working with you on your project (by writing to the repository). If other people publish their own changes, Subversion provides you with commands to merge those changes into your working directory (by reading from the repository)."
msgstr "Када сте направили неке измене у фајловима у вашој радној копији и проверите да то ради исправно, Субверзија вам омогућава командама да <emphasis>публикујете</emphasis> ваше измене другим људима који раде са вама на вашем пројекту (писањем у спремиште). Ако други људи публикују своје измене, Субверзија вам омогућава  командама за спајање тих измена у ваш радни именик (читањем из спремишта)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1020
msgid "A working copy also contains some extra files, created and maintained by Subversion, to help it carry out these commands. In particular, each directory in your working copy contains a subdirectory named <filename>.svn</filename>, also known as the working copy <firstterm>administrative directory</firstterm>. The files in each administrative directory help Subversion recognize which files contain unpublished changes, and which files are out-of-date with respect to others' work."
msgstr "Радна копија такође садржи неке екстра фајлове, креиране и одржаване Субверзијом, дајој  помогну да извуче ове команде. Посебно, сваки именик у вашој радној копији садржи подименике означене <filename>.свн</filename>, такође познат као радна копија <firstterm>административни именик</firstterm>. Фајлови у сваком административном именику помажу Субверзији да препозна који фајлови садрже непубликоване измене, и који фајлови су застрели у односу на рад других."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1031
msgid "A typical Subversion repository often holds the files (or source code) for several projects; usually, each project is a subdirectory in the repository's filesystem tree. In this arrangement, a user's working copy will usually correspond to a particular subtree of the repository."
msgstr "Типично Субверзионо спремиште често садржи фајлове (или изворни код) за више пројеката; обично, сваки пројекат је субименик у стаблу фајлсистема у спремишту. У овом уређењу корисничка радна копија обично ће кореспондирати посебном подстаблу спремишта."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1038
msgid "For example, suppose you have a repository that contains two software projects."
msgstr "На пример, претпоставимо да имате спремиште које садржи два софверска пројекта."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1043
msgid "The Repository's Filesystem"
msgstr "Фајлсистем спремишта"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1046
msgid "In other words, the repository's root directory has two subdirectories: <filename>paint</filename> and <filename>calc</filename>."
msgstr "Другим речима, кореини именик спремишта има два подименика: <filename>пејнт</filename> и <filename>калк</filename>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1051
msgid "To get a working copy, you must <firstterm>check out</firstterm> some subtree of the repository. (The term <emphasis>check out</emphasis> may sound like it has something to do with locking or reserving resources, but it doesn't; it simply creates a private copy of the project for you)."
msgstr "Да бисте добили радну копију морате <firstterm>преузети</firstterm> неко подстабло спремишта. (Термин <emphasis>преузети</emphasis> може звучати као нешто што се ради закључавањем или резервисањем ресурса, али то није то; то једноставно креира приватну копију пројекта за вас)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1058
msgid "Suppose you make changes to <filename>button.c</filename>. Since the <filename>.svn</filename> directory remembers the file's modification date and original contents, Subversion can tell that you've changed the file. However, Subversion does not make your changes public until you explicitly tell it to. The act of publishing your changes is more commonly known as <firstterm>committing</firstterm> (or <firstterm>checking in</firstterm>) changes to the repository."
msgstr "Претпоставимо да сте направили измене у <filename>буттон.ц</filename>. Како <filename>.свн</filename> именик памти датум измене фајла и оригинални садржај, Субверзија вам  може рећи да сте изменили фајл.Чин публиковања ваших измена је најчешће познат  као  <firstterm>урезивање</firstterm> (или <firstterm>пријављивање</firstterm>) измена у спремиште."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1068
msgid "To publish your changes to others, you can use Subversion's <command>commit</command> command."
msgstr "Да би публиковали ваше измене другима, можете користити Субверзиону команду <command>урежи</command>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1072
msgid "Now your changes to <filename>button.c</filename> have been committed to the repository; if another user checks out a working copy of <filename>/calc</filename>, they will see your changes in the latest version of the file."
msgstr "Сада ваше измене у <filename>буттон.ц</filename> су урезане у спремиште; ако други корисник провери радну копију  <filename>/калк</filename>, видеће ваше измене у задњој верзији фајла."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1078
msgid "Suppose you have a collaborator, Sally, who checked out a working copy of <filename>/calc</filename> at the same time you did. When you commit your change to <filename>button.c</filename>, Sally's working copy is left unchanged; Subversion only modifies working copies at the user's request."
msgstr "Претпоставимо да имате  сарадника Сали, ко проверава радну копију <filename>/калк</filename> у исто време кад и ви. Када урезујете ваше измене у <filename>буттон.ц</filename>, Салина радна копија остаје непромењена; Субверзија мења радну копију само на захтев корисника."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1086
msgid "To bring her project up to date, Sally can ask Subversion to <firstterm>update</firstterm> her working copy, by using the Subversion <command>update</command> command. This will incorporate your changes into her working copy, as well as any others that have been committed since she checked it out."
msgstr "Да би ажурирала свој пројекат Сали мора питати Субверзилу да <firstterm>ажурира</firstterm> њену радну копију коришћрњем Субверзионе команде <command>ажурирај</command>. Ово ће укључити ваше измене у радну копију исто као што било који други који су урезани од провере."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1094
msgid "Note that Sally didn't need to specify which files to update; Subversion uses the information in the <filename>.svn</filename> directory, and further information in the repository, to decide which files need to be brought up to date."
msgstr "Забележите да Сали не треба да специфира које фајлове ажурира; Субверзија користи информације у <filename>.свн</filename> именику, и даље информације у спремишту, да одлучи које фајлове треба ажурирати."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1103
msgid "Repository URLs"
msgstr "УРЛ спремишта"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1104
msgid "Subversion repositories can be accessed through many different methods - on local disk, or through various network protocols. A repository location, however, is always a URL. The URL schema indicates the access method:"
msgstr "Субверзионом спремишту може бити приступљено кроз много различитих метода - на локалном диску, или кроз разне мрежне протоколе. Мест спремишта, међутим, је увек на УРЛ. УРЛ шема означава метод приступа: "

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1112
msgid "Repository Access URLs"
msgstr "УРЛ приступ спремишту"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1118
msgid "Schema"
msgstr "Шема"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1119
msgid "Access Method"
msgstr "Приступни метод"

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1125
msgid "file://"
msgstr "филе://"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1127
msgid "Direct repository access on local or network drive."
msgstr "Директни приступ спремишту на локалном мрежном уређају."

#. (literal)
#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1133
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1144
msgid "http://"
msgstr "http://"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1135
msgid "Access via WebDAV protocol to Subversion-aware Apache server."
msgstr "Приступ преко ВебДАВ протокола за Субверзионо познавање Апаш сервера."

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1141
msgid "https://"
msgstr "https://"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1143
msgid "Same as <placeholder-1/>, but with SSL encryption."
msgstr "Исто као <placeholder-1/>,али са ССЛ енскрипцијом."

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1149
msgid "svn://"
msgstr "свн://"

#. (literal)
#. (literal)
#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1153
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1162
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2483
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2622
msgid "svnserve"
msgstr "свнсерве"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1151
msgid "Unauthenticated TCP/IP access via custom protocol to a <placeholder-1/> server."
msgstr "Неаутентичан ТЦП/ИП приступ преко обичног протокола ка <placeholder-1/> серверу."

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1158
msgid "svn+ssh://"
msgstr "свн+ссх://"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1160
msgid "authenticated, encrypted TCP/IP access via custom protocol to a <placeholder-1/> server."
msgstr "аутентичан, шифриран ТЦП/ИП приступ преко обичног протокола ка <placeholder-1/> серверу."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1168
msgid "For the most part, Subversion's URLs use the standard syntax, allowing for server names and port numbers to be specified as part of the URL. The <literal>file://</literal> access method is normally used for local access, although it can be used with UNC paths to a networked host. The URL therefore takes the form <systemitem class=\"url\">file://hostname/path/to/repos</systemitem>. For the local machine, the <literal>hostname</literal> portion of the URL is required to be either absent or <literal>localhost</literal>. For this reason, local paths normally appear with three slashes, <systemitem class=\"url\">file:///path/to/repos</systemitem>."
msgstr "За многе делове Субверзиони УРЛови користе стандардну синтаксу дозвољавајући серверским именима бројевима портова да буду специфицирани као део УРЛа. <literal>филе://</literal> метод приступа се нормално користи за локални приступ, такође може се користити са УНЦ путњом до мрежног домаћина. УРЛ дакле узима облик  <systemitem class=\"url\">филе://хостнаме/патх/то/репос</systemitem>. За локалну машину <literal>хостнаме</literal> део УРЛ се захтева да није присутно или да је <literal>лоцалхост</literal>. Из овог разлога локална путања се нормално јавља са три косе црте <systemitem class=\"url\">филе:///патх/то/репос</systemitem>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1181
msgid "Also, users of the <literal>file://</literal> scheme on Windows platforms will need to use an unofficially <quote>standard</quote> syntax for accessing repositories that are on the same machine, but on a different drive than the client's current working drive. Either of the two following URL path syntaxes will work where <literal>X</literal> is the drive on which the repository resides:"
msgstr "Такође корисници <literal>филе://</literal> шеме на Виндоуз платформама треба да користе неофицијалну <quote>стандардну</quote> синтаксу за приступ спремишту која су на истој машини, али на различитим уређајима од оног где је клијентов радни уређај. Свака од следеће две синтаксе УРЛ путања ће радити где  је <literal>X</literal> драјв на коме  спремиште обитава."

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1191
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"file:///X:/path/to/repos\n"
"...\n"
"file:///X|/path/to/repos\n"
"...\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"филе:///X:/патх/то/репос\n"
"...\n"
"филе:///X|/патх/то/репос\n"
"...\n"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1197
msgid "Note that a URL uses ordinary slashes even though the native (non-URL) form of a path on Windows uses backslashes."
msgstr "Приметимо да УРЛ користи обичне косе црте чак и кад природни (не УРЛ) облик путање на Виндоузу користи обрнуте косе црте."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1201
msgid "You can safely access a FSFS repository via a network share, but you <emphasis>cannot</emphasis> access a BDB repository in this way."
msgstr "Можете безбедно приступити ФСФС спремишту преко мрежне поделе, али ви <emphasis>не можете</emphasis> приступити БДБ спремишту на овај начин."

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1207
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2609
msgid "Do not create or access a Berkeley DB repository on a network share. It <emphasis>cannot</emphasis> exist on a remote filesystem. Not even if you have the network drive mapped to a drive letter. If you attempt to use Berkeley DB on a network share, the results are unpredictable - you may see mysterious errors right away, or it may be months before you discover that your repository database is subtly corrupted."
msgstr "Не креирајте Беркли ДБ спремиште на мрежном дељеном простору. То <emphasis>не може</emphasis> постојати на удаљеном фајлсистему. Чак ни ако имате мрежни драјв означен словом драјва. Ако покушате да користите Беркли ДБ на мрежној подели резултати су непредвидљиви - можете видети мистериозне грешке или ће проћи месеци док не установите да ваша база података  спремишта са пуно грешака."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1219
msgid "Revisions"
msgstr "Ревизије"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1221
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9675
msgid "revision"
msgstr "ревизија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1223
msgid "A <command>svn commit</command> operation can publish changes to any number of files and directories as a single atomic transaction. In your working copy, you can change files' contents, create, delete, rename and copy files and directories, and then commit the complete set of changes as a unit."
msgstr "Операција <command>свн урежи</command> публикује измене било ког броја фајлова и именика као једну атомик трансакцију. У вашој радној копији можете мењати садржај фајлова, креирати, брисати, преименовати и копирати фајлове и именике и онда урежете укупан скуп измена као јединицу."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1231
msgid "In the repository, each commit is treated as an atomic transaction: either all the commits changes take place, or none of them take place. Subversion retains this atomicity in the face of program crashes, system crashes, network problems, and other users' actions."
msgstr "У спремишту савако урезивање се тртира као атомик трансакција: или се урежу све промене или ниједна. Субверзија чува ову атомичност у случају пуцања програма или система, мрежних проблема и других акција корисника."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1238
msgid "Each time the repository accepts a commit, this creates a new state of the filesystem tree, called a <firstterm>revision</firstterm>. Each revision is assigned a unique natural number, one greater than the number of the previous revision. The initial revision of a freshly created repository is numbered zero, and consists of nothing but an empty root directory."
msgstr "Сваки пут када спремиште приступи урезивању то креиира ново стање стабла фајлсистема названог <firstterm>ревисија</firstterm>. Свака ревизија се означава јединственим природним бројем који је за један већи од броја претходне ревизије.Почетна ревизија свеже креираног спремишта означена је нулом и не садржи ништа осим празног кореног именика."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1247
msgid "A nice way to visualize the repository is as a series of trees. Imagine an array of revision numbers, starting at 0, stretching from left to right. Each revision number has a filesystem tree hanging below it, and each tree is a <quote>snapshot</quote> of the way the repository looked after each commit."
msgstr "Леп начин да се визуализује спремиште је серија стабала. Замислимо област ревизионих бројева, почевши од нуле, развучених с лева у десно. Сваки ревизиони број има фајлсистем стабло виси испод њега и свако стабло је <quote>назнака</quote> како спремиште изгледа после урезивања."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1260
msgid "Global Revision Numbers"
msgstr "Глобални ревизиони бројеви"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1261
msgid "Unlike those of many other version control systems, Subversion's revision numbers apply to <emphasis>entire trees</emphasis>, not individual files. Each revision number selects an entire tree, a particular state of the repository after some committed change. Another way to think about it is that revision N represents the state of the repository filesystem after the Nth commit. When a Subversion user talks about ``revision 5 of <filename>foo.c</filename>'', they really mean ``<filename>foo.c</filename> as it appears in revision 5.'' Notice that in general, revisions N and M of a file do <emphasis>not</emphasis> necessarily differ!"
msgstr "Другачије него код већине других система контроле верзија, Субверзиони ревизиони бројеви се појављују као <emphasis>цела стабла</emphasis>, а не индивидуални фајлови. Сваки ревизиони број селектује цело стабло, партикуларно стање спремишта после неког урезивања измена. Други начин размишљања о томе је да ревизија Н претставља стање фајлсистема спремишта после Нтог урезивања. Када корисник Субверзије говори о ``ревисија 5 од <filename>фоо.ц</filename>'', он стварно мисли ``<filename>фоо.ц</filename>  како се јавља у ревизији 5.\" Приметимо да уопште ревизије Н и М фајла <emphasis>нису</emphasis> обавезно различите. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1276
msgid "It's important to note that working copies do not always correspond to any single revision in the repository; they may contain files from several different revisions. For example, suppose you check out a working copy from a repository whose most recent revision is 4:"
msgstr "Важно је приметити да радна копија не кореспондира увек било којој појединачној ревизији у спремишту; она може садржати фајлове из више различитих ревизија. На пример, претпоставимо да преузимате радну копију из спремишта чија је најскорија ревизија 4:"

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1283
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"calc/Makefile:4\n"
"     integer.c:4\n"
"     button.c:4\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"калк/Макефиле:4\n"
"     интегер.ц:4\n"
"     буттон.ц:4\n"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1288
msgid "At the moment, this working directory corresponds exactly to revision 4 in the repository. However, suppose you make a change to <filename>button.c</filename>, and commit that change. Assuming no other commits have taken place, your commit will create revision 5 of the repository, and your working copy will now look like this:"
msgstr "Тренутно овај радни именик одговара тачно ревизији 4 у спремишту. Међутим, претпоставимо да измените <filename>буттон.ц</filename>, и урежете измене. Узмимо да није било других урезивања, ваше урезивање креира ревизију 5 спремишта и ваша радна копија сада изгледа овако:"

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1296
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"calc/Makefile:4\n"
"     integer.c:4\n"
"     button.c:5\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"калк/Макефиле:4\n"
"     интегер.ц:4\n"
"     буттон.ц:5\n"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1301
msgid "Suppose that, at this point, Sally commits a change to <filename>integer.c</filename>, creating revision 6. If you use <command>svn update</command> to bring your working copy up to date, then it will look like this:"
msgstr "Претпоставимо то, у том тренутку, Саки урезује измене <filename>интегер.ц</filename>, креирајући ревизију 6. Ако користите <command>свн ажурирај</command> да доведете вашу радну копију у ажурно стање то ће изгледати овако:"

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1307
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"calc/Makefile:6\n"
"     integer.c:6\n"
"     button.c:6\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"калк/Макефиле:6\n"
"     интегер.ц:6\n"
"     буттон.ц:6\n"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1312
msgid "Sally's changes to <filename>integer.c</filename> will appear in your working copy, and your change will still be present in <filename>button.c</filename>. In this example, the text of <filename>Makefile</filename> is identical in revisions 4, 5, and 6, but Subversion will mark your working copy of <filename>Makefile</filename> with revision 6 to indicate that it is still current. So, after you do a clean update at the top of your working copy, it will generally correspond to exactly one revision in the repository."
msgstr "Саине измене <filename>интегер.ц</filename> се појављују у вашој радној копији и ваше измене су још присутне у <filename>буттон.ц</filename>. У овом примеру, текст у <filename>Макефиле</filename> је идентичан у ревизијама 4,5 и 6, али Субверзија ће означити вашу радну копију <filename>Макефиле</filename> ревизијом 6 да индицира да је још текућа. Тако, после урађеног чистог ажурирања на врх ваше радне копије она ће генерално кореспондирати тачно једној ревизији у спремишту."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1325
msgid "How Working Copies Track the Repository"
msgstr "Како радна копија прати спремиште"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1326
msgid "For each file in a working directory, Subversion records two essential pieces of information in the <filename>.svn/</filename> administrative area:"
msgstr "За сваки фајл у радном именику Субверзија уписује два важна комада информација у <filename>.свн/</filename> администаративну област:"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1332
msgid "what revision your working file is based on (this is called the file's <firstterm>working revision</firstterm>), and"
msgstr "на коју ревизију је ваша радна копија заснована )то се зове фајлова <firstterm>радна ревизија</firstterm>), и"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1339
msgid "a timestamp recording when the local copy was last updated by the repository."
msgstr "временски маркер записан када се локална копија задњи пут ажурира у спремишту."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1345
msgid "Given this information, by talking to the repository, Subversion can tell which of the following four states a working file is in:"
msgstr "Дајући ове информације, говорећи спремишту, Субверзија може рећи које од следећих четири статуса има радни фајл:"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1352
msgid "Unchanged, and current"
msgstr "Неизмењен и текући"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1354
msgid "The file is unchanged in the working directory, and no changes to that file have been committed to the repository since its working revision. A <command>commit</command> of the file will do nothing, and an <command>update</command> of the file will do nothing."
msgstr "Фајл је неизмењен у радном именику, и нема измена тог фајла при урезивању у спремиште од његове радне ревизије. <command>Урезивање</command> фајла не ради ништа, и <command>ажурирање</command>  фајла не ради ништа."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1365
msgid "Locally changed, and current"
msgstr "Локално измењен и текући"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1367
msgid "The file has been changed in the working directory, and no changes to that file have been committed to the repository since its base revision. There are local changes that have not been committed to the repository, thus a <command>commit</command> of the file will succeed in publishing your changes, and an <command>update</command> of the file will do nothing."
msgstr "Фајл је измењен у радном именику и измене нису урезане у спремиште од основне ребжвизије. Постоје локалне измене које још нису урезане у спремиште, тако <command>урезивање</command> фајла ће пратити публиковање ваших измена у спремиште, а  <command>ажурирање</command> фајла неће урадити ништа."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1379
msgid "Unchanged, and out-of-date"
msgstr "Непромењен и застарео"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1381
msgid "The file has not been changed in the working directory, but it has been changed in the repository. The file should eventually be updated, to make it current with the public revision. A <command>commit</command> of the file will do nothing, and an <command>update</command> of the file will fold the latest changes into your working copy."
msgstr "Фајл није измењен у радном именику али је измењен у спремишту. Фајл би требало да буде ажуриран да се учини савремен са јавном ревизијом. <command>Урезивање</command> фајла не ради ништа, а <command>ажурирање</command> фајла уводи задње измене у вашу радну копију."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1393
msgid "Locally changed, and out-of-date"
msgstr "Локално измењен и застарео"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1395
msgid "The file has been changed both in the working directory, and in the repository. A <command>commit</command> of the file will fail with an <emphasis>out-of-date</emphasis> error. The file should be updated first; an <command>update</command> command will attempt to merge the public changes with the local changes. If Subversion can't complete the merge in a plausible way automatically, it leaves it to the user to resolve the conflict."
msgstr "Фајл је измењен у оба случаја и у радном именику и у спремишту. <command>Урезивање</command> фајла биће неуспешно са  грешком <emphasis>застарео</emphasis>. Фајл се мора најпре ажурираи; са <command>ажурирај</command> командом покушаће се спајање јавних измена са локалним изменама. Ако Субверзија не може потпуно да стопи на разуман начин аутоматски, она оставља кориснику да разреши конфликт. "

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1412
msgid "Summary"
msgstr "Закључак"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1413
msgid "We've covered a number of fundamental Subversion concepts in this chapter:"
msgstr "Ми смо овде покрили одређени број основних Субверзионих концепата:"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1419
msgid "We've introduced the notions of the central repository, the client working copy, and the array of repository revision trees."
msgstr "Увели смо означавање централног спремишта, клијентове радне копије, и област ревизионог стабла спремишта."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1425
msgid "We've seen some simple examples of how two collaborators can use Subversion to publish and receive changes from one another, using the 'copy-modify-merge' model."
msgstr "Видли смо неке просте примере како сарадници могу да користе Субверзију да публикују  и приме измене од других, користећи 'копирај-мењај-стопи' модел."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1432
msgid "We've talked a bit about the way Subversion tracks and manages information in a working copy."
msgstr "Говорили смо о начину како Субверзија прати и управља информацијама у радној копији."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1445
msgid "Setting Up A Server"
msgstr "Подешавање сервера"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1447
msgid "To use TortoiseSVN (or any other Subversion client), you need a place where your repositories are located. You can either store your repositories locally and access them using the <literal>file://</literal> protocol or you can place them on a server and access them with the <literal>http://</literal> or <literal>svn://</literal> protocols. The two server protocols can also be encrypted. You use <literal>https://</literal> or <literal>svn+ssh://</literal>. This chapter shows you step by step on how you can set up such a server on a Windows machine."
msgstr "Да користите ТортоисеСВН (или било који други Субверзиони клијент), потребно вам је место где је лоцирано ваше спремиште. Можете ускладиштити ваше спремиште локално и приступати му користећи  <literal>филе://</literal> протокол или га сместити на сервеу и приступати му са <literal>хттп://</literal> или <literal>свн://</literal> протоколима. Два сервер протокола могу, такође, бити шифрована. Користите  <literal>хттпс://</literal> или <literal>свн+ссх://</literal>. Ово поглавље приказује корак по корак како подешавате такав сервер на Виндоуз машини. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1458
msgid "More detailed information on the Subversion server options, and how to choose the best architecture for your situation, can be found in the Subversion book under <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.serverconfig.html\"><citetitle>Server Configuration</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Детаљније информације о опцијама Субверзионог сервера и како изабрати најбољу архитектуру за вашу ситуацију, може се наћи у књизи  Субверзије под  <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.serverconfig.html\"><citetitle>Сервер конфигурација</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1466
msgid "If you don't have a server and you work alone then local repositories are probably your best choice. You can skip this chapter and go directly to <xref linkend=\"tsvn-repository\"/>."
msgstr "Ако немате сервер и радите сами тада локално спремиште је ваш најбољи избор. Можете прескочити ово поглавље и ићи право на  <xref linkend=\"tsvn-repository\"/>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1471
msgid "If you were thinking about setting up a multi-user repository on a network share, think again. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-repository-local-share\"/> to find out why we think this is a bad idea."
msgstr "Ако размишљате да подесите вишекорисничко спремиште на мрежном дељеном простору, размислите још једном. Прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-repository-local-share\"/> да нађете зашто ми мислимо да је то лоша идеја."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1480
msgid "Apache Based Server"
msgstr "Апаш заснован сервер"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1484
msgid "Apache"
msgstr "Апаш"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1486
msgid "The most flexible of all possible server setups for Subversion is the Apache based one. Although a bit more complicated to set up, it offers benefits that other servers cannot:"
msgstr "Најфлексибилнији од свих могућих сервер подешавања за Субверзију је Апаш засновани сервер. Мада је мало компликованији за подешавање он пружа погодности које други  сервери немају:"

#. (primary)
#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1492
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1496
msgid "WebDAV"
msgstr "ВебДАВ"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1498
msgid "The Apache based Subversion server uses the WebDAV protocol which is supported by many other programs as well. You could e.g. mount such a repository as a <quote>Web folder</quote> in the Windows explorer and then access it like any other folder in the file system."
msgstr "Апаш заснован Субверзиони сервер користи ВебДАВ протокол који је добро подржан са много других програма. Могли бисте нпр. поставити спремиште као <quote>Веб именик/qуоте> у Виндоуз експлореру и да му приступате као сваком другом именику фајл система."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1509
msgid "Browsing The Repository"
msgstr "Претраживање спремишта"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1511
msgid "You can point your browser to the URL of your repository and browse the contents of it without having a Subversion client installed. This gives access to your data to a much wider circle of users."
msgstr "Можете довести ваш претраживач на УРЛ спремишта и претраживати његов садржај без инсталираног Субверзионог клијента. Ово даје приступ вашим подацима много ширем кругу корисника."

#. (term)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1521
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3646
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Аутентикација"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1523
msgid "You can use any authentication mechanism Apache supports, including SSPI and LDAP."
msgstr "Можете користити механизам аутентикације подршке Апашу, укључујући ССПИ и ЛДАП."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1530
msgid "Security"
msgstr "Сигурност"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1532
msgid "Since Apache is very stable and secure, you automatically get the same security for your repository. This includes SSL encryption."
msgstr "Како је Апаш веома стабилан и сигуран, ви аутоматски добијате исту сигурност за спремиште. Ово обухвата ССП шифровање."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1542
msgid "Installing Apache"
msgstr "Инсталирање Апаша"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1547
msgid "Please note that Windows XP without the service pack 1 will lead to bogus network data and could therefore corrupt your repository!"
msgstr "Молим вас имајте у виду да Виндоус XП без сервис пакета 1 доводи до вештачких мрежних података тако да ће покварити спремиште."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1555
msgid "Download the latest version of the Apache web server from <ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/download.cgi\"><citetitle>http://httpd.apache.org/download.cgi</citetitle></ulink>. Make sure that you download the version 2.2.x - the version 1.3.xx won't work!"
msgstr "Скините задњу верзију Апаш веб сервера са <ulink url=\"http://httpd.apache.org/download.cgi\"><citetitle>http://httpd.apache.org/download.cgi</citetitle></ulink>.Будите да скидате верзију 2.2.x - верзија 1.3.xx не ради!"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1564
msgid "The msi installer for Apache can be found by clicking on <literal>other files</literal>, then browse to <filename>binaries/win32</filename>. You may want to choose the msi file <filename>apache-2.2.x-win32-x86-openssl-0.9.x.msi</filename> (the one that includes OpenSSL)."
msgstr "Мси инсталација за Апаш може се наћи кликом на <literal>остали фајлови </literal>, затим претражите до  <filename>бинариешwин32</filename>.Можда бисте желели да изаберете мси фајл <filename>апацхе-2.2.x-wин32-x86-опенссл-0.9.x.мси</filename> (онај који обухвата ОпенССЛ)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1572
msgid "Once you have the Apache2 installer you can double click on it and it will guide you through the installation process. Make sure that you enter the server-URL correctly (if you don't have a DNS name for your server just enter the IP-address). I recommend to install Apache <emphasis>for All Users, on Port 80, as a Service</emphasis>. Note: if you already have IIS or any other program running which listens on port 80 the installation might fail. If that happens, go to the programs directory, <filename>\\Apache Group\\Apache2\\conf</filename> and locate the file <filename>httpd.conf</filename>. Edit that file so that <literal>Listen 80</literal> is changed to a free port, e.g. <literal>Listen 81</literal>. Then restart the installation - this time it should finish without problems."
msgstr "Једном када имате Апаш2 инсталиран можете двоструко кликнути на њега и он ће вас водити кроз инсталациони процес. Будите сигурни да унесете сервер-УРЛ коректно (ако немате ДНС име вашег сервера само упишите ИП-адресу). Препоручујем да инсталирате Апаш <emphasis>за све кориснике, на Порту 80,као Сервис </emphasis>. Пажња: ако већ имате ИИС или неки други програм који ради и чита на порту 80 инсталација може бити неуспешна. Ако се то деси идите на програмски именик <filename>\\Апацхе Гроуп\\Апацхе2\\цонф</filename> и нађите фајл <filename>httpd.conf</filename>. Уредите тај фајл тако да <literal>Листен 80</literal> буде измењено на слободан порт, нпр. <literal>Листен 81</literal>. Затим рестартујте инсталацију - овог пута ће завршити без проблема."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1594
msgid "Now test if the Apache web server is running correctly by pointing your web browser to <systemitem class=\"url\">http://localhost/</systemitem> - a preconfigured Website should show up."
msgstr "Сада тестирајте да ли Апаш веб сервер ради исправно управљајући веб претраживач на <systemitem class=\"url\">http://localhost/</systemitem> - преконфигурисан вебсајт треба да буде приказан."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1603
msgid "If you decide to install Apache as a service, be warned that by default it will run as the local system account. It would be a more secure practice for you to create a separate account for Apache to run as."
msgstr "Ако одлучите да инсталирате Апаш као сервис, знајте да тада уобичајено ради као систем локалног рчуна. Била би сигурнија пракса за вас да креирате посебан рачун за рад као Апаш."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1609
msgid "Make sure that the account on the server that Apache is running as has an explicit entry in the repository directory's access control list (right-click directory | properties | security), with full control. Otherwise, users will not be able to commit their changes."
msgstr "Будите сигурни да тај рачун на серверу где ради Апаш има експлицитан улаз приступу именика контролне листе спремишта (десни клик именик | особине | сигурност), са пуном контролом. Другим речима, корисник неће бити способан да уреже своје измене."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1615
msgid "Even if Apache runs as local system, you still need such an entry (which will be the SYSTEM account in this case)."
msgstr "Чак и ако Апаш ради као локални систем, ви још имате потребу за таквим улазом (која би имала СИСТЕМ рачун у овом случају)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1619
msgid "If Apache does not have this permission set up, your users will get <quote>Access denied</quote> error messages, which show up in the Apache error log as error 500."
msgstr "Ако Апаш нема подешену ову дозволу, ваши корисници ће добити <quote>Приступ забрањен</quote> поруку грешке, која је приказана у Апаш дневнику као грешка 500."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1543
msgid "The first thing you need before installing Apache is a computer with Windows 2000, Windows XP+SP1, Windows 2003, Vista or Server 2008. <warning><placeholder-1/></warning><placeholder-2/><caution><placeholder-3/><placeholder-4/><placeholder-5/><placeholder-6/></caution>"
msgstr "Прва свар која вам је потребна пре инсталирања Апаша је компјутер са Виндоуз 2000, Виндоуз XП+СП1, Виндоуз 2003, Виста или Сервер 2008.<warning><placeholder-1/></warning><placeholder-2/><caution><placeholder-3/><placeholder-4/><placeholder-5/><placeholder-6/></caution>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1628
msgid "Installing Subversion"
msgstr "Инсталирање Субверзије"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1632
msgid "Download the latest version of the Subversion Win32 binaries for Apache. Be sure to get the right version to integrate with your version of Apache, otherwise you will get an obscure error message when you try to restart. If you have Apache 2.2.x go to <ulink url=\"http://subversion.tigris.org/servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=8100\"><citetitle>http://subversion.tigris.org/servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=8100</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Скините задњу верзију Субверзије Вин32 бинарије за Апаш. Будите сигурни да сте добили исправну верзију за интеграцију са вашом верзијом Апаша, у супротном ће те добити чудне поруке грешке када пробате са рестартом. Ако имате Апаш 2.2.x идите на <ulink url=\"http://subversion.tigris.org/servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=8100\"><citetitle>http://subversion.tigris.org/servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=8100</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1644
msgid "Run the Subversion installer and follow the instructions. If the Subversion installer recognized that you've installed Apache, then you're almost done. If it couldn't find an Apache server then you have to do some additional steps."
msgstr "Покрените Субверзиону инсталацију и пратите инструкције. Ако инсталација Субверзије препозна да сте инсталирали Апаш онда је у реду. Ако не нађе Апаш сервер морате урадити неке додатне кораке."

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1654
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1982
msgid "mod_authz_svn"
msgstr "мод_аутхз_свн"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1656
msgid "Using the windows explorer, go to the installation directory of Subversion (usually <filename>c:\\program files\\Subversion</filename>) and find the files <filename>/httpd/mod_dav_svn.so</filename> and <filename>mod_authz_svn.so</filename>. Copy these files to the Apache modules directory (usually <filename>c:\\program files\\apache group\\apache2\\modules </filename>)."
msgstr "Користећи виндоуз претраживач идите на инсталациони именик Субверзије (обично <filename>c:\\program files\\Subversion</filename>) и нађите фајлове <filename>/httpd/mod_dav_svn.so</filename> и <filename>mod_authz_svn.so</filename>. Копирајте ове фајлове у Апаш именик модула (обично <filename>c:\\program files\\apache group\\apache2\\modules </filename>)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1669
msgid "Copy the file <filename>/bin/libdb*.dll</filename> and <filename>/bin/intl3_svn.dll</filename> from the Subversion installation directory to the Apache bin directory."
msgstr "Копирајте фајл <filename>/бин/либдб*.длл</filename> и <filename>/бин/интл3_свн.длл</filename> из Субверзијиног инсталационог именика у Апаш бин именик."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1677
msgid "Edit Apache's configuration file (usually <filename> C:\\Program Files\\Apache Group\\Apache2\\conf\\httpd.conf</filename>) with a text editor such as Notepad and make the following changes:"
msgstr "Уредите Апаш конфигурациони фајл (обично <filename>  C:\\Program Files\\Apache Group\\Apache2\\conf\\httpd.conf</filename>) помоћу текст уређивача као што је Нотепад и урадите следеће измене:"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1683
msgid ""
"Uncomment (remove the '<literal>#</literal>' mark) the following lines: <screen>\n"
"#LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so\n"
"#LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so\n"
"</screen> Add the following two lines to the end of the <literal>LoadModule</literal> section. <screen>\n"
"LoadModule dav_svn_module modules/mod_dav_svn.so\n"
"LoadModule authz_svn_module modules/mod_authz_svn.so\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Откоментирајте (уклоните '<literal>#</literal> знак) следећим линијама:<screen>\n"
"#LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so\n"
"#LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so\n"
"</screen> Add the following two lines to the end of the <literal>LoadModule</literal> section. <screen>\n"
"LoadModule dav_svn_module modules/mod_dav_svn.so\n"
"LoadModule authz_svn_module modules/mod_authz_svn.so\n"
"</screen>"

#. (title)
#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1702
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12447
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Конфигурација"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1713
msgid ""
"At the end of the config file add the following lines: <screen>\n"
"&lt;Location /svn&gt;\n"
"  DAV svn\n"
"  SVNListParentPath on\n"
"  SVNParentPath D:\\SVN\n"
"  #SVNIndexXSLT \"/svnindex.xsl\"\n"
"  AuthType Basic\n"
"  AuthName \"Subversion repositories\"\n"
"  AuthUserFile passwd\n"
"  #AuthzSVNAccessFile svnaccessfile\n"
"  Require valid-user\n"
"&lt;/Location&gt;\n"
"</screen> This configures Apache so that all your Subversion repositories are physically located below <filename>D:\\SVN</filename>. The repositories are served to the outside world from the URL: <systemitem class=\"url\"> http://MyServer/svn/ </systemitem>. Access is restricted to known users/passwords listed in the <filename>passwd</filename> file."
msgstr ""
"На крај конфиг фајла додајте следеће линије:<screen>\n"
"&lt;Location /svn&gt;\n"
"  DAV svn\n"
"  SVNListParentPath on\n"
"  SVNParentPath D:\\SVN\n"
"  #SVNIndexXSLT \"/svnindex.xsl\"\n"
"  AuthType Basic\n"
"  AuthName \"Subversion repositories\"\n"
"  AuthUserFile passwd\n"
"  #AuthzSVNAccessFile svnaccessfile\n"
"  Require valid-user\n"
"&lt;/Location&gt;\n"
"</screen> Ово конфигурише Апаш тако да Субверзијино спремиште је физички лоцирано под  <filename>D:\\SVN</filename>. Спремишта за остали свет опслужује  УРЛ: <systemitem class=\"url\"> http://MyServer/svn/</systemitem>. Приступ је ограничен на познавање корисник /лозинка дато у  <filename>passwd</filename> фајлу."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1740
msgid ""
"To create the <filename>passwd</filename> file, open the command prompt (DOS-Box) again, change to the <filename>apache2</filename> folder (usually <filename>c:\\program files\\apache group\\apache2</filename>) and create the file by entering <screen>\n"
"bin\\htpasswd -c passwd &lt;username&gt;\n"
"</screen> This will create a file with the name <filename>passwd</filename> which is used for authentication. Additional users can be added with <screen>\n"
"bin\\htpasswd passwd &lt;username&gt;\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Да бисте креирали <filename>passwd</filename> фајл, отворите командну линију  (ДОС-Бокс) поново, измените у <filename>apache2</filename> именик (обично <filename>c:\\program files\\apache group\\apache2</filename>) и креирајте фајл уношењем <screen>\n"
"bin\\htpasswd -c passwd &lt;username&gt;\n"
"</screen>  Ово ће креирати фајл са именом <filename>passwd</filename> који се користи за аутентикацију. Додатни корисници могу бити додати са  <screen>\n"
"bin\\htpasswd passwd &lt;username&gt;\n"
"</screen>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1759
msgid "Restart the Apache service again."
msgstr "Рестртујте Апаш сервер поново."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1764
msgid "Point your browser to <systemitem class=\"url\">http://MyServer/svn/MyNewRepository</systemitem> (where <filename>MyNewRepository</filename> is the name of the Subversion repository you created before). If all went well you should be prompted for a username and password, then you can see the contents of your repository."
msgstr "Управите ваш претраживач на <systemitem class=\"url\">http://MyServer/svn/MyNewRepository</systemitem> (где је  <filename>MyNewRepository</filename> име Субверзионог спремишта које сте раније креирали). Ако је све добро прошло бићете упитани за корисничко име и лозинку, затим можете видети садржај спремишта."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1703
msgid "Now you have set up Apache and Subversion, but Apache doesn't know how to handle Subversion clients like TortoiseSVN yet. To get Apache to know which URL will be used for Subversion repositories you have to edit the Apache configuration file (usually located in <filename>c:\\program files\\apache group\\apache2\\conf\\httpd.conf</filename>) with any text editor you like (e.g. Notepad): <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Сада можете подесити Апаш и Субверзију, али Апаш још не зна како да опслужи Субверзионог клијента као што је ТортоисеСВН. Да би Апаш знао који УРЛ треба користити за Субверзионо спремиште морате да уредите Апаш конфигурациони фајл )обично на локацији <filename>c:\\program files\\apache group\\apache2\\conf\\httpd.conf</filename>) било којим уређивачем текста који волите (нпр. Нотепад): <placeholder-1/>"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1777
msgid "SVNPath"
msgstr "СВНПутања"

#. (primary)
#. (literal)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1780
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1815
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1950
msgid "SVNParentPath"
msgstr "СВНПредакПутања"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1785
msgid "Apache <filename>httpd.conf</filename> Settings"
msgstr "Апаш <filename>httpd.conf</filename> подешавање"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1791
msgid "Setting"
msgstr "Подешавање"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1792
msgid "Explanation"
msgstr "Објашњење"

#. (systemitem)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1800
msgid "http://MyServer/svn/"
msgstr "http://MyServer/svn/"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1798
msgid "means that the Subversion repositories are available from the URL <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "значи да је Субверзионо спремиште доступно са УРЛ <placeholder-1/>"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1805
msgid "tells Apache which module will be responsible to serve that URL - in this case the Subversion module."
msgstr "каже Апашу који модул је одговоран да опслужи тај УРЛ - у овом случају Субверзиони модул."

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1812
msgid "For Subversion version 1.3 and higher, this directive enables listing all the available repositories under <placeholder-1/>."
msgstr "За Субверзију 1.3 и више, ова директива омгућава листање свих расположивих спремишта под <placeholder-1/>."

#. (filename)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1822
msgid "D:\\SVN"
msgstr "Д:\\СВН"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1820
msgid "tells Subversion to look for repositories below <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "каже Субверзији да погледа спремиште испод <placeholder-1/>"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1827
msgid "Used to make the browsing with a web browser prettier."
msgstr "Коришћен да фино претражује са веб претраживачем."

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1834
msgid "is to activate basic authentication, i.e. Username/password"
msgstr "да активира основну аутентификацију, нпр. корисничкоиме/лозинка"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1841
msgid "is used as an information whenever an authentication dialog pops up to tell the user what the authentication is for"
msgstr "коришћен као информација кадгод се појави аутентификациони дијалог да каже кориснику зашто је аутентификација"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1848
msgid "specifies which password file to use for authentication"
msgstr "одређује који фајл лозинки користити за аутентификацију"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1854
msgid "Location of the Access file for paths inside a Subversion repository"
msgstr "Локација фајла рачуна за путање унутар Субверзионог спремишта"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1861
msgid "specifies that only users who entered a correct username/password are allowed to access the URL"
msgstr "одређује да само корисници који унесу коректан име/лозинка могу да приступе УРЛ"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1873
msgid ""
"If you want your repository to have read access for everyone but write access only for specific users you can change the line <screen>\n"
"Require valid-user\n"
"</screen> to <screen>\n"
"&lt;LimitExcept GET PROPFIND OPTIONS REPORT&gt;\n"
"Require valid-user\n"
"&lt;/LimitExcept&gt;\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Ако желите да ваше спремиште има приступ за читање за сваког али приступ за уписивање само за одређене кориснике морате изменити линију <screen>\n"
"Require valid-user\n"
"</screen> to <screen>\n"
"&lt;LimitExcept GET PROPFIND OPTIONS REPORT&gt;\n"
"Require valid-user\n"
"&lt;/LimitExcept&gt;\n"
"</screen>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1888
msgid ""
"Using a <filename>passwd</filename> file limits and grants access to all of your repositories as a unit. If you want more control over which users have access to each folder inside a repository you can uncomment the line <screen>\n"
"#AuthzSVNAccessFile svnaccessfile\n"
"</screen> and create a Subversion access file. Apache will make sure that only valid users are able to access your <filename>/svn</filename> location, and will then pass the username to Subversion's <literal>AuthzSVNAccessFile</literal> module so that it can enforce more granular access based upon rules listed in the Subversion access file. Note that paths are specified either as <literal>repos:path</literal> or simply <literal>path</literal>. If you don't specify a particular repository, that access rule will apply to all repositories under <literal>SVNParentPath</literal>. The format of the authorization-policy file used by <literal>mod_authz_svn</literal> is described in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-serversetup-mod_authz_svn\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Коришћење <filename>пассwд</filename> фајла ограничава и гарантује приступ свим вашим спремиштима као јединицама. Ако желите више контроле на то који корисници имају приступ сваком именику унутар спремишта можете откоментирати линију  <screen>\n"
"#AuthzSVNAccessFile svnaccessfile\n"
"</screen>  и креирати Субверзиони фајл приступа. Апаш ће сигурно учинити да само ваљани корисници могу да приступе вашој <filename>/свн</filename> локацији, и проследиће корисничко име Субверзионом <literal>AuthzSVNAccessFile</literal> модулу тако да ће се појачати грануларнији приступ заснован на правилима излистаним у Субверзионом фајлу приступа. Приметите да су путање специфициране или као<literal>repos:path</literal> или једноставно <literal>path</literal>. Ако не специфицирате посебно спремиште, тада ће се приступна правила примењивати на сва спремишта под <literal>SVNParentPath</literal>. Формат фајла ауторизационе-полисе коришћен од <literal>mod_authz_svn</literal> описан је на <xref linkend=\"tsvn-serversetup-mod_authz_svn\"/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1915
msgid ""
"To make browsing the repository with a web browser 'prettier', uncomment the line <screen>\n"
"#SVNIndexXSLT \"/svnindex.xsl\"\n"
"</screen> and put the files <filename>svnindex.xsl</filename>, <filename>svnindex.css</filename> and <filename>menucheckout.ico</filename> in your document root directory (usually <filename>C:/Program Files/Apache Group/Apache2/htdocs</filename>). The directory is set with the <literal>DocumentRoot</literal> directive in your Apache config file."
msgstr ""
"Да учините претраживање спремишта веб брозером 'финије', откоментирајте линију <screen>\n"
"#SVNIndexXSLT \"/svnindex.xsl\"\n"
"</screen>  и ставите фајлве <filename>svnindex.xsl</filename>, <filename>svnindex.css</filename> и <filename>menucheckout.ico</filename> у ваш корени именик докумената (обично <filename>C:/Program Files/Apache Group/Apache2/htdocs</filename>). Именик је подешен са <literal>DocumentRoot</literal> директивом у Апаш конфигурационом фајлу."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1928
#, fuzzy
msgid "You can get those three files directly from our source repository at <ulink url=\"http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk/contrib/other/svnindex\"><citetitle>http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk/contrib/other/svnindex</citetitle></ulink>. (<xref linkend=\"tsvn-preface-source\"/> explains how to access the TortoiseSVN source repository)."
msgstr "Можете узети ова стабла фајлова директно са нашег изворно спремишта на  <ulink url=\"http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk/contrib/other/svnindex\"><citetitle>http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk/contrib/other/svnindex</citetitle></ulink>. Ако вам траже аутентификацију унесите <literal>гуест</literal> ка о име корисника и оставите лозинку празном."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1936
msgid "The XSL file from the TortoiseSVN repository has a nice gimmick: if you browse the repository with your web browser, then every folder in your repository has an icon on the right shown. If you click on that icon, the TortoiseSVN checkout dialog is started for this URL."
msgstr "XСЛ фајл из ТортоисеСВН спремишта има фин трик; ако претражујете спремиште вашим веб претраживачем сваки именик у вашем спремишту има икону приказану с десна. Ако кликнете на ту икону ТортоисеСВН  покреће дијалог преузимања за тај УРЛ."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1782
msgid "A short explanation of what you just entered: <placeholder-1/> But that's just an example. There are many, many more possibilities of what you can do with the Apache web server. <placeholder-2/>"
msgstr "Кратко објашњење шта сте управо унели: <placeholder-1/> Али то је само један пример. Има много, много више могућности шта све можете учинити са Апаш веб сервером. <placeholder-2/>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1948
msgid "Multiple Repositories"
msgstr "Вишеструка спремишта"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1953
msgid "Index of projects"
msgstr "Индекс пројекта"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1955
msgid "If you used the <literal>SVNParentPath</literal> directive then you don't have to change the Apache config file every time you add a new Subversion repository. Simply create the new repository under the same location as the first repository and you're done! In my company I have direct access to that specific folder on the server via SMB (normal windows file access). So I just create a new folder there, run the TortoiseSVN command <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create repository here...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and a new project has a home..."
msgstr "Ако сте користили <literal>СВНПредакПутања</literal> директиву затим ви нисте мењали Апаш кофиг фајл сваки пут када сте додавали ново Субверзионо спремиште. Једноставно креирајте ново спремиште под истом лкацијом као прво спремиште и ви сте завршили! У мојој компанији ја имам директан приступ специфичном именику на серверу преко СМБ (нормалан виндоуз приступ фајловима). Тако сам само креирао нови именик тамо, покренуо ТортоисеСВН команду <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Цреате репоситорy хере...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>  и нови пројекат је добио дом..."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1969
msgid "If you are using Subversion 1.3 or later, you can use the <literal>SVNListParentPath on</literal> directive to allow Apache to produce a listing of all available projects if you point your browser at the parent path rather than at a specific repository."
msgstr "Ако користите Субверзију 1.3 или каснију, морате користити <literal>СВНЛистајПредакПутању на</literal> директиву да омогућите Апашу да да листинг свих доступних пројеката ако управите ваш претраживач на предачку путању пре него на посебно спремиште. "

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1977
msgid "Path-Based Authorization"
msgstr "Ауторизација зависна од путање"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1979
msgid "Authorization"
msgstr "Ауторизација"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1984
msgid "The <literal>mod_authz_svn</literal> module permits fine-grained control of access permissions based on user names and repository paths. This is available with the Apache server, and as of Subversion 1.3 it is available with svnserve as well."
msgstr "Модул <literal>мод_аутхз_свн</literal> омогућава фино-зрнасту контролу на дозволама заснованог приступа корисничких имена и путања спремишта. Ово је омогућено Апаш сервером и од Субверзије 1.3 могуће је са свнсерв."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:1990
msgid ""
"An example file would look like this: <screen>\n"
"[groups]\n"
"admin = john, kate\n"
"devteam1 = john, rachel, sally\n"
"devteam2 = kate, peter, mark\n"
"docs = bob, jane, mike\n"
"training = zak\n"
"# Default access rule for ALL repositories\n"
"# Everyone can read, admins can write, Dan German is excluded.\n"
"[/]\n"
"* = r\n"
"@admin = rw\n"
"dangerman =\n"
"# Allow developers complete access to their project repos\n"
"[proj1:/]\n"
"@devteam1 = rw\n"
"[proj2:/]\n"
"@devteam2 = rw\n"
"[bigproj:/]\n"
"@devteam1 = rw\n"
"@devteam2 = rw\n"
"trevor = rw\n"
"# Give the doc people write access to all the docs folders\n"
"[/trunk/doc]\n"
"@docs = rw\n"
"# Give trainees write access in the training repository only\n"
"[TrainingRepos:/]\n"
"@training = rw\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Пример би изгледао овакос: <screen>\n"
"[groups]\n"
"admin = john, kate\n"
"devteam1 = john, rachel, sally\n"
"devteam2 = kate, peter, mark\n"
"docs = bob, jane, mike\n"
"training = zak\n"
"# Default access rule for ALL repositories\n"
"# Everyone can read, admins can write, Dan German is excluded.\n"
"[/]\n"
"* = r\n"
"@admin = rw\n"
"dangerman =\n"
"# Allow developers complete access to their project repos\n"
"[proj1:/]\n"
"@devteam1 = rw\n"
"[proj2:/]\n"
"@devteam2 = rw\n"
"[bigproj:/]\n"
"@devteam1 = rw\n"
"@devteam2 = rw\n"
"trevor = rw\n"
"# Give the doc people write access to all the docs folders\n"
"[/trunk/doc]\n"
"@docs = rw\n"
"# Give trainees write access in the training repository only\n"
"[TrainingRepos:/]\n"
"@training = rw\n"
"</screen>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2022
msgid "Note that checking every path can be an expensive operation, particularly in the case of the revision log. The server checks every changed path in each revision and checks it for readability, which can be time-consuming on revisions which affect large numbers of files."
msgstr "Приметимо да провера сваке путање може бити скупа операција, посебно у случају дневника ревизија. Сервер проверава сваку промењену путању у свакој ревизији и проверава да ли је читљива, што може бити временски оптерећујуће на ревизијама које обухватају велики број фајлова."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2029
msgid "Authentication and authorization are separate processes. If a user wants to gain access to a repository path, she has to meet <emphasis>both</emphasis>, the usual authentication requirements and the authorization requirements of the access file."
msgstr "Аутентификација и ауторизација су засебни процеси. Ако корисник жели да отвори приступ у путању спремишта, мора се срести са <emphasis>оба</emphasis>, захтевима обичне аутентификације и захтевима ауторизације приступа фајлу."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2037
msgid "Authentication With a Windows Domain"
msgstr "Аутентификација са Виндоуз доменом"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2039
msgid "Windows domain"
msgstr "Виндоуз домен"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2042
msgid "domaincontroller"
msgstr "доменконтролор"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2044
msgid "As you might have noticed you need to make a username/password entry in the <filename>passwd</filename> file for each user separately. And if (for security reasons) you want your users to periodically change their passwords you have to make the change manually."
msgstr "Као што можете приметити вама је потребно да направите корисник/лозинка улаз у <filename>пассwд</filename> фајл за сваког корисника посебно. И ако (због сигурности) желите да ваши корисници повремено мењају лозинке имате да урадите измене ручно."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2051
msgid "But there's a solution for that problem - at least if you're accessing the repository from inside a LAN with a windows domain controller: <literal>mod_auth_sspi</literal>!"
msgstr "Али има решења за тај проблем - ако приступате спремишту унутар ЛАН са Виндоуз домејн контролером: <literal>мод_аутх_сспи</literal>!"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2057
msgid "SSPI"
msgstr "ССПИ"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2060
msgid "NTLM"
msgstr "НТЛМ"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2062
msgid "The original SSPI module was offered by Syneapps including source code. But the development for it has been stopped. But don't despair, the community has picked it up and improved it. It has a new home on <ulink url=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/mod-auth-sspi/\"><citetitle>SourceForge</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Оригинални ССПИ модул је понуђен од Синепса укључујући и изворни код. Али развој је заустављен. Али не очајавајте, заједница ће га подићи и побољшати. Он има нови дом улинк урл=\"http://sourceforge.net/projects/mod-auth-sspi/\"><citetitle>SourceForge</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2073
msgid "Download the module which matches your apache version, then copy the file <filename>mod_auth_sspi.so</filename> into the Apache modules folder."
msgstr "Скините модул који хвата вашу апаш верзију, затим копирајте фајл <filename>мод_аутх_сспи.со</filename> у Апаш модул именик."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2080
msgid ""
"Edit the Apache config file: add the line <screen>\n"
"LoadModule sspi_auth_module modules/mod_auth_sspi.so\n"
"</screen> to the <literal>LoadModule</literal> section. Make sure you insert this line <emphasis>before</emphasis> the line <screen>\n"
"LoadModule auth_module modules/mod_auth.so\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Уредите Апаш конфиг фајл: додајте линију <screen>\n"
"LoadModule sspi_auth_module modules/mod_auth_sspi.so\n"
"</screen> у <literal>ЛоадМодуле</literal> делу. Будите сигурни да сте убацили ову линију <emphasis>пре</emphasis> линије <screen>\n"
"LoadModule auth_module modules/mod_auth.so\n"
"</screen>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2093
msgid ""
"To make the Subversion location use this type of authentication you have to change the line <screen>\n"
"AuthType Basic\n"
"</screen> to <screen>\n"
"AuthType SSPI\n"
"</screen> also you need to add <screen>\n"
"SSPIAuth On\n"
"SSPIAuthoritative On\n"
"SSPIDomain &lt;domaincontroller&gt;\n"
"SSPIOmitDomain on\n"
"SSPIUsernameCase lower\n"
"SSPIPerRequestAuth on\n"
"SSPIOfferBasic On\n"
"</screen> within the <literal>&lt;Location /svn&gt;</literal> block. If you don't have a domain controller, leave the name of the domain control as <literal>&lt;domaincontroller&gt;</literal>."
msgstr ""
"Да направите Сбверзиону локацију користите овај тип аутентикације коју имате да измените линију  <screen>\n"
"AuthType Basic\n"
"</screen> to <screen>\n"
"AuthType SSPI\n"
"</screen> also you need to add <screen>\n"
"SSPIAuth On\n"
"SSPIAuthoritative On\n"
"SSPIDomain &lt;domaincontroller&gt;\n"
"SSPIOmitDomain on\n"
"SSPIUsernameCase lower\n"
"SSPIPerRequestAuth on\n"
"SSPIOfferBasic On\n"
"</screen> са <literal>&lt;Location /svn&gt;</literal> блок.  Ако немате контролор домена, оставите име контроле домена као<literal>&lt;domaincontroller&gt;</literal>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2119
msgid "Note that if you are authenticating using SSPI, then you don't need the <literal>AuthUserFile</literal> line to define a password file any more. Apache authenticates your username and password against your windows domain instead. You will need to update the users list in your <filename>svnaccessfile</filename> to reference <literal>DOMAIN\\username</literal> as well."
msgstr "Приметите да ако сте аутентиковани коришћењем ССПИ, тада вам више уопште није потребна <literal>АутхУсерФиле</literal> линија да дефинише фајл лозинке. Апаш уместо тога  аутентфиикује ваше корисничко име и лозинку преко виндоуз домена. Потребно вам је да ажурирате листу корисника у вашем <filename>свнаццессфиле</filename> ка референци <literal>ДОМАИН\\имекорисника</literal>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2129
msgid "The SSPI authentication is only enabled for SSL secured connections (https). If you're only using normal http connections to your server, it won't work."
msgstr "СПИ аутентификација је омогућена само за ССЛ сигурне конекције (хттпс). Ако користите нормалну хттп конекцију ка вашем серверу, то неће радити."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2134
msgid "To enable SSL on your server, see the chapter: <xref linkend=\"tsvn-serversetup-apache-7\"/>"
msgstr "Да омогућите ССЛ на вашем серверу, видите поглавље: <xref linkend=\"tsvn-serversetup-apache-7\"/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2140
msgid "Subversion <filename>AuthzSVNAccessFile</filename> files are case sensitive in regard to user names (<literal>JUser</literal> is different from <literal>juser</literal>)."
msgstr "Субверзиони <filename>АутхзСВНАццессФиле</filename> фајлови су осетљиви на величину слова у именима корисника (<literal>ЈУсер</literal> је различито од<literal>јусер</literal>)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2145
msgid "In Microsoft's world, Windows domains and user names are not case sensitive. Even so, some network administrators like to create user accounts in CamelCase (e.g. <literal>JUser</literal>)."
msgstr "У Микрософтовом свету, Виндоуз домени и корисничка имена нису осетљиви на величину слова. Чак су и неки мрежни администратори волели да креирају корисничке налоге у ЦамелЦасе (нпр. <literal>ЈУсер</literal>)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2150
msgid "This difference can bite you when using SSPI authentication as the windows domain and user names are passed to Subversion in the same case as the user types them in at the prompt. Internet Explorer often passes the username to Apache automatically using whatever case the account was created with."
msgstr "Ова разлика вас може угристи када користите ССПИ аутентификацију као виндоуз домен и корисничко име прође у Субверзију у истом облику како га је корисник откуцао у промпту. Интернет Експлорер често пропушта корисничко име ка Апашу аутоматски користећи било коју веичину слова без обзира како је рачун исписан."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2158
msgid "The end result is that you may need at least two entries in your <literal>AuthzSVNAccessFile</literal> for each user -- a lowercase entry and an entry in the same case that Internet Explorer passes to Apache. You will also need to train your users to also type in their credentials using lower case when accessing repositories via TortoiseSVN."
msgstr "Крајњи резултат је да вам можда треба најмање два улаза у ваш <literal>АутхзСВНАццессФиле</literal> за сваког корисника -- улаз са малим словима и улаз исти оном како Интернет Експлорер прослеђује ка Апашу. Вама ће такође требати да извежбате себе да куцате њихове кредибилитете користећи мала слова када приступате спремишту преко ТортосеСВН. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2166
msgid "Apache's Error and Access logs are your best friend in deciphering problems such as these as they will help you determine the username string passed onto Subversion's <literal>AuthzSVNAccessFile</literal> module. You may need to experiment with the exact format of the user string in the <literal>svnaccessfile</literal> (e.g. <literal>DOMAIN\\user</literal> vs. <literal>DOMAIN//user</literal>) in order to get everything working."
msgstr "Апашев дневник грешака и приступа је ваш најбољи пријатељ при дешифровању проблема као што су они који вам помажу да откријете стринг корисничког имена у <literal>свнаццессфиле</literal> (нпр. <literal>ДОМАИН\\усер</literal> према <literal>ДОМАИН//усер</literal>)  да би добили да све ради."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2180
msgid "Multiple Authentication Sources"
msgstr "Вишеструки аутентификациони извори"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2182
msgid "Multiple authentication"
msgstr "Вишеструке аутентификације"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2184
msgid "It is also possible to have more than one authentication source for your Subversion repository. To do this, you need to make each authentication type non-authoritative, so that Apache will check multiple sources for a matching username/password."
msgstr "Могуће је имати више од једног аутентификационог извора за Субверзионо спремиште. Да се то уради потребно је направити сваки аутентификациони тип неауторитативан тако да Апаш проверава вишеструке изворе да би дохватио корисник/лозинка."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2190
msgid "A common scenario is to use both Windows domain authentication and a <literal>passwd</literal> file, so that you can provide SVN access to users who don't have a Windows domain login."
msgstr "Заједнички сценарио је да се користи обоје, Виндоуз домен аутентикација и <literal>пассwд</literal> фајл, тако можете омогућити СВН приступ ка корисницима који немају приступ Виндоуз домену."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2197
msgid ""
"To enable both Windows domain and <filename>passwd</filename> file authentication, add the following entries within the <literal>&lt;Location&gt;</literal> block of your Apache config file: <screen>\n"
"AuthBasicAuthoritative Off\n"
"SSPIAuthoritative Off\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Да се омогући оба, Виндоуз домен и <filename>passwd</filename> фајл аутентификација, додајте следеће улазе у оквиру <literal>&lt;Location&gt;</literal> блока вашрг Апаш конфиг фајла: <screen>\n"
"AuthBasicAuthoritative Off\n"
"SSPIAuthoritative Off\n"
"</screen>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2208
msgid ""
"Here is an example of the full Apache configuration for combined Windows domain and <literal>passwd</literal> file authentication: <screen>\n"
"&lt;Location /svn&gt;\n"
"  DAV svn\n"
"  SVNListParentPath on\n"
"  SVNParentPath D:\\SVN\n"
"\n"
"  AuthName \"Subversion repositories\"\n"
"  AuthzSVNAccessFile svnaccessfile.txt\n"
"\n"
"# NT Domain Logins.\n"
"  AuthType SSPI\n"
"  SSPIAuth On\n"
"  SSPIAuthoritative Off\n"
"  SSPIDomain &lt;domaincontroller&gt;\n"
"  SSPIOfferBasic On\n"
"\n"
"# Htpasswd Logins.\n"
"  AuthType Basic\n"
"  AuthBasicAuthoritative Off\n"
"  AuthUserFile passwd\n"
"\n"
"  Require valid-user\n"
"&lt;/Location&gt;\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Овде је један пример пуне Апаш конфигурације за комбиноване Виндоуз домене и <literal>пассwд</literal> фајл аутентификацију:  <screen>\n"
"&lt;Location /svn&gt;\n"
"  DAV svn\n"
"  SVNListParentPath on\n"
"  SVNParentPath D:\\SVN\n"
"\n"
"  AuthName \"Subversion repositories\"\n"
"  AuthzSVNAccessFile svnaccessfile.txt\n"
"\n"
"# NT Domain Logins.\n"
"  AuthType SSPI\n"
"  SSPIAuth On\n"
"  SSPIAuthoritative Off\n"
"  SSPIDomain &lt;domaincontroller&gt;\n"
"  SSPIOfferBasic On\n"
"\n"
"# Htpasswd Logins.\n"
"  AuthType Basic\n"
"  AuthBasicAuthoritative Off\n"
"  AuthUserFile passwd\n"
"\n"
"  Require valid-user\n"
"&lt;/Location&gt;\n"
"</screen>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2238
msgid "Securing the server with SSL"
msgstr "Осигурање сервера са ССЛ"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2240
msgid "SSL"
msgstr "ССЛ"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2242
msgid "Even though Apache 2.2.x has OpenSSL support, it is not activated by default. You need to activate this manually."
msgstr "Без обзира ако Апаш 2.2.x има ОпенССЛ подршку, то није обично активирано. Треба да то активирате ручно."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2248
msgid ""
"In the apache config file, uncomment the lines: <screen>\n"
"#LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so\n"
"</screen> and at the bottom <screen>\n"
"#Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf\n"
"</screen> then change the line (on one line) <screen>\n"
"SSLMutex \"file:C:/Program Files/Apache Software Foundation/\\\n"
"Apache2.2/logs/ssl_mutex\"\n"
"</screen> to <screen>\n"
"SSLMutex default\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"У апаш конфиг фајлу, откоментирај линије: <screen>\n"
"#LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so\n"
"</screen> and at the bottom <screen>\n"
"#Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf\n"
"</screen> then change the line (on one line) <screen>\n"
"SSLMutex \"file:C:/Program Files/Apache Software Foundation/\\\n"
"Apache2.2/logs/ssl_mutex\"\n"
"</screen> to <screen>\n"
"SSLMutex default\n"
"</screen>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2270
msgid ""
"Next you need to create an SSL certificate. To do that open a command prompt (DOS-Box) and change to the Apache folder (e.g. <filename>C:\\program files\\apache group\\apache2</filename>) and type the following command: <screen>\n"
"bin\\openssl req -config conf\\openssl.cnf -new -out my-server.csr\n"
"</screen> You will be asked for a passphrase. Please don't use simple words but whole sentences, e.g. a part of a poem. The longer the phrase the better. Also you have to enter the URL of your server. All other questions are optional but we recommend you fill those in too."
msgstr ""
"Следећи пут треба да креирати ССЛ сертификат. Да то урадите отворите командну линију (ДОС-Бокс) и пређите у Апаш именик (нпр. <filename>C:\\program files\\apache group\\apache2</filename>) и укуцајте следећу команду: <screen>\n"
"bin\\openssl req -config conf\\openssl.cnf -new -out my-server.csr\n"
"</screen>   Бићете упитани за пасфразу. Молим вас немојте користити једноставне речи већ целу реченицу, нпр. део поеме. Дужа фраза је боља. Такође имате да уђете у УРЛ вашег сервера. Сва остала питања су необавезна али ми препоручујемо да их све попуните."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2285
msgid ""
"Normally the <filename>privkey.pem</filename> file is created automatically, but if it isn't you need to type this command to generate it: <screen>\n"
"bin\\openssl genrsa -out conf\\privkey.pem 2048\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Нормално <filename>привкеy.пем</filename> фајл је креиран аутоматски, али ако није треба да откуцате ову команду да га генеришете:  <screen>\n"
"bin\\openssl genrsa -out conf\\privkey.pem 2048\n"
"</screen>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2293
msgid ""
"Next type the commands <screen>\n"
"bin\\openssl rsa -in conf\\privkey.pem -out conf\\server.key\n"
"</screen> and (on one line) <screen>\n"
"bin\\openssl req -new -key conf\\server.key -out conf\\server.csr \\\n"
"-config conf\\openssl.cnf\n"
"</screen> and then (on one line) <screen>\n"
"bin\\openssl x509 -in conf\\server.csr -out conf\\server.crt\n"
"                 -req -signkey conf\\server.key -days 4000\n"
"</screen> This will create a certificate which will expire in 4000 days. And finally enter (on one line): <screen>\n"
"bin\\openssl x509 -in conf\\server.cert -out conf\\server.der.crt\n"
"                 -outform DER\n"
"</screen> These commands created some files in the Apache <filename>conf</filename> folder (<filename>server.der.crt</filename>, <filename>server.csr</filename>, <filename>server.key</filename>, <filename>.rnd</filename>, <filename>privkey.pem</filename>, <filename>server.cert</filename>)."
msgstr ""
"Затим откуцајте команде <screen>\n"
"bin\\openssl rsa -in conf\\privkey.pem -out conf\\server.key\n"
"</screen> and (on one line) <screen>\n"
"bin\\openssl req -new -key conf\\server.key -out conf\\server.csr \\\n"
"-config conf\\openssl.cnf\n"
"</screen> and then (on one line) <screen>\n"
"bin\\openssl x509 -in conf\\server.csr -out conf\\server.crt\n"
"                 -req -signkey conf\\server.key -days 4000\n"
"</screen> This will create a certificate which will expire in 4000 days. And finally enter (on one line): <screen>\n"
"bin\\openssl x509 -in conf\\server.cert -out conf\\server.der.crt\n"
"                 -outform DER\n"
"</screen> Ове команде су креирале неке фајлове у Апаш <filename>конф</filename> именик (<filename>server.der.crt</filename>, <filename>server.csr</filename>, <filename>server.key</filename>, <filename>.rnd</filename>, <filename>privkey.pem</filename>, <filename>server.cert</filename>)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2325
msgid "Restart the Apache service."
msgstr "Рестартујте Апаш сервис."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2330
msgid "Point your browser to <systemitem class=\"url\">https://servername/svn/project</systemitem> ..."
msgstr "Управите претраживач ка <systemitem class=\"url\">https://servername/svn/project</systemitem> ..."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2338
msgid "SSL and Internet Explorer"
msgstr "ССЛ и Интернет Експлорер"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2339
msgid "If you're securing your server with SSL and use authentication against a windows domain you will encounter that browsing the repository with the Internet Explorer doesn't work anymore. Don't worry - this is only the Internet Explorer not able to authenticate. Other browsers don't have that problem and TortoiseSVN and any other Subversion client are still able to authenticate."
msgstr "Ако осигурате ваш сервер са ССЛ и користите аутентификацију према Виндоуз домену ви ћете наћи да претраживање спремишта Интернет Експлорером уопште не ради. Не брините - то само Интернет Експлорер није способан да аутентификује. Други претраживачи немају тај проблем и ТортоисеСВН и било који други Субверзиони клијент још може да аутентификује."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2353
msgid "define a separate <literal>&lt;Location /path&gt;</literal> directive in the Apache config file, and add the <literal>SSPIBasicPreferred On</literal>. This will allow IE to authenticate again, but other browsers and Subversion won't be able to authenticate against that location."
msgstr "дефинишите одвојену <literal>&лт;Лоцатион /патх&гт;</literal> директиву у Апаш конфиг фајлу, и додајте <literal>ССПИБасицПреферред Он</literal>. Ово ће омогућити ИЕ да аутентификује опет, али други претраживачи и Субверзија нису способни да аутентификују према локацији."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2363
msgid "Offer browsing with unencrypted authentication (without SSL) too. Strangely IE doesn't have any problems with authenticating if the connection is not secured with SSL."
msgstr "Понудите претраживање са нешифрираном аутентификацијом (без ССЛ) такође. ИЕ нема било које проблеме са аутентификацијом ако веза није осигурана са ССЛ."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2371
msgid ""
"In the SSL \"standard\" setup there's often the following statement in Apache's virtual SSL host: <screen>\n"
"SetEnvIf User-Agent \".*MSIE.*\" \\\n"
"             nokeepalive ssl-unclean-shutdown \\\n"
"             downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0\n"
"</screen> There are (were?) good reasons for this configuration, see <ulink url=\"http://www.modssl.org/docs/2.8/ssl_faq.html#ToC49\"><citetitle>http://www.modssl.org/docs/2.8/ssl_faq.html#ToC49</citetitle></ulink> But if you want NTLM authentication you have to use <literal>keepalive</literal>. If You uncomment the whole <literal>SetEnvIf</literal> you should be able to authenticate IE with windows authentication over SSL against the Apache on Win32 with included <literal>mod_auth_sspi</literal>."
msgstr ""
"У ССЛ \"стандардно\"  подешавање има често следећу наредбу на Апаш виртуалном ССЛ домаћину: <screen>\n"
"SetEnvIf User-Agent \".*MSIE.*\" \\\n"
"             nokeepalive ssl-unclean-shutdown \\\n"
"             downgrade-1.0 force-response-1.0\n"
"</screen> Има (где?)добрих разлога за ову конфигурацију, видите <ulink url=\"http://www.modssl.org/docs/2.8/ssl_faq.html#ToC49\"><citetitle>http://www.modssl.org/docs/2.8/ssl_faq.html#ToC49</citetitle></ulink> Али ако  желите НТЛМ аутентификацију имате да користите<literal>кеепаливе</literal>. Ако Ви откоментирате целу <literal>SetEnvIf</literal> требало би да можете да аутентификујете ИЕ са виндоуз аутентификацијом преко ССЛ према Апашу на Вин32 укључивши  <literal>mod_auth_ssp</literal>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2348
msgid "If you still want to use IE to browse the repository you can either: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Ако још увек желите да користите ИЕ за претраживање спремишта можете или: <placeholder-1/>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2394
msgid "Forcing SSL access"
msgstr "Форсирање ССЛ приступа"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2395
msgid "When you've set up SSL to make your repository more secure, you might want to disable the normal access via non-SSL (http) and only allow https access. To do this, you have to add another directive to the Subversion <literal>&lt;Location&gt;</literal> block: <literal>SSLRequireSSL</literal>."
msgstr "Када се подеси ССП да учини спремиште сигурним, можете желети да онемогућити нормални приступ преко нон-ССЛ (хттп) и дозвољава само хттпс приступ. Да се то уради, треба додати још једну директиву у Субверзију <literal>&lt;Location&gt;</literal> block: <literal>SSLRequireSSL</literal>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2402
msgid ""
"An example <literal>&lt;Location&gt;</literal> block would look like this: <screen>\n"
"&lt;Location /svn&gt;\n"
"  DAV svn\n"
"  SVNParentPath D:\\SVN\n"
"  SSLRequireSSL\n"
"  AuthType Basic\n"
"  AuthName \"Subversion repositories\"\n"
"  AuthUserFile passwd\n"
"  #AuthzSVNAccessFile svnaccessfile\n"
"  Require valid-user\n"
"&lt;/Location&gt;\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Пример <literal>&lt;Location&gt;</literal> блок ће изгледати као ово: <screen>\n"
"&lt;Location /svn&gt;\n"
"  DAV svn\n"
"  SVNParentPath D:\\SVN\n"
"  SSLRequireSSL\n"
"  AuthType Basic\n"
"  AuthName \"Subversion repositories\"\n"
"  AuthUserFile passwd\n"
"  #AuthzSVNAccessFile svnaccessfile\n"
"  Require valid-user\n"
"&lt;/Location&gt;\n"
"</screen>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2420
msgid "Using client certificates with virtual SSL hosts"
msgstr "Коришћење клијент сертификата са виртуалним ССЛ домаћинима."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2421
msgid "Sent to the TortoiseSVN mailing list by Nigel Green. Thanks!"
msgstr "Послато ТортоисеСВН поштанској листи од Нигел Грина. Хвала!"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2424
msgid "In some server configurations you may need to setup a single server containing 2 virtual SSL hosts: The first one for public web access, with no requirement for a client certificate. The second one to be secure with a required client certificate, running a Subversion server."
msgstr "У неким серверским конфигурацијама треба да подесите поједначни сервер који садржи 2 виртуална ССЛ домаћина: Први за публик веб приступ, без захтева за клијентске сертификате. Други да буде сигуран са тражењем сертификата клијента, извршавајући Субверзиони сервер."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2430
msgid "Adding an <literal>SSLVerifyClient Optional</literal> directive to the <emphasis>per-server</emphasis> section of the Apache configuration (i.e. outside of any <literal>VirtualHost</literal> and <literal>Directory</literal> blocks) forces Apache to request a client Certificate in the initial SSL handshake. Due to a bug in <literal>mod_ssl</literal> it is essential that the certificate is requested at this point as it does not work if the SSL connection is re-negotiated."
msgstr "Додавање <literal>ССЛПривераКлијента Опционо</literal> директиву у <emphasis>пер-сервер</emphasis> део Апаш конфигурацију (тј. изван <literal>ВиртуалниДомаћин</literal>  и <literal>Именик</literal> блокови) форсира Апаш да захтева клијентов Сертификат у почетном ССЛ руковању. У току бага у <literal>мод_ссл</literal> важно је да захтев за сертификатом у тој тачки не ради ако се ССЛ конекција поново преговара."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2440
msgid ""
"The solution is to add the following directive to the virtual host directory that you want to lock down for Subversion: <screen>\n"
"SSLRequire %{SSL_CLIENT_VERIFY} eq \"SUCCESS\"\n"
"</screen> This directive grants access to the directory only if a client certificate was received and verified successfully."
msgstr ""
"Решење је да се дода следећа директива виртуелном именику домаћина који жwжелите да закључате за Субверзију:  <screen>\n"
"SSLRequire %{SSL_CLIENT_VERIFY} eq \"SUCCESS\"\n"
"</screen> Ова директива гарантује приступ именику само ако је примљен клијентов сертификат и задовољавајуће верикован. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2449
msgid ""
"To summarise, the relevant lines of the Apache configuration are: <screen>\n"
"SSLVerifyClient Optional\n"
"\n"
"### Virtual host configuration for the PUBLIC host \n"
"### (not requiring a certificate)\n"
"\n"
"&lt;VirtualHost 127.0.0.1:443&gt;\n"
"  &lt;Directory \"pathtopublicfileroot\"&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;\n"
"\n"
"### Virtual host configuration for SUBVERSION \n"
"### (requiring a client certificate)\n"
"&lt;VirtualHost 127.0.0.1:443&gt;\n"
"  &lt;Directory \"subversion host root path\"&gt;\n"
"    SSLRequire %{SSL_CLIENT_VERIFY} eq \"SUCCESS\"\n"
"  &lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  &lt;Location /svn&gt;\n"
"    DAV svn\n"
"    SVNParentPath /pathtorepository\n"
"  &lt;/Location&gt;\n"
"&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Да сумирамо, релевантне линије Апаш конфигурациј е су: <screen>\n"
"SSLVerifyClient Optional\n"
"\n"
"### Virtual host configuration for the PUBLIC host \n"
"### (not requiring a certificate)\n"
"\n"
"&lt;VirtualHost 127.0.0.1:443&gt;\n"
"  &lt;Directory \"pathtopublicfileroot\"&gt;\n"
"  &lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;\n"
"\n"
"### Virtual host configuration for SUBVERSION \n"
"### (requiring a client certificate)\n"
"&lt;VirtualHost 127.0.0.1:443&gt;\n"
"  &lt;Directory \"subversion host root path\"&gt;\n"
"    SSLRequire %{SSL_CLIENT_VERIFY} eq \"SUCCESS\"\n"
"  &lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
"\n"
"  &lt;Location /svn&gt;\n"
"    DAV svn\n"
"    SVNParentPath /pathtorepository\n"
"  &lt;/Location&gt;\n"
"&lt;/VirtualHost&gt;\n"
"</screen>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2479
msgid "Svnserve Based Server"
msgstr "Свнсерв заснован сервер"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2485
msgid "There may be situations where it's not possible to use Apache as your server. Fortunately, Subversion includes Svnserve - a lightweight stand-alone server which uses a custom protocol over an ordinary TCP/IP connection."
msgstr "Могу се јавити ситуације где није могућw да се користи Апаш као сервер. Срећом, Субверзија укључује Свнсерв - једноставан самосталан сервер који користи обичан протокол преко редовне ТЦП/ИП везе."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2491
msgid "In most cases svnserve is easier to setup and runs faster than the Apache based server. And now that SASL support is included it is easy to secure as well."
msgstr "У већини случајева свнсерв је лакше подесити и ради брже од Апаш заснованом серверу. И сада та САСЛ подршка је добро укључена да лако заштити."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2498
msgid "Installing svnserve"
msgstr "Исталирање свнсерва"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2502
msgid "Get the latest version of Subversion from <ulink url=\"http://subversion.tigris.org/servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=91\"><citetitle>http://subversion.tigris.org/servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=91</citetitle></ulink>. Alternatively get a pre-packaged installer from CollabNet at <ulink url=\"http://www.collab.net/downloads/subversion\"><citetitle>http://www.collab.net/downloads/subversion</citetitle></ulink>. This installer will setup svnserve as a Windows service, and also includes some of the tools you need if you are going to use SASL for security."
msgstr "Узмите задњу верзију Субверије са <ulink url=\"http://subversion.tigris.org/servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=91\"><citetitle>http://subversion.tigris.org/servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=91</citetitle></ulink>. Алтернативно узмите упаковану инсталацију од КолабНета са <ulink url=\"http://www.collab.net/downloads/subversion\"><citetitle>http://www.collab.net/downloads/subversion</citetitle></ulink>. Ова инсталација ће подесити свнсерв као Виндоуз сервис, такђе укључује неке алате који су вам потребни ако намеравате да користите САСЛ за сигурност."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2516
msgid "If you already have a version of Subversion installed, and svnserve is running, you will need to stop it before continuing."
msgstr "Ако већ имате верзију Субверзије и покренут је свнсерв, требаће да га зауставите пре него наставите."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2522
msgid "Run the Subversion installer. If you run the installer on your server (recommended) you can skip step 4."
msgstr "Покрените Субверзиону инсталацију. Ако радите инсталацију на вашем серверу (препоручљиво) прескочите корак 4."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2528
msgid "Open the windows-explorer, go to the installation directory of Subversion (usually <filename>C:\\Program Files\\Subversion</filename>) and in the <filename>bin</filename> directory, find the files <filename>svnserve.exe</filename>, <filename>intl3_svn.dll</filename>, <filename>libapr.dll</filename>, <filename>libapriconv.dll</filename>, <filename>libapriutil.dll</filename>, <filename>libdb*.dll</filename>, <filename>libeay32.dll</filename> and <filename>ssleay32.dll</filename> - copy these files, or just copy all of the <filename>bin</filename> directory, into a directory on your server e.g. <filename>c:\\svnserve</filename>"
msgstr "Отворите виндоуз-експлорер, идите на инсталациони директоријум Субверзије (обично <filename>Ц:\\Програм Филес\\Субверсион</filename>) и на < филенаме>бин</filename> именик, нађите фајлове <filename>свнсерве.еxе</filename>, <filename>интл3_свн.длл</filename>, <filename>либапр.длл</filename>, <filename>либаприцонв.длл</filename>, <filename>либаприутил.длл</filename>, <filename>либдб*.длл</filename>, <filename>либеаy32.длл</filename> анд <filename>сслеаy32.длл</filename> - копирајте ове фалове, или само копирајте све из <filename>бин</filename> именика, у именик на вашем серверу нпр. <filename>ц:\\свнсерве</filename>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2550
msgid "Running svnserve"
msgstr "Покретање свнсерва"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2551
msgid ""
"Now that svnserve is installed, you need it running on your server. The simplest approach is to run the following from a DOS shell or create a windows shortcut: <screen>\n"
"svnserve.exe --daemon\n"
"</screen> svnserve will now start waiting for incoming requests on port 3690. The --daemon switch tells svnserve to run as a daemon process, so it will always exist until it is manually terminated."
msgstr ""
"Сада је свнсерв инсталиран, треба да га покренете на вашем серверу. Једноставан приступ је да покренете седеће из ДОС шкољке или креирате виндоуз пречицу: <screen>\n"
"svnserve.exe --daemon\n"
"</screen> свнсерв ће сада кренути чекајући на долазни захтев на порту 3690. Прекидач --даемон каже свнсерву да ради као даемон процес, тако да ће увек постојати све док се ручно не заустави."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2562
msgid "If you have not yet created a repository, follow the instructions given with the Apache server setup <xref linkend=\"tsvn-serversetup-apache-4\"/>."
msgstr "Ако кош нисте креирали спремиште, пратите инструкције које вам даје Апаш сервер подешавање <xref linkend=\"tsvn-serversetup-apache-4\"/>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2567
msgid "To test that svnserve is working, use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Repo-Browser</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to view a repository."
msgstr "Да би тестирали да ли свнсерв ради користите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Репо-Претраживач</guimenuitem></menuchoice> да видите спремиште."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2575
msgid ""
"Assuming your repository is located in <filename>c:\\repos\\TestRepo</filename>, and your server is called <filename>localhost</filename>, enter: <screen>\n"
"svn://localhost/repos/TestRepo\n"
"</screen> when prompted by the repo browser."
msgstr ""
"Претпостављајући да је ваше спремиште смештено на <filename>c:\\repos\\TestRepo</filename>, и да се ваш сервер зове <filename>localhost</filename>, унесите: <screen>\n"
"svn://localhost/repos/TestRepo\n"
"</screen> када вас упита репо претраживач."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2584
msgid ""
"You can also increase security and save time entering URLs with svnserve by using the --root switch to set the root location and restrict access to a specified directory on the server: <screen>\n"
"svnserve.exe --daemon --root drive:\\path\\to\\repository\\root\n"
"</screen> Using the previous test as a guide, svnserve would now run as: <screen>\n"
"svnserve.exe --daemon --root c:\\repos\n"
"</screen> And in TortoiseSVN our repo-browser URL is now shortened to: <screen>\n"
"svn://localhost/TestRepo\n"
"</screen> Note that the --root switch is also needed if your repository is located on a different partition or drive than the location of svnserve on your server."
msgstr ""
"Такође можете повећати сигурност и уштедети време уносећи УРЛ са свнсервом користећи --роот прекидач да подесите локацију корена и ограничите приступ специфицираним именицима на серверу: <screen>\n"
"svnserve.exe --daemon --root drive:\\path\\to\\repository\\root\n"
"</screen> Using the previous test as a guide, svnserve would now run as: <screen>\n"
"svnserve.exe --daemon --root c:\\repos\n"
"</screen> And in TortoiseSVN our repo-browser URL is now shortened to: <screen>\n"
"svn://localhost/TestRepo\n"
"</screen>  Приметимо да --роот прекидач је такође потребан ако је спремиште лоцирано на различитој партицији драјва у односу на локацију свнсерва на вашем серверу."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2603
msgid "Svnserve will service any number of repositories. Just locate them somewhere below the root folder you just defined, and access them using a URL relative to that root."
msgstr "Сбнсерв ће опслуживати било који број спремишта. Само их лоцирајте негде испод кореног именика који сте управо дефинисали, и приступите им користећи УРЛ релативан на тај корен."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2620
msgid "Run svnserve as a Service"
msgstr "Покретање свнсерва као Сервис"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2624
msgid "Running svnserve as a user is usually not the best way. It means always having a user logged in on your server, and remembering to restart it after a reboot. A better way is to run svnserve as a windows service. Starting with Subversion 1.4, svnserve can be installed as a native windows service."
msgstr "Покретање свнсерва као корисник није најбољи начин. То значи да има корисник који је увек уписан на вашем серверу и памти се да се рестартује после поновног покретања. Бољи начин је да покренете свнсерв као виндоуз сервис. Почевши од Субверзије 1.4, свнсерв се може инсталирати као природни виндоуз сервис."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2631
msgid ""
"To install svnserve as a native windows service, execute the following command all on one line to create a service which is automatically started when windows starts. <screen>\n"
"sc create svnserve binpath= \"c:\\svnserve\\svnserve.exe --service \n"
"    --root c:\\repos\" displayname= \"Subversion\" depend= tcpip \n"
"    start= auto\n"
"</screen> If any of the paths include spaces, you have to use (escaped) quotes around the path, like this: <screen>\n"
"sc create svnserve binpath= \"\n"
"    \\\"C:\\Program Files\\Subversion\\bin\\svnserve.exe\\\"\n"
"    --service --root c:\\repos\" displayname= \"Subversion\" \n"
"    depend= tcpip start= auto\n"
"</screen> You can also add a description after creating the service. This will show up in the Windows Services Manager. <screen>\n"
"sc description svnserve \"Subversion server (svnserve)\"\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Да би се инсталирао свнсерв као природни виндоуз сервис извршите следећу команду, целу на једној линији, да креирате сервис који аутоматски креће кад виндоуз крене. <screen>\n"
"sc create svnserve binpath= \"c:\\svnserve\\svnserve.exe --service \n"
"    --root c:\\repos\" displayname= \"Subversion\" depend= tcpip \n"
"    start= auto\n"
"</screen> If any of the paths include spaces, you have to use (escaped) quotes around the path, like this: <screen>\n"
"sc create svnserve binpath= \"\n"
"    \\\"C:\\Program Files\\Subversion\\bin\\svnserve.exe\\\"\n"
"    --service --root c:\\repos\" displayname= \"Subversion\" \n"
"    depend= tcpip start= auto\n"
"</screen> You can also add a description after creating the service. This will show up in the Windows Services Manager. <screen>\n"
"sc description svnserve \"Subversion server (svnserve)\"\n"
"</screen>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2654
msgid "Note the rather unusual command line format used by <literal>sc</literal>. In the <literal>key= value</literal> pairs there must be no space between the key and the <literal>=</literal> but there must be a space before the value."
msgstr "Приметимо непожељан формат командне линије који користи <literal>сц</literal>. У  <literal>кључ= вредност</literal> паровима несме бити размак између кључа и <literal>=</literal> али мора бити размака пре вредности."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2661
msgid ""
"Microsoft now recommend services to be run as under either the Local Service or Network Service account. Refer to <ulink url=\"http://www.microsoft.com/technet/security/topics/serversecurity/serviceaccount/default.mspx\"><citetitle>The Services and Service Accounts Security Planning Guide</citetitle></ulink>. To create the service under the Local Service account, append the following to the example above. <screen>\n"
"obj= \"NT AUTHORITY\\LocalService\"\n"
"</screen> Note that you would have to give the Local Service account appropriate rights to both Subversion and your repositories, as well as any applications which are used by hook scripts. The built-in group for this is called \"LOCAL SERVICE\"."
msgstr ""
"Микрософт сада препоручује сервисе да раде под или ЛокалСервис или МрежниСервис налог. Упоредите са <ulink url=\"http://www.microsoft.com/technet/security/topics/serversecurity/serviceaccount/default.mspx\"><citetitle> Сервиси и Сервис налог сигурност водич планирања </citetitle></ulink>.  Да би се креирао сервис под Локал Сервис налогом, додајте следеће горњем примеру. <screen>\n"
"obj= \"NT AUTHORITY\\LocalService\"\n"
"</screen> Приметимо да имате дати Локал Сервис налогу одговарајућа права за Субверзију и спремишта, исто као свим апликацијама које се користе као закачиве скрипте. Група за ову израду зове се \"ЛОКАЛНИ СЕРВИС\"."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2678
msgid "Once you have installed the service, you need to go to the services manager to start it (this time only; it will start automatically when the server reboots)."
msgstr "Једном када инсталирате сервисе треба да одете на сервис менаџер да га покренете (само тада, он ће се покренути аутоматски када се сервис поново покреће)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2683
msgid "For more detailed information, refer to <ulink url=\"http://svn.collab.net/repos/svn/trunk/notes/windows-service.txt\"><citetitle>Windows Service Support for Svnserve</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "За информације са више детаља консултујте <ulink url=\"http://svn.collab.net/repos/svn/trunk/notes/windows-service.txt\"><citetitle> Виндоуз сервис подршку за Свнсерв</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2689
msgid ""
"If you installed an earlier version of svnserve using the <literal>SVNService</literal> wrapper, and you now want to use the native support instead, you will need to unregister the wrapper as a service (remember to stop the service first!). Simply use the command <screen>\n"
"svnservice -remove\n"
"</screen> to remove the service registry entry."
msgstr ""
"Ако сте инсталирали ранију верзију свнсерва користећи <literal>СВНСервис</literal> омотач и сада желите да користите прирдну подршку уместо њега, потребно је да одрегиструјете омотач као сервис (сетите се да прво зауставите сервис!). Једноставно користите команду <screen>\n"
"svnservice -remove\n"
"</screen> да уклоните улаз у сервис регистар."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2703
msgid "Basic Authentication with svnserve"
msgstr "Основна аутентификација са свнсерв"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2704
msgid "The default svnserve setup provides anonymous read-only access. This means that you can use an <literal>svn://</literal> URL to checkout and update, or use the repo-browser in TortoiseSVN to view the repository, but you won't be able to commit any changes."
msgstr "Уобичајено подешавање свнсерва омогућава анонимни приступ само читање. Ово значи да можете користити <literal>свн://</literal> УРЛ да преузмете и ажурирате или користите репо-претраживач у ТортоисеСВН да видите спремиште, али не можете урезивати било какве измене."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2710
msgid "To enable write access to a repository, you need to edit the <filename>conf/svnserve.conf</filename> file in your repository directory. This file controls the configuration of the svnserve daemon, and also contains useful documentation."
msgstr "Да би омогућили приступ уписивању у спремиште, потребно је да уредите <filename>цонф/свнсерве.цонф</filename> фајл у именику спремишта. Овај фајл контролише конфигурацију свнсерв домена, такође садржи корисну документацију."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2716
msgid ""
"You can enable anonymous write access by simply setting: <screen>\n"
"[general]\n"
"anon-access = write\n"
"</screen> However, you will not know who has made changes to a repository, as the <literal>svn:author</literal> property will be empty. You will also be unable to control who makes changes to a repository. This is a somewhat risky setup!"
msgstr ""
"Можете омогућити анонимни приступ уписивању једноставним подешавањем: <screen>\n"
"[general]\n"
"anon-access = write\n"
"</screen>  Ипак, нећете знати ко је направио промене у спремишту како је <literal>svn:author</literal> део празан. Ви ћете, такође, бити неспособни да контролишете ко је направио измене у спремишту. Ово је ипак ризично подешавање!"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2727
msgid ""
"One way to overcome this is to create a password database: <screen>\n"
"[general]\n"
"anon-access = none\n"
"auth-access = write\n"
"password-db = userfile\n"
"</screen> Where <filename>userfile</filename> is a file which exists in the same directory as <filename>svnserve.conf</filename>. This file can live elsewhere in your file system (useful for when you have multiple repositories which require the same access rights) and may be referenced using an absolute path, or a path relative to the <filename>conf</filename> directory. If you include a path, it must be written <filename>/the/unix/way</filename>. Using \\ or drive letters will not work. The <filename>userfile</filename> should have a structure of: <screen>\n"
"[users]\n"
"username = password\n"
"...\n"
"</screen> This example would deny all access for unauthenticated (anonymous) users, and give read-write access to users listed in <filename>userfile</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Један начин да се превазиђе ово је креирање база лозинки: <screen>\n"
"[general]\n"
"anon-access = none\n"
"auth-access = write\n"
"password-db = userfile\n"
"</screen> Where <filename>userfile</filename> is a file which exists in the same directory as <filename>svnserve.conf</filename>. This file can live elsewhere in your file system (useful for when you have multiple repositories which require the same access rights) and may be referenced using an absolute path, or a path relative to the <filename>conf</filename> directory. If you include a path, it must be written <filename>/the/unix/way</filename>. Using \\ or drive letters will not work. The <filename>userfile</filename> should have a structure of: <screen>\n"
"[users]\n"
"username = password\n"
"...\n"
"</screen> Овај примертреба да забрани све неаутентификоване (анонимне) кориснике и да ћитање-упис приступ корисницима излистаним у  <filename>усерфиле</filename>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2755
msgid "If you maintain multiple repositories using the same password database, the use of an authentication realm will make life easier for users, as TortoiseSVN can cache your credentials so that you only have to enter them once. More information can be found in the Subversion book, specifically in the sections <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.serverconfig.svnserve.html#svn.serverconfig.svnserve.auth.users\"><citetitle>Create a 'users' file and realm</citetitle></ulink> and <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.serverconfig.netmodel.html#svn.serverconfig.netmodel.credcache\"><citetitle>Client Credentials Caching</citetitle></ulink>"
msgstr "Ако одржавате више спремишта користећи исту базу лозинки, коришћење аутентификационе области олакшће живот корисницима, како ТортоисеСВН кешира вашу акредитацију ви ћете је урадити само једанпут. Више информација се може наћи у Субверзионој књизи, специјално у делу <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.serverconfig.svnserve.html#svn.serverconfig.svnserve.auth.users\"><citetitle>Креирајте 'усерс' фајл и област </citetitle></ulink> и <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.serverconfig.netmodel.html#svn.serverconfig.netmodel.credcache\"><citetitle>Клиент Креденциалс Кешинг</citetitle></ulink>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2773
msgid "Better Security with SASL"
msgstr "Боља сигурност са САСЛ"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2775
msgid "SASL"
msgstr "САСЛ"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2778
msgid "What is SASL?"
msgstr "Шта је САСЛ?"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2779
msgid "The Cyrus Simple Authentication and Security Layer is open source software written by Carnegie Mellon University. It adds generic authentication and encryption capabilities to any network protocol, and as of Subversion 1.5 and later, both the svnserve server and TortoiseSVN client know how to make use of this library."
msgstr "Цирус једноставна аутентификација и сигурносни слој је софтвер отвореног кода написан на Карнеги Мелон универзитету. Он додаје сродну аутентификацију и могућности шифрирања сваком мрежном протоколу и од Субверзије 1.5 и даље, оба, свнсерв и ТортоисеСВН клијенти знају како да користе ову библиотеку. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2787
msgid "For a more complete discussion of the options available, you should look at the Subversion book in the section <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.serverconfig.svnserve.html#svn.serverconfig.svnserve.sasl\"><citetitle>Using svnserve with SASL</citetitle></ulink>. If you are just looking for a simple way to set up secure authentication and encryption on a Windows server, so that your repository can be accessed safely over the big bad Internet, read on."
msgstr "За комплетнију дискусију доступних опција треба погледати Субверзиону књигу у делу <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.serverconfig.svnserve.html#svn.serverconfig.svnserve.sasl\"><citetitle> Користећи свнсерв са САСЛ </citetitle></ulink>. Ако сте само потражили лак начин да подесите сигурну аутентификацију и шифрирање на Виндоуз серверу вашем  спремишту ће се приступати преко великог лошег Интернет читања."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2800
msgid "SASL Authentication"
msgstr "САСЛ аутентификација"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2801
msgid ""
"To activate specific SASL mechanisms on the server, you'll need to do three things. First, create a <literal>[sasl]</literal> section in your repository's <filename>svnserve.conf</filename> file, with this key-value pair: <screen>\n"
"use-sasl = true\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Да активирате специфичне САСЛ механизме на серверу потребне су вам три ствари. Најпре креирајте <literal>[сасл]</literal> секцију у фајлу спремишта  <filename>свнсерве.цонф</filename>, са овим кључ-вредност паровима: <screen>\n"
"use-sasl = true\n"
"</screen>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2810
msgid "Second, create a file called <filename>svn.conf</filename> in a convenient location - typically in the directory where subversion is installed."
msgstr "Друго, креирајте фајл који се зове <filename>свн.цонф</filename> на конвенционалну локацију - типично у именику где је субверзија инсталирана."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2815
msgid "Thirdly, create two new registry entries to tell SASL where to find things. Create a registry key named <literal>[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Carnegie Mellon\\Project Cyrus\\SASL Library]</literal> and place two new string values inside it: <literal>SearchPath</literal> set to the directory path containing the <filename>sasl*.dll</filename> plug-ins (normally in the Subversion install directory), and <literal>ConfFile</literal> set to the directory containing the <filename>svn.conf</filename> file. If you used the CollabNet installer, these registry keys will already have been created for you."
msgstr "Треће, креирајте два нова регистар улаза да кажете САСЛ где да нађе потребне стварчице. Креирајте регистар кључ под именом <literal>[ХКЕY_ЛОЦАЛ_МАЦХИНЕ\\СОФТWАРЕ\\Царнегие Меллон\\Пројецт Цyрус\\САСЛ Либрарy]</literal> и ставите два нова стринга унутар њега: <literal>СеарцхПатх</literal> подесите на путању именика који садржи <filename>сасл*.длл</filename> плагин (нормално у Субверзиони инсталациони именик), и <literal>ЦонфФиле</literal> подешен на именик који саџи <filename>свн.цонф</filename> фајл. Ако користите КолабНет инсталатор, ови регистар кључеви ће бити већ креирани за вас."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2827
msgid ""
"Edit the <filename>svn.conf</filename> file to contain the following: <screen>\n"
"pwcheck_method: auxprop\n"
"auxprop_plugin: sasldb\n"
"mech_list: DIGEST-MD5\n"
"sasldb_path: C:\\TortoiseSVN\\sasldb\n"
"</screen> The last line shows the location of the authentication database, which is a file called <filename>sasldb</filename>. This could go anywhere, but a convenient choice is the repository parent path. Make sure that the svnserve service has read access to this file."
msgstr ""
"Уредите <filename>свн.цонф</filename> фајл да садржи следеће: <screen>\n"
"pwcheck_method: auxprop\n"
"auxprop_plugin: sasldb\n"
"mech_list: DIGEST-MD5\n"
"sasldb_path: C:\\TortoiseSVN\\sasldb\n"
"</screen> Последња линија приказује локацију аутентификационе базе података, која је фајл под именом <filename>саслдб</filename>. То може бити било где, али уобичајен избор је предачка путања спремишта. Осигурајте да свнсер сервис има читајући приступ овом фајлу."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2842
msgid "If svnserve was already running, you will need to restart it to ensure it reads the updated configuration."
msgstr "Ако снсерв већ ради потребно је да га рестартујете да се осигура да прочита ажурирану конфихурацију."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2846
msgid ""
"Now that everything is set up, all you need to do is create some users and passwords. To do this you need the <literal>saslpasswd2</literal> program. If you used the CollabNet installer, that program will be in the install directory. Use a command something like this: <screen>\n"
"saslpasswd2 -c -f C:\\TortoiseSVN\\sasldb -u realm username\n"
"</screen> The <literal>-f</literal> switch gives the database location, <literal>realm</literal> must be the same as the value you defined in your repository's <filename>svnserve.conf</filename> file, and username is exactly what you expect it to be. Note that the realm is not allowed to contain space characters."
msgstr ""
"Сада је све подешено, све што вам је потребно је да креирате кориснике и лозинке. Да бисте то урадили потребан вам је <literal>саслпассwд2</literal> програн. Ако користите КолабНет инсталацију тај програм ће бити у инсталационом именику. Користите команду нешто као ово: <screen>\n"
"saslpasswd2 -c -f C:\\TortoiseSVN\\sasldb -u realm username\n"
"</screen> Прекидач <literal>-ф</literal> даје локацију базе података, <literal>област</literal> мора да буде иста као вредност коју сте дефинисали у <filename>svnserve.conf</filename> фајлу спремишта, а корисниково име је тачно оно које очекујете да буде. Приметимо да област не дозвољава да садржи карактер размак."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2861
msgid "You can list the usernames stored in the database using the <literal>sasldblistusers2</literal> program."
msgstr "Можете листати имена корисника стављене у базу података користећи <literal>саслдблистусерс2</literal> програм."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2867
msgid "SASL Encryption"
msgstr "САСЛ шифровање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2868
msgid ""
"To enable or disable different levels of encryption, you can set two values in your repository's <filename>svnserve.conf</filename> file: <screen>\n"
"[sasl]\n"
"use-sasl = true\n"
"min-encryption = 128\n"
"max-encryption = 256\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Да се омогуће или онемогуће различити нивои шифровања можете подесити две вредности у <filename>свнсерве.цонф</filename> фајлу спремишта: <screen>\n"
"[sasl]\n"
"use-sasl = true\n"
"min-encryption = 128\n"
"max-encryption = 256\n"
"</screen>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2879
msgid "The <literal>min-encryption</literal> and <literal>max-encryption</literal> variables control the level of encryption demanded by the server. To disable encryption completely, set both values to 0. To enable simple checksumming of data (i.e., prevent tampering and guarantee data integrity without encryption), set both values to 1. If you wish to allow (but not require) encryption, set the minimum value to 0, and the maximum value to some bit-length. To require encryption unconditionally, set both values to numbers greater than 1. In our previous example, we require clients to do at least 128-bit encryption, but no more than 256-bit encryption."
msgstr "<literal>Мин-енцрyптион</literal> и <literal>маx-енцрyптион</literal> променљиве контролишу ниво шифровања које захтева сервер. Да се потпуно онемогући шифровање поставите обе вредности на 0. Да се омогући сумапровере података (нпр. предупреди мешање и гарантовати интегритет података без шифровања), поставите обе вредности на 1. Ако желите да допустите (али не захтевате) шифровање, поставите минималну вредност на 0, и максималну вредност на неку дужину битова. За безусловно захтевање шифровања поставите бе вредности на вредност већу од 1. У нашем претходном примеру захтевамо да клијенти раде 128-битно шифровање, али не више од 256-битног шифровања."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2896
msgid "Authentication with svn+ssh"
msgstr "Аутентификација са свн+ссх"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2897
msgid "Another way to authenticate users with a svnserve based server is to use a secure shell (SSH) to tunnel requests through. It is not as simple to set up as SASL, but it may be useful is some cases."
msgstr "Други начин аутентификације корисника помоћу свнсерва заснованог сервера је коришћење сигурносну љуску (ССХ) да се провуче захтев. То није једноставно да се подеси као САСЛ, али може бити корисно у неким случајевима."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2903
msgid "With this approach, svnserve is not run as a daemon process, rather, the secure shell starts svnserve for you, running it as the SSH authenticated user. To enable this, you need a secure shell daemon on your server."
msgstr "Ево то г приступа, свнсерв не ради као скривени процес, радије, сигурносна љуска покреће свнсерв за вас, покрећући га као ССХ аутентификованог корисника. Да се то омогући потребан је скривена сигурносна љуска на серверу."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2909
msgid "A basic method for setting up your server is given in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-ssh-howto\"/>. You can find other SSH topics within the FAQ by searching for <quote>SSH</quote>."
msgstr "Основни метод подешавања вашег сервера дат је у <xref linkend=\"tsvn-ssh-howto\"/>. Можете наћи друге ССХ теме у оквиру ФАК тражећи <quote>ССХ</quote>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2915
msgid "Further information about svnserve can be found in the <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com\"><citetitle>Version Control with Subversion</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Даље информације о свнсерву могу се наћи на <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com\"><citetitle>Версион Цонтрол wитх Субверсион</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2923
msgid "Path-based Authorization with svnserve"
msgstr "Путањом-заснована ауторизација са свнсервом."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2924
msgid ""
"Starting with Subversion 1.3, svnserve supports the same <literal>mod_authz_svn</literal> path-based authorization scheme that is available with the Apache server. You need to edit the <filename>conf/svnserve.conf</filename> file in your repository directory and add a line referring to your authorization file. <screen>\n"
"[general]\n"
"authz-db = authz\n"
"</screen> Here, <filename>authz</filename> is a file you create to define the access permissions. You can use a separate file for each repository, or you can use the same file for several repositories. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-serversetup-mod_authz_svn\"/> for a description of the file format."
msgstr ""
"Почевши од Субверзије 1.3, свнсерв подржава исти <literal>мод_аутхз_свн</literal> путањом-засновану ауторизациону шему која је омогућена Апаш сервером. Потребно је да уредите <filename>цонф/свнсерве.цонф</filename> фајл у именику спремишта и додате линију која се позива на ауторизациони фајл. <screen>\n"
"[general]\n"
"authz-db = authz\n"
"</screen> Овде, <filename>аутхз</filename> је фајл који сте креирали да дефинишете приступне дозволе. Можете користити посебан фајл за свако спремиште, или можете користити исти фајл за више спремишта. Прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-serversetup-mod_authz_svn\"/> за опис формата фајла."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2946
msgid "No matter which protocol you use to access your repositories, you always need to create at least one repository. This can either be done with the Subversion command line client or with TortoiseSVN."
msgstr "Није битно који протокол користите да приступите спремишту, увек вам је потребно да креирате бар једно спремиште. Ово може бити урађено Субверзионом командном линијом или клијентом са ТортоисеСВН."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2951
msgid "If you haven't created a Subversion repository yet, it's time to do that now."
msgstr "Ако још нисте креирали Субверзионо спремиште, време је да то урадите сада."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2959
msgid "Repository Creation"
msgstr "Креирање спремишта"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2961
msgid "create repository"
msgstr "креирај спремиште"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2963
msgid "You can create a repository with the FSFS backend or with the older Berkeley Database (BDB) format. The FSFS format is generally faster and easier to administer, and it works on network shares and Windows 98 without problems. The BDB format was once considered more stable simply because it has been in use for longer, but since FSFS has now been in use in the field for several years, that argument is now rather weak. Read <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.reposadmin.planning.html#svn.reposadmin.basics.backends\"><citetitle>Choosing a Data Store</citetitle></ulink> in the Subversion book for more information."
msgstr "Можете креирати спремиште са ФСФС крај или стари Беркли база података (БДБ) формат. ФСФС формат је  генерално бржи и лакши за администрацију, ради на мрежном дељеном простору и Виндоуз 98 без проблема. БДБ формат је замишљен много стабилнијим једноставно зато што се дуже користи, али од како је ФСФС  у употреби неколико година тај аргумент је све слабији. Прочитајте <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.reposadmin.planning.html#svn.reposadmin.basics.backends\"><citetitle>Избор смештанја података</citetitle></ulink> у Субверзионој књизи за више информација."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2978
msgid "Creating a Repository with the Command Line Client"
msgstr "Креирање спремишта клијентом командне линије"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2980
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3021
msgid "Create"
msgstr "Креирање"

#. (secondary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2981
msgid "Command Line Client"
msgstr "Клијент командне линије"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2985
msgid "Create an empty folder with the name SVN (e.g. <filename>D:\\SVN\\</filename>), which is used as root for all your repositories."
msgstr "Креирајте празан именик са именом СВН (нпр.   <filename>Д:\\СВН\\</filename>), који се користи као корен за сва спремишта."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2992
msgid "Create another folder <filename>MyNewRepository</filename> inside <filename>D:\\SVN\\</filename>."
msgstr "Креирајте други именик <filename>МyНеwРепоситорy</filename> унутар <filename>Д:\\СВН\\</filename>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:2999
msgid ""
"Open the command prompt (or DOS-Box), change into <filename>D:\\SVN\\</filename> and type <screen>\n"
"svnadmin create --fs-type bdb MyNewRepository\n"
"</screen> or <screen>\n"
"svnadmin create --fs-type fsfs MyNewRepository\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Отворите командни промпт (или ДОС -бокс), пређите у <filename>D:\\SVN\\</filename> and type <screen>\n"
"svnadmin create --fs-type bdb MyNewRepository\n"
"</screen> or <screen>\n"
"svnadmin create --fs-type fsfs MyNewRepository\n"
"</screen>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3012
msgid "Now you've got a new repository located at <filename>D:\\SVN\\MyNewRepository</filename>."
msgstr "Сада имате спремиште у <filename>Д:\\СВН\\МyНеwРепоситорy</filename>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3019
msgid "Creating The Repository With TortoiseSVN"
msgstr "Креирање спремишта са ТортоисеСВН"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3026
msgid "The TortoiseSVN menu for unversioned folders"
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН мени за неверзионисани именик"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3031
msgid "Open the windows explorer"
msgstr "Отворите виндоуз претраживач"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3036
msgid "Create a new folder and name it e.g. <filename>SVNRepository</filename>"
msgstr "Креирајте нови именик и назовите га нпр. <filename>СВНРепоситорy</filename>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3042
msgid "<action>Right-click</action> on the newly created folder and select <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Repository here...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr "<action>Десни-клик</action> на ново креирани именик и изаберите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Креирајте спремиште овде...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3050
msgid "A repository is then created inside the new folder. <emphasis>Don't edit those files yourself!!!</emphasis>. If you get any errors make sure that the folder is empty and not write protected."
msgstr "Спремиште ће бити креирано унутар новог именика. <emphasis>Немојте уређивати те фајлове сами!!!</emphasis>. Ако добијете било какву грешку осигурајте да именик буде празан и није заштићен од уписивања."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3059
msgid "TortoiseSVN no longer offers the option to create BDB repositories, although you can still use the command line client to create them. FSFS repositories are generally easier for you to maintain, and also makes it easier for us to maintain TortoiseSVN due to compatibility issues between the different BDB versions."
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН више не нуди опцију да се креира БДБ спремиште, али још можете користити клијента командне линије да га креирате. ФСФС спремишта су генерално једноставнија за руковање и нама лакша да одржавамо ТортоисеСВН преко компатибилних проблема између разних БДБ верзја."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3066
msgid "Future versions of TortoiseSVN will not support <literal>file://</literal> access to BDB repositories due to these compatibility issues, although it will of course always support this repository format when accessed via a server through the <literal>svn://</literal>, <literal>http://</literal> or <literal>https://</literal> protocols. For this reason, we strongly recommend that any new repository which must be accessed using <literal>file://</literal> protocol is created as FSFS."
msgstr "Будуће верзије ТортоисеСВН неће подржати <literal>филе://</literal> приступ БДБ спремиштима због компатибилних проблема, али ће свакако увек подржавати тај формат спремишта када се приступа преко сервера кроз <literal>свн://</literal>, <literal>хттп://</literal> или <literal>хттпс://</literal> протоколе. Из тог разлога чврсто препоручујемо да свако ново спремиште којем се мора приступати користећи <literal>филе://</literal> протокол буде креирано као ФСФС."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3078
msgid "Of course we also recommend that you don't use <literal>file://</literal> access at all, apart from local testing purposes. Using a server is more secure and more reliable for all but single-developer use."
msgstr "Свакако такође препоруујемо да не користите <literal>филе://</literal> пристуо уопште, чак ни из локалних потреба тестирања. Коришћење сервера је много сигурније и много поузданије за све осим у коришћењу појединца."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3087
msgid "Local Access to the Repository"
msgstr "Локални приступ спремишту"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3089
msgid "Access"
msgstr "Приступ"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3092
msgid "UNC paths"
msgstr "УНЦ путања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3094
msgid "To access your local repository you need the path to that folder. Just remember that Subversion expects all repository paths in the form <systemitem class=\"url\">file:///C:/SVNRepository/</systemitem>. Note the use of forward slashes throughout."
msgstr "Да се приступи локалном спремишту потрбна је путања до тог именика. Сетимо се да Субверзија очекује све путање спремишта у облику <systemitem class=\"url\">филе:///Ц:/СВНРепоситорy/</systemitem>. Запазимо коришћење  правих косих црта у целој путањи."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3100
msgid "To access a repository located on a network share you can either use drive mapping, or you can use the UNC path. For UNC paths, the form is <systemitem class=\"url\">file://ServerName/path/to/repos/</systemitem>. Note that there are only 2 leading slashes here."
msgstr "Да би се приступило спремишту на мрежном дељењу и можете користити или мапирање драјва, или користити УНЦ путању. За УНЦ путање облик је <systemitem class=\"url\">филе://СерверНаме/патх/то/репош</systemitem>. Приметимо да овде имамо 2 водеће косе црте."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3107
msgid "Prior to SVN 1.2, UNC paths had to be given in the more obscure form <systemitem class=\"url\">file:///\\ServerName/path/to/repos</systemitem>. This form is still supported, but not recommended."
msgstr "Пре СВН 1.2, УНЦ путање су биле дате у чуднијем облику сyстемитем цласс=\"урл\">филе:///\\СерверНаме/патх/то/репос</systemitem>. Овај облик се још подржава, али се не препоручује."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3114
msgid "Do not create or access a Berkeley DB repository on a network share. It <emphasis>cannot</emphasis> exist on a remote file system. Not even if you have the network drive mapped to a drive letter. If you attempt to use Berkeley DB on a network share, the results are unpredictable - you may see mysterious errors right away, or it may be months before you discover that your repository database is subtly corrupted."
msgstr "Не треба креирати или приступати Беркли ДБ спремишту на мрежни дељени простор. То <emphasis>не може</emphasis> постојати на удаљеном фајл систему. Нити чак ако имате мрежни драјв мапиран словом драјва. Ако покушате да користите Беркли ДБ на мрежној измени, резултат је непредвидљив - можете видети мистериозне грешке тренутно, или могу проћи месеци пре него откријете да је ваша база података спремишта незнатно покварена."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3125
msgid "Accessing a Repository on a Network Share"
msgstr "Приступање спремишту на мрежном дељеном простору"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3127
msgid "Network share"
msgstr "Мрежни дељени простор"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3129
msgid "Although in theory it is possible to put a FSFS repository on a network share and have multiple users access it using <literal>file://</literal> protocol, this is most definitely <emphasis>not</emphasis> recommended. In fact we would <emphasis>strongly</emphasis> discourage it, and do not support such use."
msgstr "Такође је познато у теорији да је могуће ставити ФСФС спремиште на мрежном дељеном простору и имати вишеструки кориснички приступ користећи <literal>филе://</literal> протокол, ово се дефинитивно <emphasis>не</emphasis> препоручује. У ствари можемо <emphasis>чврсто</emphasis> обесхрабрити то, и не подржати такво коришћење."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3136
msgid "Firstly you are giving every user direct write access to the repository, so any user could accidentally delete the entire repository or make it unusable in some other way."
msgstr "Најпре дајете сваком кориснику директно право уписа у спремиште, тако да било који корисник може случајно обрисати цело спремиште или га учинити некорисним на неки други начин."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3141
msgid "Secondly not all network file sharing protocols support the locking that Subversion requires, so you may find your repository gets corrupted. It may not happen straight away, but one day two users will try to access the repository at the same time."
msgstr "Друго, неће сви протоколи за мрежни дељени простор подржаватизакључавање које захтева Субверзија, тако да можете наћи ваше спремиште покварено. То се не мора десити одмах, али једног дана два корисника могу покушати да приступе спремишту у исто време. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3147
msgid "Thirdly the file permissions have to be set just so. You may just about get away with it on a native Windows share, but SAMBA is particularly difficult."
msgstr "Треће, фајл дозволе могу бити тако подешене. Можете отићи на природни Виндоуз дељени простор, али САМБА је посебно тешка."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3152
msgid "<literal>file://</literal> access is intended for local, single-user access only, particularly testing and debugging. When you want to share the repository you <emphasis>really</emphasis> need to set up a proper server, and it is not nearly as difficult as you might think. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-serversetup\"/> for guidelines on choosing and setting up a server."
msgstr "<literal>филе://</literal> приступ је планиран за локални, само један-корисник приступ, партикуларно тестирање и дебаговање. Када желите дељење спремишта ви <emphasis>стварно</emphasis> треба да подесите одговарајући сервер, и то није скоро тако тешко како се може помислити. Прочитајте  <xref linkend=\"tsvn-serversetup\"/> за водич како изабрати и подесити сервер."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3162
msgid "Repository Layout"
msgstr "Изглед спремишта"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3163
msgid "Before you import your data into the repository you should first think about how you want to organize your data. If you use one of the recommended layouts you will later have it much easier."
msgstr "Пре него увезете ваше податке у спремиште морате најпре размислити како желите да организујете податке. Ако користите неки од препоручених иугледа касније ће вам бити лакше."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3169
msgid "There are some standard, recommended ways to organize a repository. Most people create a <filename>trunk</filename> directory to hold the <quote>main line</quote> of development, a <filename>branches</filename> directory to contain branch copies, and a <filename>tags</filename> directory to contain tag copies. If a repository holds only one project, then often people create these top-level directories:"
msgstr "Постоје неки стандардни, препоручљиви начини организовања спремишта. Већина људи креира <filename>дебло</filename> именик да чува <quote>главну линију</quote> развоја, <filename>гране</filename> именик да чува копије грана, и <filename>знаке</filename> именик да држи копије ознака. Ако спремиште садржи само један пројекат, тада људи често креирају вршни именик:"

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3178
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"/trunk\n"
"/branches\n"
"/tags\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"/трунк\n"
"/бранцхес\n"
"/тагс\n"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3183
msgid "If a repository contains multiple projects, people often index their layout by branch:"
msgstr "Ако спремиште садржи више пројеката, људи чест индексирају њхов изглед гранама:"

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3187
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"/trunk/paint\n"
"/trunk/calc\n"
"/branches/paint\n"
"/branches/calc\n"
"/tags/paint\n"
"/tags/calc\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"/трунк/паинт\n"
"/трунк/цалц\n"
"/бранцхешпаинт\n"
"/бранцхешцалц\n"
"/тагшпаинт\n"
"/тагшцалц\n"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3195
msgid "...or by project:"
msgstr "...или пројектом:"

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3198
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"/paint/trunk\n"
"/paint/branches\n"
"/paint/tags\n"
"/calc/trunk\n"
"/calc/branches\n"
"/calc/tags\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"/паинт/трунк\n"
"/паинт/бранцхес\n"
"/паинт/тагс\n"
"/цалчтрунк\n"
"/цалчбранцхес\n"
"/цалчтагс\n"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3206
msgid "Indexing by project makes sense if the projects are not closely related and each one is checked out individually. For related projects where you may want to check out all projects in one go, or where the projects are all tied together in a single distribution package, it is often better to index by branch. This way you have only one trunk to checkout, and the relationships between the sub-projects is more easily visible."
msgstr "Индексирање помоћу пројеката је осетљив на то да ли су пројекти блиско упоредиви и да ли се сваки може индивидуално преузети. За упоредиве пројекте где можете преузетии све пројекте ођедном, или где су сви пројекти везани заједно у један дистрибуциони пакет, често је боље индексирање грана. У овом случају вам је потребно једно дебло за преузимање и повезаност између суб-пројеката је много лакше видљива."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3214
msgid "If you adopt a top level <filename>/trunk /tags /branches</filename> approach, there is nothing to say that you have to copy the entire trunk for every branch and tag, and in some ways this structure offers the most flexibility."
msgstr "Ако усвојимо вршни ниво <filename>/трунк /тагс /бранцхес</filename> приступ, није ништа рећи да имате копирати цело дебло за сваку грану и знак, и у неки пут ова структура нуди највећу флксибилност."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3220
msgid "For unrelated projects you may prefer to use separate repositories. When you commit changes, it is the revision number of the whole repository which changes, not the revision number of the project. Having 2 unrelated projects share a repository can mean large gaps in the revision numbers. The Subversion and TortoiseSVN projects appear at the same host address, but are completely separate repositories allowing independent development, and no confusion over build numbers."
msgstr "За пројекте који нису повезани можете више волети да користите одвојена спремишта. Када урезујете измене, ревизиони број целог спремишта се мења, не ревизиони број пројекта. Ако имате 2 независна пројекта дељење спремишта може значити велике празнине у ревизионим бројевима. Субверзија и ТортоисеСВН пројекти се појављују на истим адресама домаћина, али су сасвим независна спремишта омогућавајући независан развој и нема кофузије око развојних бројева."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3230
msgid "Of course, you're free to ignore these common layouts. You can create any sort of variation, whatever works best for you or your team. Remember that whatever you choose, it's not a permanent commitment. You can reorganize your repository at any time. Because branches and tags are ordinary directories, TortoiseSVN can move or rename them however you wish."
msgstr "Свакако, слободни сте да занемарите овај заједнички изглед. Можете креирати било коју врсту варијација, што год ради боље за ваш тим. Сетите се да што год изаберете то није стално урезивање. Ви можете реорганизовати ваше спремиште било када. Пошто су гране и ознаке прави именици ТортоисеСВН их може померати и преименовати кад год желите."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3238
msgid "Switching from one layout to another is just a matter of issuing a series of server-side moves; If you don't like the way things are organized in the repository, just juggle the directories around."
msgstr "Пребацивање са једног изгледа на други је тек ствар емитовања серије померања са серверске стране; Ако не волите начин на који су ствари организоване у спремишту, мало жонглирајте околним именицима."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3255
msgid "create a new empty folder on your hard drive"
msgstr "креирајте празан именик на вашем чврстом диску"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3260
msgid "create your desired top-level folder structure inside that folder - don't put any files in it yet!"
msgstr "креирајте жељени вршни-ниво именик структуру унутар тог именика - немојте стављати ниједан фајл још!"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3266
msgid "import this structure into the repository via a <action>right click</action> on the folder and selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> This will import your temp folder into the repository root to create the basic repository layout."
msgstr "увеите ову структуру у спремиште преко <action>десни клик</action> на именик и избором <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Увези...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Ово ће увести ваш привремени именик у корен спремишта да креира основни изглед спремишта."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3244
msgid "So if you haven't already created a basic folder structure inside your repository you should do that now. There are two ways to achieve this. If you simply want to create a <filename>/trunk /tags /branches</filename> structure, you can use the repository browser to create the three folders (in three separate commits). If you want to create a deeper hierarchy then it is simpler to create a folder structure on disk first and import it in a single commit, like this: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Тако, ако нисте већ креирали структуру основног именика унутар вашег спремишта треба то да урадите сада. Постоје два начина да се то постигне. Ако једноставно желите да креирате <filename>/трунк /тагс /бранцхес</filename> структуру можете користити претраживач спремишта да креирате та три именика (у три посебна урезивања). Ако желите да креирате дубљу хијерархију тада је то слично најпре креирању структуре именика на диску и њен увоз при јединственом урезивању као ово: <placeholder-1/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3281
msgid ""
"Note that the name of the folder you are importing does not appear in the repository, only its contents. For example, create the following folder structure: <screen>\n"
"C:\\Temp\\New\\trunk\n"
"C:\\Temp\\New\\branches\n"
"C:\\Temp\\New\\tags\n"
"</screen> Import <filename>C:\\Temp\\New</filename> into the repository root, which will then look like this: <screen>\n"
"/trunk\n"
"/branches\n"
"/tags\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""
"Приметимо да име именика који увозите не појављује се у спремишту, само садржај. На пример, креирајте следеће структуре именика:<screen>\n"
"C:\\Temp\\New\\trunk\n"
"C:\\Temp\\New\\branches\n"
"C:\\Temp\\New\\tags\n"
"</screen>  Увезите <filename>C:\\Temp\\New</filename> у корен спремиштс, које ће сада изгледати као:<screen>\n"
"/trunk\n"
"/branches\n"
"/tags\n"
"</screen>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3301
msgid "Repository Backup"
msgstr "Осигурање спремишта"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3303
msgid "backup"
msgstr "осигурање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3305
msgid "Whichever type of repository you use, it is vitally important that you maintain regular backups, and that you verify the backup. If the server fails, you may be able to access a recent version of your files, but without the repository all your history is lost forever."
msgstr "Који год тип спремишта да користите, изузетно је важно да одржавате регуларно осигурање, и да проверите осигурање. Ако сервер падне ви сте можда  способни да приступите задњој верзији ваших фајлова, али без спремишта сва исторја је изгубљена заувек."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3312
msgid "The simplest (but not recommended) way is just to copy the repository folder onto the backup medium. However, you have to be absolutely sure that no process is accessing the data. In this context, access means <emphasis>any</emphasis> access at all. A BDB repository is written to even when the operation only appears to require reading, such as getting status. If your repository is accessed at all during the copy, (web browser left open, WebSVN, etc.) the backup will be worthless."
msgstr "Једноставан (али непрепоручљив) начин је да се само копира именик спремишта на медијум осигурања. Међутим, потребно је да будете апсолутно сигурни да ни један процес не приступа подацима. У овом контексту, приступ значи <emphasis>сваки</emphasis> приступ уопште. БДБ спремиште је уписано чак и кад се операција појави да захтева читање као узимање статуса. Ако је вашем спремишту приступљено у току копирања, (веб претраживач остаје отворен, ВепСВН, итд.) осигурање ће бити безвредно. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3322
msgid ""
"The recommended method is to run <screen>\n"
"svnadmin hotcopy path/to/repository path/to/backup --clean-logs\n"
"</screen> to create a copy of your repository in a safe manner. Then backup the copy. The <literal>--clean-logs</literal> option is not required, but removes any redundant log files when you backup a BDB repository, which may save some space."
msgstr ""
"Препоручљив метод је да се покрене <screen>\n"
"svnadmin hotcopy path/to/repository path/to/backup --clean-logs\n"
"</screen> да се креира копија вашег спремишта на безбедан начин. Затим се прави копија осигурања. Опција <literal>--цлеан-логс</literal> није потребна, али уклања редундантне фајлове дневника када осигуравате БДБ спремишта, што штеди нешто простора."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3332
msgid "The <literal>svnadmin</literal> tool is installed automatically when you install the Subversion command line client. If you are installing the command line tools on a Windows PC, the best way is to download the Windows installer version. It is compressed more efficiently than the <filename>.zip</filename> version, so the download is smaller, and it takes care of setting the paths for you. You can download the latest version of the Subversion command line client from <ulink url=\"http://subversion.tigris.org/servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=91\"><citetitle>http://subversion.tigris.org/servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=91</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Алат <literal>свнадмин</literal> је инсталиран аутоматски када инсталирате Субверзионог клијента командне линије. Ако инсталирате алат командне линије на Виндоуз ПЦ, најбољи начин је да скинете Виндоуз инстолер верзију. Она је ефикасније компримована него <filename>.зип</filename> верзија, тако да је скидање мање, и оно води бригу да подеси путању за вас. Можете скибути задњу верзију Субверзионог клијента командне линије са <ulink url=\"http://subversion.tigris.org/servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=91\"><citetitle>http://subversion.tigris.org/servlets/ProjectDocumentList?folderID=91</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3347
msgid "Hook Scripts"
msgstr "Закачиве Скрипте"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3349
msgid "hooks"
msgstr "закачаљке"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3352
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12071
msgid "hook scripts"
msgstr "закачиве скрипте"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3355
msgid "server side hook scripts"
msgstr "закачиве скрипте са серверске стране"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3357
msgid "A hook script is a program triggered by some repository event, such as the creation of a new revision or the modification of an unversioned property. Each hook is handed enough information to tell what that event is, what target(s) it's operating on, and the username of the person who triggered the event. Depending on the hook's output or return status, the hook program may continue the action, stop it, or suspend it in some way. Please refer to the chapter on <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.reposadmin.create.html#svn.reposadmin.create.hooks\"><citetitle>Hook Scripts</citetitle></ulink> in the Subversion Book for full details about the hooks which are implemented."
msgstr "Закачиве скрипте су програми окидане неким догађајем из спремишта, као што је креирање нове ревизије или измена неверзиониране особине. Свака закачаљка је руковођена са довољно информација да кже који догађај се десио, који окидач(и) је покренуо и корисничко име особе која је окинула догађај. У зависности од излаза закачаљке или повратног статуса, закачив програм може наставити акцију, заиставити је, или суспендовати на неки начин. Молим вас да погледате поглавље <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.reposadmin.create.html#svn.reposadmin.create.hooks\"><citetitle>Закачиве скрипте</citetitle></ulink> у Субверзионој књизи за пуне детаље о закачаљкама које су имплементиране."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3372
msgid "These hook scripts are executed by the server that hosts the repository. TortoiseSVN also allows you to configure client side hook scripts that are executed locally upon certain events. See <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-hooks\"/> for more information."
msgstr "Ови закачиви скриптови су извршени на серверу који угошћава спремиште. ТортоисеСВН такође омогућава да конфигуришете клијент страну закачивих скрипти где се очекују локално под неким догађајима. Видите xреф линкенд=\"тсвн-дуг-сеттингс-хоокс\"/> за више информација."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3378
msgid ""
"Sample hook scripts can be found in the <filename>hooks</filename> directory of the repository. These sample scripts are suitable for Unix/Linux servers but need to be modified if your server is Windows based. The hook can be a batch file or an executable. The sample below shows a batch file which might be used to implement a pre-revprop-change hook. <screen>\n"
"rem Only allow log messages to be changed.\n"
"if \"%4\" == \"svn:log\" exit 0\n"
"echo Property '%4' cannot be changed &gt;&amp;2\n"
"exit 1\n"
"</screen> Note that anything sent to stdout is discarded. if you want a message to appear in the Commit Reject dialog you must send it to stderr. In a batch file this is achieved using <filename>&gt;&amp;2</filename>"
msgstr ""
"Једноставне закачиве скрипте могу се наћи у <filename>закачаљке> именику спремишта. Ове једноставне скрипте су погодне за УникшЛинукс сервере али траже измене ако је сервер заснован на Виндоузу. Закачке могу бити групни фајл или извршилац. Узорак испод показује групни фајл који се може користити да се примени као пре-ревпроп-измена закачаљка.<screen>\n"
"rem Only allow log messages to be changed.\n"
"if \"%4\" == \"svn:log\" exit 0\n"
"echo Property '%4' cannot be changed &gt;&amp;2\n"
"exit 1\n"
"</screen> Приметимо све послато на стдоут се одбацује ако желите поруку да се појави у Урежи Одбаци дијалогу морате је послати на стдерр. У групном фајлу то се постиже коришћењем <filename>&gt;&amp;2</filename>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3398
msgid "Checkout Links"
msgstr "Везе преузимања"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3400
msgid "checkout link"
msgstr "веза преузимања"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3403
msgid "TortoiseSVN link"
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН веза"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3406
msgid "link"
msgstr "веза"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3409
msgid "website"
msgstr "вебсајт"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3411
msgid "If you want to make your Subversion repository available to others you may want to include a link to it from your website. One way to make this more accessible is to include a <firstterm>checkout link</firstterm> for other TortoiseSVN users."
msgstr "Ако желите учинити ваше Субверзионо спремиште доступно другима морате укључити везу ка њему од вашег вебсајта. Један начин да се то уради много приступчније је да се укључи <firstterm>веза преузимања</firstterm> за друге ТортоисеСВН кориснике."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3417
msgid "When you install TortoiseSVN, it registers a new <literal>tsvn:</literal> protocol. When a TortoiseSVN user clicks on such a link, the checkout dialog will open automatically with the repository URL already filled in."
msgstr "Када инсталирате ТортоисеСВН он региструје нови <literal>тсвн:</literal> протокол. Када ТортоисеСВН корисник кликне на такву везу, дијалог преузимања се аутоматски отвара са УРЛом спремишта већ уписаним."

#. (programlisting)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3426
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;a href=\"tsvn:https://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;/a&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"&lt;a href=\"tsvn:https://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;/a&gt;\n"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3423
msgid "To include such a link in your own html page, you need to add code which looks something like this: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Да унесете такву везу у вашу хтмл страницу потребно вам је да додате код који изгледа нешто као ово: <placeholder-1/>"

#. (programlisting)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3438
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;a href=\"tsvn:https://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;img src=TortoiseCheckout.png&gt;&lt;/a&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"&lt;a href=\"tsvn:https://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;img src=TortoiseCheckout.png&gt;&lt;/a&gt;\n"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3431
msgid "Of course it would look even better if you included a suitable picture. You can use the <ulink url=\"http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/images/TortoiseCheckout.png\"><citetitle>TortoiseSVN logo</citetitle></ulink> or you can provide your own image. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Свакако то ће изгледати чак боље ако укључите одговарајућу слику. Можете користити <ulink url=\"http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/images/TortoiseCheckout.png\"><citetitle>ТортоисеСВН лого</citetitle></ulink> или можете набавити своју сопствену слику. <placeholder-1/>"

#. (programlisting)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3445
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"&lt;a href=\"tsvn:https://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk?100\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;/a&gt;\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"&lt;a href=\"tsvn:https://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk?100\"&gt;\n"
"&lt;/a&gt;\n"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3443
msgid "You can also make the link point to a specific revision, for example <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Такође можете направити везу ка специјалној ревизији, на пример <placeholder-1/>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3453
msgid "Daily Use Guide"
msgstr "Водич дневног коришћења"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3457
msgid "This document describes day to day usage of the TortoiseSVN client. It is <emphasis>not</emphasis> an introduction to version control systems, and <emphasis>not</emphasis> an introduction to Subversion (SVN). It is more like a place you may turn to when you know approximately what you want to do, but don't quite remember how to do it."
msgstr "Овај документ описује коришћење дан за даном клијента ТортоисеСВН. То <emphasis>није</emphasis> увод у систем контроле верзија, и <emphasis>није</emphasis>  увод у Субверзију (СВ). То је више као место где се можете вратити тамо где приближно знате шта желите да урадите, али не разумете како да то урадите."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3465
msgid "If you need an introduction to version control with Subversion, then we recommend you read the fantastic book: <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/\"><citetitle>Version Control with Subversion</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Ако желите увод у контролу верзија са Субверзијом, препоручујемо вам да прочитате фантастичну књигу: <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/\"><citetitle>Контрола верзија са Субверзијом</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3472
msgid "This document is also a work in progress, just as TortoiseSVN and Subversion are. If you find any mistakes, please report them to the mailing list so we can update the documentation. Some of the screenshots in the Daily Use Guide (DUG) might not reflect the current state of the software. Please forgive us. We're working on TortoiseSVN in our free time."
msgstr "Овај документ је такође у раду, као и ТортоисеСВН то је и Субверзија. Ако нађете неку грешку, молим вас пошаљите је на поштанску листу да можемо ажурирати документацију. Неке слике екрана у Водичу дневног коришћења (ВДК) можда не одражавају текуће стање софтвера. Молим вас да нам опростите. Ми радимо на ТортоисеСВН у своје слободно време."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3484
msgid "You should have installed TortoiseSVN already."
msgstr "Требало би да већ имате инсталиран ТортоисеСВН."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3489
msgid "You should be familiar with version control systems."
msgstr "Требало би да сте фамилијарни са системом контроле верзија."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3494
msgid "You should know the basics of Subversion."
msgstr "Требало би да знате основе Субверзије."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3499
msgid "You should have set up a server and/or have access to a Subversion repository."
msgstr "Требало би да имате подешен сервер и-или да имате приступ Субверзионом спремишту."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3480
msgid "In order to get the most out of the Daily Use Guide: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Да би добили највише од Водича дневног коришћења: <placeholder-1/>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3510
msgid "Getting Started"
msgstr "Кренимо од почетка"

#. (title)
#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3512
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5020
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15201
msgid "Icon Overlays"
msgstr "Прекривне иконе"

#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3515
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5029
msgid "Explorer showing icon overlays"
msgstr "Претраживач приказује прекривне иконе"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3513
msgid "<placeholder-1/> One of the most visible features of TortoiseSVN is the icon overlays which appear on files in your working copy. These show you at a glance which of your files have been modified. Refer to <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-wcstatus-1\"/> to find out what the different overlays represent."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Једна од највидљивијих особина ТортоисеСВН су прекривне иконе које се појављују на фајловима у вашој радној копији. Оне вам показују, савршено, који је од ваших фајлова измењен. Упоредите са <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-wcstatus-1\"/> да нађете шта различити прекривачи показују."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3526
msgid "Context Menus"
msgstr "Контекст менији:"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3528
msgid "context menu"
msgstr "контекст мени"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3531
msgid "right-click"
msgstr "десни-клик"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3535
msgid "Context menu for a directory under version control"
msgstr "Контекст мени за именик под контролом верзија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3533
msgid "<placeholder-1/> All TortoiseSVN commands are invoked from the context menu of the windows explorer. Most are directly visible, when you <action>right click</action> on a file or folder. The commands that are available depend on whether the file or folder or its parent folder is under version control or not. You can also see the TortoiseSVN menu as part of the Explorer file menu."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Све ТортоисеСВН команде се позивају из контекст менија виндоуз експлорера. Већина је директно видљива када урадите <action>десни клик</action> на фајл или именик. Које су команде доступне зависи од тога да ли  је фајл или именик или њихов предачки именик под контролом верзија или није. Можете, такође, видету стабло ТортоисеСВН менија као део Експлорер фајл менија."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3545
msgid "Some commands which are very rarely used are only available in the extended context menu. To bring up the extended context menu, hold down the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key when you <action>right-click</action>."
msgstr "Неке команде које се веома ретко користе су доступне само у проширеном контекст менију. Да позовете проширени контекст мени држите <keycap>Шифт</keycap> тастер када урадите <action>десни-клик</action>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3554
msgid "Explorer file menu for a shortcut in a versioned folder"
msgstr "Експлорер фајл мени за скраћенице у верзионисаном именику"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3551
msgid "In some cases you may see several TortoiseSVN entries. This is not a bug! <placeholder-1/> This example is for an unversioned shortcut within a versioned folder, and in the Explorer file menu there are <emphasis>three</emphasis> entries for TortoiseSVN. One is for the folder, one for the shortcut itself, and the third for the object the shortcut is pointing to. To help you distinguish between them, the icons have an indicator in the lower right corner to show whether the menu entry is for a file, a folder, a shortcut or for multiple selected items."
msgstr "У неким случајевима можете видети више ТортоисеСВН улаза. То није баг! <placeholder-1/> Овај пример је за неверзионисане скраћенице у оквиру верзионисаног именика, и у Експлорер фајл менију постоји <emphasis>стабло</emphasis> улаз за ТортоисеСВН. Једно је за именик, једно за саме скраћенице, и треће за објекте на које показују скраћенице. Да бисмо вам помогли да их разликујете, иконе имају индикатор у доњем десном углу који показује да ли је мени улаз за фајл, скраћеницу или вишеструко селектоване ставке. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3565
msgid "If you are using Windows 2000 you will find that the context menus are shown as plain text, without the menu icons shown above. We are aware that this was working in previous versions, but Microsoft has changed the way its icon handlers work for Vista, requiring us to use a different display method which unfortunately does not work on Windows 2000."
msgstr "Ако користите Виндоуз 2000 наћићете да је контекст мени приказан као потпуни текст, без икона менија приказаних изнад. Ми смо упознати да је тако радило у претходној верзији, али Микрософт је изменио начин руковања иконама за Висту, што од нас захтева да користимо различит начин приказивања који, на несрећу, не ради на Виндоузу 2000."

#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3574
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4505
msgid "Drag and Drop"
msgstr "Вуци баци"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3576
msgid "drag handler"
msgstr "вуви руковалац"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3579
msgid "drag-n-drop"
msgstr "вуци-и-баци"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3582
msgid "right drag"
msgstr "десни вуци"

#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3586
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6809
msgid "Right drag menu for a directory under version control"
msgstr "Десни вуци мени за именике под контролом верзија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3584
msgid "<placeholder-1/> Other commands are available as drag handlers, when you <action>right drag</action> files or folders to a new location inside working copies or when you <action>right drag</action> a non-versioned file or folder into a directory which is under version control."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Друге команде су доступне као вучни руковаоци, када  <action>десни вуци</action> фајлова и именика на нову локацију унутар радне копије или када ацтион>десни вуци</action> неверзионисан фајл или именик у именик који је под контролом верзија."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3596
msgid "Common Shortcuts"
msgstr "Заједничке скраћенице"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3603
msgid "F1"
msgstr "Ф1"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3605
msgid "Help, of course."
msgstr "По,оћ, свакако."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3611
msgid "F5"
msgstr "Ф5"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3613
msgid "Refresh the current view. This is perhaps the single most useful one-key command. For example ... In Explorer this will refresh the icon overlays on your working copy. In the commit dialog it will re-scan the working copy to see what may need to be committed. In the Revision Log dialog it will contact the repository again to check for more recent changes."
msgstr "Освежите текући изглед. Ово је можда једна најкориснија један-тастер команда. На пример... У Експлореру ово ће освежити прекривачке иконе у вашој радној копији. У дијалогу нарезивања то ће ре-скенирати радну копију да види шта треба да буде урезано. У дијалогу Дневника ревизија контактираће још једном спремиште да провери најскорије измене."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3625
msgid "Ctrl-A"
msgstr "Цтрл-А"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3627
msgid "Select all. This can be used if you get an error message and want to copy and paste into an email. Use Ctrl-A to select the error message and then ..."
msgstr "Изаберите све. Ово може бити корисно ако добијете поруку грешке и желите да копирате и налепите у е-пошту. Користите Цтрл-А да изаберете поруку грешке и онда ..."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3635
msgid "Ctrl-C"
msgstr "Цтрл-Ц"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3637
msgid "... Copy the selected text."
msgstr "... Копира изабрани текст."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3597
msgid "Some common operations have well-known Windows shortcuts, but do not appear on buttons or in menus. If you can't work out how to do something obvious, like refreshing a view, check here. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Неке заједничке операције имају добро познате Виндоуз скраћенице, али се не појављују на дигмићима или у менијима. Ако не можете пронаћи како да урадите нешто  очигледно, као што је освежавање изгледа, проверите овде. <placeholder-1/>"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3648
msgid "authentication"
msgstr "аутентикација"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3654
msgid "Authentication Dialog"
msgstr "Аутентификациони дијалог"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3662
msgid "<filename>svn.simple</filename> contains credentials for basic authentication (username/password)."
msgstr "<filename>свн.симпле</filename> садржи акредитацију основе аутентификације (корисник/лозинка)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3668
msgid "<filename>svn.ssl.server</filename> contains SSL server certificates."
msgstr "<filename>свн.ссл.сервер</filename> садржи ССЛ сертификате сервера."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3674
msgid "<filename>svn.username</filename> contains credentials for username-only authentication (no password needed)."
msgstr "<filename>свн.усернаме</filename> садржи акредитацију аутентификацје само за корсничко име (лозинка није потребна)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3650
msgid "If the repository that you are trying to access is password protected, an authentication Dialog will show up. <placeholder-1/> Enter your username and password. The checkbox will make TortoiseSVN store the credentials in Subversion's default directory: <filename>%APPDATA%\\Subversion\\auth</filename> in three subdirectories: <placeholder-2/>"
msgstr "Ако је спремиште коме покушавате да приступите заштићено лозинком, аутентификациони дијалог ће вам бити приказан. <placeholder-1/> Унесите корисничко име и лозинку. Бокс прове ће учинити да ТортоисеСВН смести акредитацију у Субверзионом уобичајеном именику: <filename>%APPDATA%\\Субверсион\\аутх</filename> у стаблу субименика: <placeholder-2/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3681
msgid "If you want to clear the authentication cache for all servers, you can do so from the <guilabel>Saved Data</guilabel> page of TortoiseSVN's settings dialog. That button will clear all cached authentication data from the Subversion <filename>auth</filename> directories, as well as any authentication data stored in the registry by earlier versions of TortoiseSVN. Refer to <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-saved-data\"/>."
msgstr "Ако желите да обришете аутентификациони кеш за све сервере, можете то урадити од <guilabel>Запамћени подаци</guilabel>  стране ТортоисеСВН дијалога подешавања.То дугме ће очистити све аутентификационе кеширане податке из Субверзионог <filename>аутх</filename>  именика, као и било који аутентификациони податак смештен у регистру од ранијих верзија ТортоисеСВН. Упоредите са <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-saved-data\"/>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3690
msgid "For more information on how to set up your server for authentication and access control, refer to <xref linkend=\"tsvn-serversetup\"/>"
msgstr "За више информација како да се подеси ваш сервер за аутентификацију и контролу приступа, погледај у <xref linkend=\"tsvn-serversetup\"/>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3697
msgid "Maximizing Windows"
msgstr "Максимирање Виндоуза"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3699
msgid "maximize"
msgstr "максимизирање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3701
msgid "Many of TortoiseSVN's dialogs have a lot of information to display, but it is often useful to maximize only the height, or only the width, rather than maximizing to fill the screen. As a convenience, there are shortcuts for this on the <guilabel>Maximize</guilabel> button. Use the <action>middle mouse</action> button to maximize vertically, and <action>right mouse</action> to maximize horizontally."
msgstr "Многи од ТортоисеСВН дијалога имају пуно информација да прикажу, али је често корисно да се максимизира само висина, или само ширина, радије него да се максимизира на цео екран. Конвенционално, постоје скраћенице за ово на <guilabel>Максимизирај</guilabel> дугме. Користи <action>средњ дугме миша</action> да се максимизира вертикално, и <action>десни миш</action> да се максимизира хоризонтално."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3712
msgid "Importing Data Into A Repository"
msgstr "Увоз података у спремиште"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3714
msgid "import"
msgstr "увези"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3720
msgid "add files to repository"
msgstr "додавање фајлова у спремиште"

#. (title)
#. (entry)
#. (title)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3724
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13968
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15132
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15899
msgid "Import"
msgstr "Увези"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3726
msgid "temporary files"
msgstr "привремени фајлови"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3728
msgid "If you are importing into an existing repository which already contains some projects, then the repository structure will already have been decided. If are importing data into a new repository then it is worth taking the time to think about how it will be organised. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-repository-layout\"/> for further advice."
msgstr "Ако увозите у постојеће спремиште које већ садржи неке пројекте, тада би требало да су структуре спремишта већ одређене. Ако увозите податке у ново спремиште вреди потрошити време на размишљању о томе како би га требало организовати. Прочитајте  <xref linkend=\"tsvn-repository-layout\"/> за даље савете."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3742
msgid "There is no way to select files and folders to include, aside from using the global ignore settings."
msgstr "Нема начина да се изаберу фајлови и именици за укључивање поред коришћења глобалног подешавања занемаривања."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3748
msgid "The folder imported does not become a working copy. You have to do a checkout to copy the files back from the server."
msgstr "Увезени фолдер не постаје радна копија. Имате да урадите преузимање да копирате фајлове назад са сервера."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3754
msgid "It is easy to import to the wrong folder level in the repository."
msgstr "Лако је увести у лош ниво именика у спремишту."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3736
msgid "This section describes the Subversion import command, which was designed for importing a directory hierarchy into the repository in one shot. Although it does the job, it has several shortcomings: <placeholder-1/> For these reasons we recommend that you do not use the import command at all but rather follow the two-step method described in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-import-in-place\"/>. But since you are here, this is how the basic import works ..."
msgstr "Овај део описује Субверзиону команду увоза, која је дизајнирана за увоз хијерархију именика у спремиште у једном опаљењу. Без обзира што то  завршава посао то има више грешака: <placeholder-1/>  Из ових разлога препоручујемо да не користите команду увоза уопште већ радије пратите двостепен метод описан у <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-import-in-place\"/>. Али пошто сте овда, ево како основни увоз ради ..."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3768
msgid "Remove all files which are not needed to build the project (temporary files, files which are generated by a compiler e.g. *.obj, compiled binaries, ...)"
msgstr "Избаците све фајлове који нису потребни за градњу пројекта (привремени фајлови, које генерише компајлер нпр. *.обј, компајлиране бинарије, ...)"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3776
msgid "Organize the files in folders and sub-folders. Although it is possible to rename/move files later it is highly recommended to get your project's structure straight before importing!"
msgstr "Организујте фајлове у именике и подименике. Такође је могуће преименовање/померање фајлова касније јако је препоручљиво да добијете праву структуру пројекта пре увоза!"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3764
msgid "Before you import your project into a repository you should: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Пре него што увезете ваш пројекат у спремиште потребно је да: <placeholder-1/>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3796
msgid "The Import dialog"
msgstr "Увозни дијалог"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3785
msgid "Now select the top-level folder of your project directory structure in the windows explorer and <action>right click</action> to open the context menu. Select the command <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> which brings up a dialog box: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Сада изаберите именик вршног нивоа ваше структуре именика пројекта у виндоуз експлореру и <action>десни клик</action> да се отвори контекстни мени. Изабеите команду <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Увоз...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> која  доноси дијалог бокс:"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3800
msgid ""
"In this dialog you have to enter the URL of the repository location where you want to import your project. It is very important to realise that the local folder you are importing does not itself appear in the repository, only its content. For example if you have a structure: <screen>\n"
"C:\\Projects\\Widget\\source\n"
"C:\\Projects\\Widget\\doc\n"
"C:\\Projects\\Widget\\images\n"
"</screen> and you import <filename>C:\\Projects\\Widget</filename> into <systemitem class=\"url\">http://mydomain.com/svn/trunk</systemitem> then you may be surprised to find that your subdirectories go straight into <literal>trunk</literal> rather than being in a <literal>Widget</literal> subdirectory. You need to specify the subdirectory as part of the URL, <systemitem class=\"url\">http://mydomain.com/svn/trunk/Widget-X</systemitem>. Note that the import command will automatically create subdirectories within the repository if they do not exist."
msgstr ""
"У овом дијалогу имате да унесете УРЛ локације спремишта где желите да увезете ваш пројекат. Веома је важно да водите рачуна да локални именик који увозите се не појављује сам у спремишту, само његов садржај. На пример ако имате структуру: <screen>\n"
"C:\\Projects\\Widget\\source\n"
"C:\\Projects\\Widget\\doc\n"
"C:\\Projects\\Widget\\images\n"
"</screen>и унесете <filename>C:\\Projects\\Widget</filename> у <systemitem class=\"url\">http://mydomain.com/svn/trunk</systemitem> бићете изненађени кад увидите да ваши подименици иду у<literal>trunk</literal> радије него да буду у <literal>Wидгет</literal> подименик. Потребно је да сецифицирате подименик као део УРЛ, <systemitem class=\"url\">http://mydomain.com/svn/trunk/Widget-X</systemitem>. Приметимо увозна команда ће аутоматски креирати подименик унутар спремишта ако он не постоји.."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3821
msgid "The import message is used as a log message."
msgstr "Увозна порука се користи као порука дневника."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3824
msgid "By default, files and folders which match the global-ignore patterns are <emphasis>not</emphasis> imported. To override this behaviour you can use the <guilabel>Include ignored files</guilabel> checkbox. Refer to <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-main\"/> for more information on setting a global ignore pattern."
msgstr "Уобичајено, фајлови и именици који хватају глобално-занемарив модел <emphasis>нису</emphasis> увезени. Да се премости овакво понашање можете користити <guilabel>Укључити занемарене фајлове</guilabel> чекбокс. Консултујте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-main\"/> за више информација о подешавању глобалног модела избегавања."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3831
msgid "As soon as you press <guibutton>OK</guibutton> TortoiseSVN imports the complete directory tree including all files into the repository. The project is now stored in the repository under version control. Please note that the folder you imported is <emphasis>NOT</emphasis> under version control! To get a version-controlled <firstterm>working copy</firstterm> you need to do a Checkout of the version you just imported. Or read on to find out how to import a folder in place."
msgstr "Ћим притиснете <guibutton>ОК</guibutton> ТортоисеСВН увози комплетно стабло именика укључујући све фајлове у спремиште. Пројекат је сада сметен у спремиште под контролом верзија. Молим вас приметите то да именик који сте увезли <emphasis>НИЈЕ</emphasis> под контролом верзија! Да добијете верзијом контролисану <firstterm>радну копију</firstterm> потребно је да урадите Преузимање верзије коју сте управо увезли. Или да прочитате  како увести именик на место. "

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3843
msgid "Import in Place"
msgstr "Увоз на место"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3845
msgid "import in place"
msgstr "увоз на место"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3852
msgid "Use the repository browser to create a new project folder directly in the repository."
msgstr "Користите претраживач спремишта да креирате нови именик пројекта директно у спремишту."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3858
msgid "Checkout the new folder over the top of the folder you want to import. You will get a warning that the local folder is not empty. Now you have a versioned top level folder with unversioned content."
msgstr "Преузмите нови именик преко врха именика који желите да увезете. Добићете упозорење да локални именик није празан. Сада имате верзионисани именик вршног нивоа са неверзионисаним садржајем."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3865
msgid "Use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on this versioned folder to add some or all of the content. You can add and remove files, set <literal>svn:ignore</literal> properties on folders and make any other changes you need to."
msgstr "Користите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Додај...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> на овај верзионисани именик да додате део или цео садржај. Можете додати и избацити фајлове, поставити <literal>свн:занемари</literal> особине именика и урадити друге измене које су вам потребне. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3877
msgid "Commit the top level folder, and you have a new versioned tree, and a local working copy, created from your existing folder."
msgstr "Урежите именик вршног нивоа, и имате ново верзионисано стабло и локалну радну копију, креирану од постојећег именика."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3847
msgid "Assuming you already have a repository, and you want to add a new folder structure to it, just follow these steps: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Узмимо да већ имате спремиште и желите да додате нову структуру именика у њега, само пратите ове кораке: <placeholder-1/>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3886
msgid "Special Files"
msgstr "Специјални фајлови"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3888
msgid "special files"
msgstr "специјални фајлови"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3890
msgid "Sometimes you need to have a file under version control which contains user specific data. That means you have a file which every developer/user needs to modify to suit his/her local setup. But versioning such a file is difficult because every user would commit his/her changes every time to the repository."
msgstr "Понекад вам је потребно да имате фајл под контролом верзија који садржи податке специфичне за корисника. То значи да имате фајл који сваки креатор/корисник жели да мења да прати његово/њено локално подешавање. Али верзионисањем таквог фајла је тешко јед свски корисник жели да уреже његове/њене измене сваки пут у спремиште."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3897
msgid "In such cases we suggest to use <emphasis>template</emphasis> files. You create a file which contains all the data your developers will need, add that file to version control and let the developers check this file out. Then, each developer has to <emphasis>make a copy</emphasis> of that file and rename that copy. After that, modifying the copy is not a problem anymore."
msgstr "У таквим случајевима сугерирамо да се користи  <emphasis>темплејт</emphasis> фајлови. Креирајте фајл који садржи све податке који су потребни развојном тиму, додајте тај фајл у контролу верзија и пустите да људи из развојног тима провере овај фајл. Затим, сваки човек из развојног тима је <emphasis>направио копију</emphasis> тог фајла и преименовао ту копију. После тога измене копија нису више проблем."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3905
msgid "As an example, you can have a look at TortoiseSVN's build script. It calls a file named <filename>TortoiseVars.bat</filename> which doesn't exist in the repository. Only the file <filename>TortoiseVars.tmpl</filename>. <filename>TortoiseVars.tmpl</filename> is the template file which every developer has to create a copy from and rename that file to <filename>TortoiseVars.bat</filename>. Inside that file, we added comments so that the users will see which lines they have to edit and change according to their local setup to get it working."
msgstr "Као пример можете погледати ТортоисеСВН скрипт за изградњу. Он позива фајл који се зове филенаме>ТортоисеВарс.бат</filename> који не постоји у спремишту. Само фајл <filename>ТортоисеВарс.тмпл</filename>. <filename>ТортоисеВарс.тмпл</filename> је шаблон фајл који сваки учесник развоја има да копира и преименује тај фајл у филенаме>ТортоисеВарс.бат</filename>. Унутар тог фајла додајемо коментаре тако да  корисник може да види које линије треба да уреди и измени према свом локалном подешавању да би то радило."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3916
msgid "So as not to disturb the users, we also added the file <filename>TortoiseVars.bat</filename> to the ignore list of its parent folder, i.e. we've set the Subversion property <literal>svn:ignore</literal> to include that filename. That way it won't show up as unversioned on every commit."
msgstr "Да не би узнемиравали кориснике такође додамо фајл <filename>ТортоисеВарс.бат</filename> листи  занемарених предачког именика, тј. ми смо подесили Субверзиону особину <literal>свн:занемари</literal> да укључи то име фајла. На тај начин он се неће показати неверзионисаним код сваког урезивања."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3925
msgid "Referenced Projects"
msgstr "Референтни пројекти"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3927
msgid "external repositories"
msgstr "спољашње спремиште"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3930
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13550
msgid "externals"
msgstr "спољашњи"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3932
msgid "Sometimes it is useful to construct a working copy that is made out of a number of different checkouts. For example, you may want different subdirectories to come from different locations in a repository, or perhaps from different repositories altogether. If you want every user to have the same layout, you can define the <literal>svn:externals</literal> properties."
msgstr "Понекад је корисно да се консултује радна копија која је направљена од бројних различитих преузимања. На пример, можете желети различите подименике да дођу са различитих локација у спремиште, или  можда комплетно из различитих спремишта. Ако желите да сваки корисник има исти изглед можете дефинисати <literal>свн:спољашне</literal> особине."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3940
msgid ""
"Let's say you check out a working copy of <filename>/project1</filename> to <filename>D:\\dev\\project1</filename>. Select the folder <filename>D:\\dev\\project1</filename>, <action>right click</action> and choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Windows Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the context menu. The Properties Dialog comes up. Then go to the Subversion tab. There, you can set properties. Click <guibutton>Add...</guibutton>. Select the <literal>svn:externals</literal> property from the combobox and write in the edit box the repository URL in the format <literal>name url</literal> or if you want to specify a particular revision, <literal>name -rREV url</literal> You can add multiple external projects, 1 per line. Note that URLs must be properly escaped or they will not work. For example you must replace each space with <literal>%20</literal>. Note that it is not possible to use folder names with spaces in them. Suppose that you have set these properties on <filename>D:\\dev\\project1</filename>: <screen>\n"
"sounds   http://sounds.red-bean.com/repos\n"
"quick_graphs  http://graphics.red-bean.com/repos/fast%20graphics\n"
"skins/toolkit -r21 http://svn.red-bean.com/repos/skin-maker\n"
"</screen> Now click <guibutton>Set</guibutton> and commit your changes. When you (or any other user) update your working copy, Subversion will create a sub-folder <filename>D:\\dev\\project1\\sounds</filename> and checkout the sounds project, another sub-folder <filename>D:\\dev\\project1\\quick graphs</filename> containing the graphics project, and finally a nested sub-folder <filename>D:\\dev\\project1\\skins\\toolkit</filename> containing revision 21 of the skin-maker project."
msgstr ""
"Рецимо да сте преузели радну копију од <filename>/project1</filename> до <filename>D:\\dev\\project1</filename>. Изаберите именик  <filename>D:\\dev\\project1</filename>, <action>десни клик</action> и изаберите <menuchoice><guimenu>Виндоуз Мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>Особине</guimenuitem></menuchoice> из контекст менија. Особине дијалог долази. Затим идите на таб Субверзија. Тамо можете подесити особине. Кликните <guibutton>Додај...</guibutton>. Изаберите <literal>свн:спољашње</literal> особине у комбобоксу и напишите УРЛ спремишта у формату  <literal>име урл</literal> или ако желите да специфицирате партикуларну ревизију, <literal>име -рРЕВ урл</literal> Мжете додати вишеструке спољашње пројекте, 1 по линији. Приметимо да тај УРЛ мора бити одговарајуће попуњен косим цртама или то неће радити. На пример морате заменити сваки размак са <literal>%20</literal>. Приметимо да  није могуће користити имена  именика  са размацима у њима. Претпоставимо да имате подешене ове особине на <filename>D:\\dev\\project1</filename>: <screen>\n"
"sounds   http://sounds.red-bean.com/repos\n"
"quick_graphs  http://graphics.red-bean.com/repos/fast%20graphics\n"
"skins/toolkit -r21 http://svn.red-bean.com/repos/skin-maker\n"
"</screen>Сада клик на <guibutton>Подеси</guibutton> и урежите измене. Када ви (или било који други корисник) ажурира вашу радну копију, Субверзија ће креирати подименик <filename>D:\\dev\\project1\\sounds</filename> и проверити соундс пројекат, следећи подименик <filename>D:\\dev\\project1\\quick graphs</filename> који садржи графички пројекат, и на крају угњеждени подименик <filename>D:\\dev\\project1\\skins\\toolkit</filename> који садржи ревизију 21 скин-макер пројекта."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3980
msgid "You should strongly consider using explicit revision numbers in all of your externals definitions, as described above. Doing so means that you get to decide when to pull down a different snapshot of external information, and exactly which snapshot to pull. Besides the common sense aspect of not being surprised by changes to third-party repositories that you might not have any control over, using explicit revision numbers also means that as you backdate your working copy to a previous revision, your externals definitions will also revert to the way they looked in that previous revision, which in turn means that the external working copies will be updated to match they way <emphasis>they</emphasis> looked back when your repository was at that previous revision. For software projects, this could be the difference between a successful and a failed build of an older snapshot of your complex code base."
msgstr "Треба чврсто осмислити коришћење спољашњих ревизионих бројева у свим вашим спољашњим дефиницијама, како је описано горе. Радећи тако значи да одлучујете да спустите различите слике спољашњих информација, и тачно коју слику извући. Поред заједничког осећаја шта нас не изненађује променама у спремиштима треће стране то је да може да немате никакакву контролу на њима, користећи експлицитно ревизионе бројеве такође значи да сте уназад датирали вашу радну копију као претходну ревизију, ваше спољне дефиниције су такође враћене на начин како су изгледале у претходној ревизији, која значи то да ће се спољашња радна копија ажурирати да ухвати  начин  како <emphasis>оне</emphasis> изгледају назад када је спремиште били у претходној ревизији. За софтверске пројекте,  могло би бити разлика између успешне и неуспешне градње старе слике сложене кодне основе.  "

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:3999
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13582
msgid "If the external project is in the same repository, any changes you make there there will be included in the commit list when you commit your main project."
msgstr "Ако је спољашњи пројекат у истом спремишту, било која измена коју направите тамо биће укључена у листу за урезивање када урезујете главни пројекат."

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4004
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13587
msgid "If the external project is in a different repository, any changes you make to the external project will be notified when you commit the main project, but you have to commit those external changes separately."
msgstr "Ако је спољашњи пројекат у различитом спремишту, било које измене које направите у спољашњем пројекту биће означене када урезујете главни пројекат, али морате урезати те спољашње измене издвојено."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4010
msgid "If you use absolute URLs in <literal>svn:externals</literal> definitions and you have to relocate your working copy (i.e., if the URL of your repository changes), then your externals won't change and might not work anymore."
msgstr "Ако користите апсолутне УРЛове у <literal>свн:спољашње</literal> дефиниције и имате да релоцирате вашу радну копију (нпр. ако је УРЛ вашег спремишта измењен), тада ваши екстернали се не могу изменити нити уопште радити."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4016
msgid "To avoid such problems, Subversion clients version 1.5 and higher support relative external URLs. Four different methods of specifying a relative URL are supported. In the following examples, assume we have two repositories: one at <systemitem class=\"url\">http://example.com/svn/repos-1</systemitem> and another at <systemitem class=\"url\">http://example.com/svn/repos-2</systemitem>. We have a checkout of <systemitem class=\"url\">http://example.com/svn/repos-1/project/trunk</systemitem> into <filename>C:\\Working</filename> and the <literal>svn:externals</literal> property is set on trunk."
msgstr "Да се избегну такви проблеми Субверзиони клијенти од верзије 1.5 подржавају релативне спољашње УРЛове. Четири различита метода специфицирања релативних УРЛова је подржано. У следећем примерима узмимо да имамо два спремишта: једно на сyстемитем цласс=\"урл\">http://example.com/svn/repos-1</systemitem> и друго на <systemitem class=\"url\">http://example.com/svn/repos-2</systemitem>.  Преузели  смо <systemitem class=\"url\">http://example.com/svn/repos-1/project/trunk</systemitem>у <filename>C:\\Working</filename> и <literal>свн:спољашње</literal> особине су подешене на дебло."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4031
msgid "Relative to parent directory"
msgstr "Релативно на предачки именик"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4033
msgid ""
"These URLs always begin with the string <literal>../</literal> for example: <screen>\n"
"../../widgets/foo  common/foo-widget\n"
"</screen> This will extract <systemitem class=\"url\">http://example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo</systemitem> into <filename>C:\\Working\\common\\foo-widget</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Ови УРЛови увек почињу стрингом <literal>../</literal> на пример: <screen>\n"
"../../widgets/foo  common/foo-widget\n"
"</screen> Ово треба да екстрахује <systemitem class=\"url\">http://example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo</systemitem> у <filename>C:\\Working\\common\\foo-widget</filename>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4044
msgid "Note that the URL is relative to the URL of the directory with the <literal>svn:externals</literal> property, not to the directory where the external is written to disk."
msgstr "Приметимо да је УРЛ релативно у односу на УРЛ именика са  <literal>свн:спољашње </literal>особине, није ка именику где су спољшње особине уписане на диску. "

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4052
msgid "Relative to repository root"
msgstr "Релативно на корен спремишта"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4054
msgid ""
"These URLs always begin with the string <literal>^/</literal> for example: <screen>\n"
"^/widgets/foo  common/foo-widget\n"
"</screen> This will extract <systemitem class=\"url\">http://example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo</systemitem> into <filename>C:\\Working\\common\\foo-widget</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Ови УРЛови увек почињу стрингом <literal>^/</literal> на пример: <screen>\n"
"^/widgets/foo  common/foo-widget\n"
"</screen> Ово ће издвојити <systemitem class=\"url\">http://example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo</systemitem> у <filename>C:\\Working\\common\\foo-widget</filename>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4065
msgid ""
"You can easily refer to other repositories with the same <literal>SVNParentPath</literal> (a common directory holding several repositories). For example: <screen>\n"
"^/../repos-2/hammers/claw  common/claw-hammer\n"
"</screen> This will extract <systemitem class=\"url\">http://example.com/svn/repos-2/hammers/claw</systemitem> into <filename>C:\\Working\\common\\claw-hammer</filename>."
msgstr ""
"Можете се лако позвати на друго спремиште са истим  <literal>СВНПредакПутања</literal> (заједнички именик који држи више спремишта). На пример: <screen>\n"
"^/../repos-2/hammers/claw  common/claw-hammer\n"
"</screen> Ово ће издвојити <systemitem class=\"url\">http://example.com/svn/repos-2/hammers/claw</systemitem> у <filename>C:\\Working\\common\\claw-hammer</filename>."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4080
msgid "Relative to scheme"
msgstr "Релативно на шему"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4082
msgid ""
"URLs beginning with the string <literal>//</literal> copy only the scheme part of the URL. This is useful when the same hostname must the accessed with different schemes depending upon network location; e.g. clients in the intranet use <systemitem class=\"url\">http://</systemitem> while external clients use <systemitem class=\"url\">svn+ssh://</systemitem>. For example: <screen>\n"
"//example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo  common/foo-widget\n"
"</screen> This will extract <systemitem class=\"url\">http://example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo</systemitem> or <systemitem class=\"url\">svn+ssh://example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo</systemitem> depending on which method was used to checkout <filename>C:\\Working</filename>."
msgstr ""
"УРЛ који почиње стрингом <literal>//</literal> копира само део шеме УРЛа. Ово је корисно када се мора приступити  домћину истог имена са различитим шемама у зависности од мрежне локације; нпр. клијенти на интранету користе  <systemitem class=\"url\">хттп://</systemitem> док спољшњи клијенти користе <systemitem class=\"url\">свн+ссх://</systemitem>. На пример:  <screen>\n"
"//example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo  common/foo-widget\n"
"</screen> Ово ће издвојити <systemitem class=\"url\">http://example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo</systemitem> или <systemitem class=\"url\">svn+ssh://example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo</systemitem> у зависности који метод је коришћен за преузимање <filename>C:\\Working</filename>."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4102
msgid "Relative to the server's hostname"
msgstr "Релативно до серверовог имена домаћина"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4104
msgid ""
"URLs beginning with the string <literal>/</literal> copy the scheme and the hostname part of the URL, for example: <screen>\n"
"/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo  common/foo-widget\n"
"</screen> This will extract <systemitem class=\"url\">http://example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo</systemitem> into <filename>C:\\Working\\common\\foo-widget</filename>. But if you checkout your working copy from another server at <systemitem class=\"url\">svn+ssh://another.mirror.net/svn/repos-1/project1/trunk</systemitem> then the external reference will extract <systemitem class=\"url\">svn+ssh://another.mirror.net/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo</systemitem>."
msgstr ""
"УРЛ који почињу стрингом <literal>/</literal> копирају шему и део са именом домаћина УРЛа, на пример: <screen>\n"
"/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo  common/foo-widget\n"
"</screen> Ово ће издвојити <systemitem class=\"url\">http://example.com/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo</systemitem> у <filename>Ц:\\Wоркинг\\цоммон\\фоо-wидгет</filename>. Али ако преузмете вашу радни копију са другог сервера на сyстемитем цласс=\"урл\">svn+ssh://another.mirror.net/svn/repos-1/project1/trunk</systemitem> тада ће спољашње референце издвојити <systemitem class=\"url\">svn+ssh://another.mirror.net/svn/repos-1/widgets/foo</systemitem>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4122
msgid "If you need more information how TortoiseSVN handles Properties read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-propertypage\"/>."
msgstr "Ако вам треба више информација како ТортоисеСВН рукује са Особинама прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-propertypage\"/>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4126
msgid "To find out about different methods of accessing common sub-projects read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-howto-common-projects\"/>."
msgstr "Да бисте нашли више о разним методама приступа заједничким подпројектима читајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-howto-common-projects\"/>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4133
msgid "Checking Out A Working Copy"
msgstr "Провера радне копије"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4135
msgid "checkout"
msgstr "преузми"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4138
msgid "create working copy"
msgstr "креирање радне копије"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4141
msgid "To obtain a working copy you need to do a <firstterm>checkout</firstterm> from a repository."
msgstr "Да бисте добили тадну копију потребно је да урадите <firstterm>преузимање</firstterm> из спремишта."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4155
msgid "The Checkout dialog"
msgstr "Преузимање дијалог"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4145
msgid "Select a directory in windows explorer where you want to place your working copy. <action>Right click</action> to pop up the context menu and select the command <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Checkout...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, which brings up the following dialog box: <placeholder-1/> If you enter a folder name that does not yet exist, then a directory with that name is created."
msgstr "Иyабери именик у виндоуз експлореру где желите сместити вашу радну копију. <action>Десни клик</action> да се појави контекст мени и изаберите команду <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Преузми...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, која даје следећи дијалог бокс: <placeholder-1/> Ако унесете име именика које још не постоји, тада ће именик тог имена бити креиран."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4162
msgid "Checkout Depth"
msgstr "Преузимање дубина"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4170
msgid "Fully recursive"
msgstr "Потпуно рекурзиван"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4172
msgid "Checkout the entire tree, including all child folders and sub-folders."
msgstr "Преузимање целог стабла укључујући и потомачке именике и подименике."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4179
msgid "Immediate children, including folders"
msgstr "Непосредни потомак,  укључујући именике"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4181
msgid "Checkout the specified directory, including all files and child folders, but do not populate the child folders."
msgstr "Преузимање специфицираног именика, укључујући све фајлове и потомачке именике, али не насељавати потомачке именике."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4188
msgid "Only file children"
msgstr "Само фајлови потомци"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4190
msgid "Checkout the specified directory, including all files but do not checkout any child folders."
msgstr "Преузимање специфицираних именика, укључујући све фајлове али не преузимати било који потомачки именик."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4197
msgid "Only this item"
msgstr "Само ова ставка"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4199
msgid "Checkout the directory only. Do not populate it with files or child folders."
msgstr "Преузимање само именика. Не насељавти га фајловима или потомачким именицима."

#. (term)
#. (term)
#. (listitem)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4206
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8119
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15049
msgid "Working copy"
msgstr "Радна копија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4208
msgid "Retain the depth specified in the working copy. This option is not used in the checkout dialog, but it is the default in all other dialogs which have a depth setting."
msgstr "Задржати дубину специфицирану у радној копији. Ова опција се не користи у дијалогу преузимања, али је уобичајена у свим осталим дијалозима који имаху подешавање дубине."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4163
msgid "You can choose the <firstterm>depth</firstterm> you want to checkout, which allows you to specify the depth of recursion into child folders. If you want just a few sections of a large tree, You can checkout the top level folder only, then update selected folders recursively. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Можете изабрати <firstterm>дубину</firstterm> коју желите при прузимању, што вам омогућује да специфицирате дубину рекурзије у потомачким именицима. Ако желите само неколико делова великог стабла, можете преузети само именик вршног нивоа, затим ажурирајте именике рекурзивно. <placeholder-1/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4218
msgid "If you check out a sparse working copy (i.e., by choosing something other than <literal>fully recursive</literal> for the checkout depth), you can fetch additional sub-folders by using the repository browser (<xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-repobrowser\"/>) or the check for modifications dialog (<xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-wcstatus-2\"/>)."
msgstr "Ако преузмете празну радну копију (тј. избором нечег дргог него <literal>потпуно рекурзивно</literal> за дубину преузимања), можете достићи додатне субименике користећи претраживач спремишта (<xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-repobrowser\"/> или дијалог за проверу измена (<xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-wcstatus-2\"/>)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4225
msgid "In the repository browser, <action>Right click</action> on the checked out folder, then use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Repo-Browser</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to bring up the repository browser. Find the sub-folder you would like to add to your working copy, then use <menuchoice><guimenu>Context menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Update item to revision...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> That menu will only be visible if the selected item does not exist yet in your working copy, but the parent item does exist."
msgstr "У претраживачу спремишта, <action>Десни клик</action> на преузети именик, затим користите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Репо-Претрживач</guimenuitem></menuchoice> да позовете претраживач спремишта. Нађите субименик који желите да додате вашој радној копији, затим користите <menuchoice><guimenu>Контекст мени</guimenu><guimenuitem> Ажурирај ставку по ревизији...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>Тај мени биће видљив само ако изабрана ставка још не постоји у вашој радној копији, али предачка ставка постоји. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4241
msgid "In the check for modifications dialog, first click on the button <guibutton>Check repository</guibutton>. The dialog will show all the files and folders which are in the repository but which you have not checked out as <literal>remotely added</literal>. <action>Right click</action> on the folder(s) you would like to add to your working copy, then use <menuchoice><guimenu>Context menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Update</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr "У дијалогу поровере модификација, најпре кликните на дугме <guibutton>Провери спремиште</guibutton>. Дијалог ће показати све фајлове и именике који су у спремишту али их нису преузети као <literal>даљински додати</literal>. <action>Десни клик</action>на именик(е) које желите додати вашој радној копији, затим користите <menuchoice><guimenu>Контекст мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>Ажурирај</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4253
msgid "This feature is very useful when you only want to checkout parts of a large tree, but you want the convenience of updating a single working copy. Suppose you have a large tree which has sub-folders <literal>Project01</literal> to <literal>Project99</literal>, and you only want to checkout <literal>Project03</literal>, <literal>Project25</literal> and <literal>Project76/SubProj</literal>. Use these steps:"
msgstr "Ова особина је веома корисна када само желите да преузмете дао великог стабла, али желите конвенцију ажурирања појединачне радне копије. Претпоставимо да имате велико стабло које има суб-именике <literal>Project01</literal> до <literal>Project99</literal>, и желите да преузмете <literal>Project03</literal>, <literal>Project25</literal> и <literal>Project76/SubProj</literal>. Користите ове кораке:"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4266
msgid "Checkout the parent folder with depth <quote>Only this item</quote> You now have an empty top level folder."
msgstr "Преузмите предачки именик са дубином <quote>Само ова ставка</quote> Сада имате празан вршни именик."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4273
msgid "Select the new folder and use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Repo browser</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display the repository content."
msgstr "Изаберите нови именик и користите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Репо претраживач</guimenuitem></menuchoice> да прикажете садржај спремишта."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4283
msgid "Right click on <literal>Project03</literal> and <menuchoice><guimenu>Context menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Update item to revision...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Keep the default settings and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. You now have that folder fully populated."
msgstr "Десни клик на <literal>Project03</literal>и <menuchoice><guimenu>Контекст мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>Ажурирај ставку до ревизије...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.Чувајте уобичајено подешавање и кликните на <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Ви сада имате именик потпуно попуњен."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4293
msgid "Repeat the same process for <literal>Project25</literal>."
msgstr "Поновите исти процес за <literal>Пројецт25</literal>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4298
msgid "Navigate to <literal>Project76/SubProj</literal> and do the same. This time note that the <literal>Project76</literal> folder has no content except for <literal>SubProj</literal>, which itself is fully populated. Subversion has created the intermediate folders for you without populating them."
msgstr "Управите се ка <literal>Project76/SubProj</literal> и урадите исто. Овог пута приметимо да <literal>Project76</literal> именик нема садржај осим за <literal>SubProj</literal>, који је сам потпуно поппуњен. Субверзија је креирала прелазне именике за вас не попуњавајући их."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4308
msgid "Working copy depth cannot be reduced"
msgstr "Дубина радне копије не може да се умањи"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4309
msgid "Once you have checked out a working copy to a particular depth you can increase that depth later to get more content. However you cannot reduce the depth again to remove content. That feature may be added in a later version of Subversion."
msgstr "Када једном преузмете радну копију до одређене дубине можете повећати дубину касније да дођете до више садржаја.  међутим не можете редуковати дубину да избаците садржај.  Ова особина ће бити додата у каснијим верзијама Субверзије."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4317
msgid "Using an older server"
msgstr "Коришћење старијег сервера"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4318
msgid "Pre-1.5 servers do not understand the working copy depth request, so they cannot always deal with requests efficiently. The command will still work, but an older server may send all the data, leaving the client to filter out what is not required, which may mean a lot of network traffic. If possible you should upgrade your server to 1.5."
msgstr "Пре-1.5 сервери не разумеју захтев за дубином радне копије, тако да они уопште не могу да раде ефикасно са тим захтевима. Команда ће још радити али стари сервер може слати све податекеостављајући клојенту да филтрира оно што није потребно, што може бити већи део мрежног саобраћаја. Ако је могуће треба да апгрејдујете сервер на 1.5."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4328
msgid "If the project contains references to external projects which you do <emphasis>not</emphasis> want checked out at the same time, use the <guilabel>Omit externals</guilabel> checkbox."
msgstr "Ако пројекат садржи референце ка екстерним пројектима које <emphasis>не</emphasis> желите да преузмете у исто време, користите <guilabel>Изоставити екстерне</guilabel> чекбокс."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4334
msgid "If <guilabel>Omit externals</guilabel> is checked, or if you wish to increase the depth value, you will have to perform updates to your working copy using <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Update to Revision...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> instead of <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Update</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The standard update will include all externals and keep the existing depth."
msgstr "Ако <guilabel>Изоставити екстерне</guilabel> је означено, или ако желите да повећате вредност дубине, имаћете да урадите ажурирање ваше радне копије користећи <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Ажурирај до Ревизије...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> уместо <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Ажурирај</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4350
msgid "It is recommended that you check out only the <literal>trunk</literal> part of the directory tree, or lower. If you specify the parent path of the directory tree in the URL then you might end up with a full hard disk since you will get a copy of the entire repository tree including every branch and tag of your project!"
msgstr "Препоручује се да преузмете само само <literal>trunk</literal>  део стабла именика, или ниже. Ако одредите предачку путању стабла именика у УРЛ тада можете завршити са пуним хард диском јер добијате копију целог стабла спремишта укључујући сваку грану и знак вашег пројекта!"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4358
msgid "Exporting"
msgstr "Извоз"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4359
msgid "Sometimes you may want to create a local copy without any of those <filename>.svn</filename> directories, e.g. to create a zipped tarball of your source. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-export\"/> to find out how to do that."
msgstr "Понекад можете желети да направите локалну копију без било каквог <filename>.svn</filename> именика, тј. да направите компримовану датотеку сорса. Прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-export\"/> да нађете како да то урадите."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4368
msgid "Committing Your Changes To The Repository"
msgstr "Урезивање ваших измена у спремиште"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4370
msgid "commit"
msgstr "урежи"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4373
msgid "send changes"
msgstr "слање измена"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4376
msgid "check in"
msgstr "пријављивање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4379
msgid "Sending the changes you made to your working copy is known as <firstterm>committing</firstterm> the changes. But before you commit you have to make sure that your working copy is up to date. You can either use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Update</guimenuitem></menuchoice> directly. Or you can use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Check for Modifications</guimenuitem></menuchoice> first, to see which files have changed locally or on the server."
msgstr "Слањем измена које сте урадили у вашу радну копију познато је као <firstterm>урезивање</firstterm> измена. Али пре него што урезујете треба да будете сигурни да је радна копија ажурирана. Можете или користити <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Ажурирај</guimenuitem></menuchoice> директно. Или можете користити <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Провера Измена</guimenuitem></menuchoice> најпре, да видите који су фајлови измењени локално или на серверу."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4396
msgid "The Commit Dialog"
msgstr "Урезивање дијалог"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4406
msgid "The Commit dialog"
msgstr "резивање дијалог"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4397
msgid "If your working copy is up to date and there are no conflicts, you are ready to commit your changes. Select any file and/or folders you want to commit, then <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Commit...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Ако је ваша радна копија ажурирана и нема конфликта, ви сте спремни да урежете ваше измене. Изаберите било који фајл/или именике које желити да урежете, тада <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Урежи...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. <placeholder-1/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4410
msgid "The commit dialog will show you every changed file, including added, deleted and unversioned files. If you don't want a changed file to be committed, just uncheck that file. If you want to include an unversioned file, just check that file to add it to the commit."
msgstr "Дијалог урезивања ће вам показати сваки измњени фајл, укључујући додате, неверзионисане фајлове. Ако не желите да измењени фајлови буду урезани, само отчекирјте те фајлове. Ако желите да укључите неверзионисани фајл, само чекирајте тај фајл да га додате у урезивање."

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4417
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5251
msgid "Items which have been switched to a different repository path are also indicated using an <literal>(s)</literal> marker. You may have switched something while working on a branch and forgotten to switch back to trunk. This is your warning sign!"
msgstr "Ставке које су пребачене у различите путање спремишта такође су означене коришћењем <literal>(s)</literal> маркера. Можете пребацити нешто док радите на грани и да то заборавите да вратите у дебло. Ово је ваш упозоравајући знак!"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4424
msgid "Commit files or folders?"
msgstr "Урезивање фајлова или именика?"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4425
msgid "When you commit files, the commit dialog shows only the files you have selected. When you commit a folder the commit dialog will select the changed files automatically. If you forget about a new file you created, committing the folder will find it anyway. Committing a folder does <emphasis>not</emphasis> mean that every file gets marked as changed; It just makes your life easier by doing more work for you."
msgstr "Када урезујете фајлове, дијалог урезивања приказује само фајлове које сте изабрали. када урезујете именик дијалог урезивања ће изабрати измењене фајлове аутоматски. Ако заборавите нови фајл који сте креирали, урезивање именика ће га наћи у сваком случају. Урезивање именика <emphasis>не</emphasis> значи да је сваки фајл означен као изабран; То само чини ваш живот лакшим радећи више посла за вас."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4435
msgid "If you have modified files which have been included from a different repository using <literal>svn:externals</literal>, those changes cannot be included in the same atomic commit. A warning symbol below the file list tells you if this has happened, and the tooltip explains that those external files have to be committed separately."
msgstr "Ако имате измњене фајлове који су укључени из разних спремишта коришћењем <literal>svn:externals</literal>, ове измене не могу бити укључене у истом атомик урезивању. Симбол упозорења испод листе фајлова каже вам ако се то десило, и алатознака објашњава да се ти екстерни фајлови имају урезати одвојено."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4443
msgid "Many unversioned files in the commit dialog"
msgstr "Много неверзионисаних фахлова у диалогу урезивања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4450
msgid "add the file (or a wildcard extension) to the list of files to exclude on the settings page. This will affect every working copy you have."
msgstr "додајте фајл (или вилкард проширење) листи фајлова за искључење на страници подешавања. Ово ће утицати на сваку радну копију коју имате. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4457
msgid "add the file to the <literal>svn:ignore</literal> list using <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add to ignore list</guimenuitem></menuchoice> This will only affect the directory on which you set the <literal>svn:ignore</literal> property. Using the SVN Property Dialog, you can alter the <literal>svn:ignore</literal> property for a directory."
msgstr "додајте фајл у <literal>svn:ignore</literal> листу користећи <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Додајте листи избегавања</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Ово ће утицати само на именик на који сте подесили <literal>svn:ignore</literal>. Користећи СВН Дијалог Особина, можете заменити <literal>svn:ignore</literal> особине именика."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4444
msgid "If you think that the commit dialog shows you too many unversioned (e.g. compiler generated or editor backup) files, there are several ways to handle this. You can: <placeholder-1/> Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-ignore\"/> for more information."
msgstr "Ако мислите да дијалог урезивања приказује сувише много неверзионисаних (тј. које генерише компајлер или осигуање уређивача) фајлова, постоји више начина да се то опслужи. Можете: <placeholder-1/>  Прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-ignore\"/> за више информација."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4474
msgid "<action>Double clicking</action> on any modified file in the commit dialog will launch the external diff tool to show your changes. The context menu will give you more options, as shown in the screenshot. You can also drag files from here into another application such as a text editor or an IDE."
msgstr "<action>Двоструку клик</action> на било који измењен фајл у дијалогу урезивања лансираће спољашњи дифф алат да прикаже ваше измене. Контекст мени ће вам дати више могућности, као што је приказано на снимку. Такође можете вући фајлове одавде у другу апликацију као што је уређивач текста или ИДЕ ."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4481
msgid "You can select or deselect items by clicking on the checkbox to the left of the item. For directories you can use <keycap>Shift</keycap>-<action>select</action> to make the action recursive."
msgstr "Можете поништити избор ставки кликом на чекбокслево од ставке. За именике можете користити <keycap>Шифт</keycap>-<action>select</action> да учините акцију рекурзивно."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4486
msgid "The columns displayed in the bottom pane are customizable. If you <action>right click</action> on any column header you will see a context menu allowing you to select which columns are displayed. You can also change column width by using the drag handle which appears when you move the mouse over a column boundary. These customizations are preserved, so you will see the same headings next time."
msgstr "Колоне приказане у доњем панелу су прилагодљиве. Ако урадите <action>десни клик</action> на било које заглавље колоне видећете контекст мени који вам дозвољава да изаберете која колона ће се приказати. Можете и изменити ширину колоне користећи вучну траку која се појављује када померате миша преко ивице колоне. Прилагођења су сачувана тако да можете видети иста заглавља следећи пут."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4495
msgid "By default when you commit changes, any locks that you hold on files are released automatically after the commit succeeds. If you want to keep those locks, make sure the <guilabel>Keep locks</guilabel> checkbox is checked. The default state of this checkbox is taken from the <literal>no_unlock</literal> option in the Subversion configuration file. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-main\"/> for information on how to edit the Subversion configuration file."
msgstr "Уобичајено је да када се урезују измене, свако закључавање које држите на фајловима се аутоматски откључава после задовољавајућег урезивања. Ако желите да задржите закључавање будите сигурни да је <guilabel>Чувај закључавање</guilabel> чекбокс је чекиран. Уобичајено стање овог чекбокса узет је из <literal>no_unlock</literal> опције у Субверзионом конфигурационом фајлу. Прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-main\"/> за информације како уредити Субверзиони конфигурациони фајл."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4506
msgid "You can drag files into the commit dialog from elsewhere, so long as the working copies are checked out from the same repository. For example, you may have a huge working copy with several explorer windows open to look at distant folders of the hierarchy. If you want to avoid committing from the top level folder (with a lengthy folder crawl to check for changes) you can open the commit dialog for one folder and drag in items from the other windows to include within the same atomic commit."
msgstr "Можете довући фајлове у дијалог урезивања од било где, све док ваша радна копија је преузета из истог спремишта. На пример, можете имати огромну радну копију са више експлорер прозора отворених на разним именицима хијерархије. Ако желите да избегнете урезивање са вршног именика (са дужим пузачем именика за проверу измена) можете отворити дијалог урезивања за један именик и вући ставку из другог прозора да се укључи у оквиру истог атомик урезивања."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4516
msgid "You can drag unversioned files which reside within a working copy into the commit dialog, and they will be SVN added automatically."
msgstr "Можете ву-и неверзионисане фајлове обитавају у оквиру радне копије у дијалогу урезивања, и они ће бити СВН додати аутоматски."

#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4522
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5323
msgid "Repairing External Renames"
msgstr "Поправка спољашњих преименовања"

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4523
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5324
msgid "Sometimes files get renamed outside of Subversion, and they show up in the file list as a missing file and an unversioned file. To avoid losing the history you need to notify Subversion about the connection. Simply select both the old name (missing) and the new name (unversioned) and use <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Repair Move</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to pair the two files as a rename."
msgstr "Понекад се фајлови преименују ван Субверзије, и они су приказани у листи фајлова као фајл који недостаје или неверзионисани фајл. Да би избегли губљење историје потребно је  нотирати Субверзији о вези. Једноставно изаберите обе ставри, старо име (недостајуће) и ново име (неверзионисано)  користи <menuchoice><guimenu>Контекст Мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>Поправи Померање</guimenuitem></menuchoice> да се упаре два фајла као преименовање."

#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4538
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5369
msgid "Change Lists"
msgstr "Листе измена"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4539
msgid "The commit dialog supports Subversion's changelist feature to help with grouping related files together. Find out about this feature in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-changelists\"/>."
msgstr "Дијалог урезивања подржава Субверзијину листу измена  особине да помогне груписањем одговарјућих фајлова заједно. Нађите о овим особинама на <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-changelists\"/>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4546
msgid "Excluding Items from the Commit List"
msgstr "Искључивање ставки из листе за урезивање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4547
msgid "Sometimes you have versioned files that change frequently but that you really don't want to commit. Sometimes this indicates a flaw in your build process - why are those files versioned? should you be using template files? But occasionally it is inevitable. A classic reason is that your IDE changes a timestamp in the project file every time you build. The project file has to be versioned as it includes all the build settings, but it doesn't need to be committed just because the timestamp changed."
msgstr "Понекад имате верзионисане фајлове који се често мењају који ви заиста не желите урезати. Понекад ово указује на проток у вашем процесу градње - зашто су ти фајлови верзионисани? да ли бисте требали користити модел фајлове? Али срећом то је неизбежно. Класичан резон је да ваш ИДЕ мења временске маркере у пројект фајлу сваки пут кад градите. Фајл пројекта треба да буде верзионисан је укључује сва подешавања за градњу, али он не треба да буде урезан баш због тога што су временски маркери промењени."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4557
msgid "To help out in awkward cases like this, we have reserved a changelist called <literal>ignore-on-commit</literal>. Any file added to this changelist will automatically be unchecked in the commit dialog. You can still commit changes, but you have to select it manually in the commit dialog."
msgstr "Да би се помогло у узнемиравајућим ситуацијама као што је ова, имамо резервисану листу измена названу <literal>ignore-on-commit</literal>. Било који фајл додат овој листи измена биће аутоматски отчекиран у дијалогу урезивања.Још увек можете урезати измене, али имате да изаберете ручно у дијалогу урезивања."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4566
msgid "Commit Log Messages"
msgstr "Урезивање дневника порука"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4567
msgid "Be sure to enter a log message which describes the changes you are committing. This will help you to see what happened and when, as you browse through the project log messages at a later date. The message can be as long or as brief as you like; many projects have guidelines for what should be included, the language to use, and sometimes even a strict format."
msgstr "Будите сигурни да унесете дневник порука који описује измене које урезујете. Ово ће вам помоћи да видите шта се дешава  и када, ако претражите пројектов дневник порука касније. Порука може бити толико дуга или кратка колико желите; многи пројекти имају уводне линије о томе шта треба укључити, језик који користити, понекад и строги формат."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4575
msgid "You can apply simple formatting to your log messages using a convention similar to that used within emails. To apply styling to <literal>text</literal>, use <literal>*text*</literal> for bold, <literal>_text_</literal> for underlining, and <literal>^text^</literal> for italics."
msgstr "Можете применити једноставно форматирање дневника порука користећи конвенцију сличну оној која се користи у оквиру електронске поште. Да би се применило стилисање <literal>текста</literal>, користите <literal>*текст*</literal> за масна слова, <literal>_текст_</literal> за подв учено, и <literal>^текст^</literal> за италик. "

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4585
msgid "The Commit Dialog Spellchecker"
msgstr "Провера правописа дијалога урезивања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4583
msgid "<placeholder-1/> TortoiseSVN includes a spellchecker to help you get your log messages right. This will highlight any mis-spelled words. Use the context menu to access the suggested corrections. Of course, it doesn't know <emphasis>every</emphasis> technical term that you do, so correctly spelt words will sometimes show up as errors. But don't worry. You can just add them to your personal dictionary using the context menu."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> ТортоисеСВН укључује проверу правописа да вам помогне да добијете исправан дневник порука. Он ће осветлити све лоше-написане речи. Користите контекст мени да приступите сугерисаним корекцијама. Свакако, он не зна <emphasis>сваки</emphasis> технички термин који дате, тако да  коректно написане речи понекад приказује као са грешком. Али не брините. Треба само да их додате у ваш лични речник користећи контекст мени."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4595
msgid "The log message window also includes a filename and function auto-completion facility. This uses regular expressions to extract class and function names from the (text) files you are committing, as well as the filenames themselves. If a word you are typing matches anything in the list (after you have typed at least 3 characters, or pressed <keycap>Ctrl+Space</keycap>), a drop-down appears allowing you to select the full name. The regular expressions supplied with TortoiseSVN are held in the TortoiseSVN installation <filename>bin</filename> folder. You can also define your own regexes and store them in <filename>%APPDATA%\\TortoiseSVN\\autolist.txt</filename>. Of course your private autolist will not be overwritten when you update your installation of TortoiseSVN. If you are unfamiliar with regular expressions, take a look at the introduction at <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression\"><citetitle>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression</citetitle></ulink>, and the online documentation and tutorial at <ulink url=\"http://www.regular-expressions.info/\"><citetitle>http://www.regular-expressions.info/</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Прозор дневника порука такође обухвата фајлиме и функцију лаког аутокомплетирања. То користи регуларне изразе да издвоји класе и имена функција из (текст) фајлова које урезујете, као и сама фајлимена. Ако реч коју куцате хвата бил шта на листи (после куцања најмање 3 карактера, или притиском на <keycap>Цтрл-Размак</keycap>), јавља се падајући мени који вам дозвољава да изаберете пуно име. Регуларни изрази су обезбеђени из ТортоисеСВН су садржани у ТортоисеСВН инсталационом <filename>бин</filename> именику. Можете такође дефинисати регуларне изразе и сачувати их у <filename>%APPDATA%\\TortoiseSVN\\autolist.txt</filename>.Свакако , ваша приватна аутолиста неће бити преписана када ажурирате вашу инсталацију ТортоисеСВН. Ако нисте фамилијарни са регуларним изразима, баците поглед на увод у <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression\"><citetitle>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression</citetitle></ulink>, и онлајн документацију и туторијале на <ulink url=\"http://www.regular-expressions.info/\"><citetitle>http://www.regular-expressions.info/</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4616
msgid "You can re-use previously entered log messages. Just click on <guibutton>Recent messages</guibutton> to view a list of the last few messages you entered for this working copy. The number of stored messages can be customized in the TortoiseSVN settings dialog."
msgstr "Можете поново користити претходно унете поруке дневника. Само кликните на <guibutton>Скоре поруке</guibutton> да видите листу задњих неколико порука које сте унели за ову радну копију. Број сачуваних порука може бити подешен у ТортоисеСВН дијалогу подешавања. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4622
msgid "You can clear all stored commit messages from the <guilabel>Saved data</guilabel> page of TortoiseSVN's settings, or you can clear individual messages from within the <guilabel>Recent messages</guilabel> dialog using the <keycap>Delete</keycap> key."
msgstr "Можете обрисати све сачуване поруке од <guilabel>Сачувани подаци</guilabel> стране ТортоисеСВН подешавања, или можете обрисати поједине поруке у оквиру дијалога <guilabel>Недавне поруке</guilabel> користећи <keycap>Бриши</keycap> тастер."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4629
msgid "Special Folder Properties"
msgstr "Специјални именик особина"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4630
msgid "There are several special folder properties which can be used to help give more control over the formatting of commit log messages and the language used by the spellchecker module. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-propertypage\"/> for further information."
msgstr "Има неколико специјалних особина именика које могу бити коришћене да помогну давање више контроле преко форматирања дневника порука и језик коришћен модулом за проверу правописа. Читајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-propertypage\"/> за даље информације."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4638
msgid "Integration with Bug Tracking Tools"
msgstr "Интеграција са алатом за праћење багова"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4639
msgid "If you have activated the bug tracking system, you can set one or more Issues in the <guilabel>Bug-ID / Issue-Nr:</guilabel> text box. Multiple issues should be comma separated. Alternatively, if you are using regex-based bug tracking support, just add your issue references as part of the log message. Learn more in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-bugtracker\"/>."
msgstr "Ако сте активирали систем праћења багова, можете подесити један или више Проблема у <guilabel>Bug-ID / Issue-Nr:</guilabel> текст боксу. Вишеструки проблеми треба да буду одвојени зарезом.Алтернативно, ако користите регекс-заснована подршка трагача багова, само додајте ваш проблем референце као део дневника порука. Прочитајте више у <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-bugtracker\"/>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4650
msgid "Commit Progress"
msgstr "Напредовање урезивања"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4655
msgid "The Progress dialog showing a commit in progress"
msgstr "Дијалог напредовања који приказије напредовање урезивања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4651
msgid "After pressing <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, a dialog appears displaying the progress of the commit. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "После притискања <guibutton>OK</guibutton>, појављује се дијалог који приказује напредовање урезивања. <placeholder-1/>"

#. (term)
#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4664
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5189
msgid "Blue"
msgstr "Плави"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4666
msgid "Committing a modification."
msgstr "Урезивање измене."

#. (term)
#. (term)
#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4672
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4739
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5197
msgid "Purple"
msgstr "Пурпуран"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4674
msgid "Committing a new addition."
msgstr "Урезивање нових додавања"

#. (term)
#. (term)
#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4680
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4747
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5209
msgid "Dark red"
msgstr "Тамно црвен"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4682
msgid "Committing a deletion or a replacement."
msgstr "Урезивање брисања или замена"

#. (term)
#. (term)
#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4688
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4774
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5237
msgid "Black"
msgstr "Црн"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4690
msgid "All other items."
msgstr "Све друге ставке"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4659
msgid "The progress dialog uses colour coding to highlight different commit actions <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Дијалог напредовања користи кодирање бојама да осветли различите акције урезивања <placeholder-1/>"

#. (para)
#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4697
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4784
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5246
msgid "This is the default colour scheme, but you can customise those colours using the settings dialog. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-colours\"/> for more information."
msgstr "Ово је уобичајена шема боја, али можете прилагодити ове боје користећи дијалог подешавања. Читајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-colours\"/> за више информације."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4705
msgid "Update Your Working Copy With Changes From Others"
msgstr "Ађурирајте вашу радну копију изменама других"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4707
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13309
msgid "update"
msgstr "ажурирај"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4710
msgid "fetch changes"
msgstr "наћи измене"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4714
msgid "Progress dialog showing finished update"
msgstr "Дијалог напредовања који показује завршено ажурирање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4712
msgid "<placeholder-1/> Periodically, you should ensure that changes done by others get incorporated in your local working copy. The process of getting changes from the server to your local copy is known as <emphasis>updating</emphasis>. Updating may be done on single files, a set of selected files, or recursively on entire directory hierarchies. To update, select the files and/or directories you want, <action>right click</action> and select <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Update</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the explorer context menu. A window will pop up displaying the progress of the update as it runs. Changes done by others will be merged into your files, keeping any changes you may have done to the same files. The repository is <emphasis>not</emphasis> affected by an update."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Периодично, морате омогућити да измене које су други урадили буду инкорпориране у вашу локалну радну копију. Процес добијање измена од сервера у вашу локалну копију познато као <emphasis>ажурирање</emphasis>. <ажурирање може бити дато на појединачним фајловима, скуп изабраних фајлова, или рекурзивно на целој хијерархији именика. Да би ажурирали, изаберите фајлове и/или именике које желите,<action>десни клик</action> и изаберите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Ажурирај</guimenuitem></menuchoice> у контекст менију претраживача. Један прозор ће искочити да прикаже напредовање ажурирања док ради. <измене које су други урадили биће стопљене у вашим фајловима, чувајући било које измене које можете имати у истим фајловима. Спремиште <emphasis>не</emphasis> утиче на ажурирање."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4741
msgid "New item added to your WC."
msgstr "Новq ставка додата у вашу РК"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4749
msgid "Redundant item deleted from your WC, or missing item replaced in your WC."
msgstr "Редундантне ставке обрисане из ваше РК, или недостајуће ставке замењене у вашој РК."

#. (term)
#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4756
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5217
msgid "Green"
msgstr "Зелен"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4758
msgid "Changes from repository successfully merged with your local changes."
msgstr "Измене из спремишта сукцесифно су стопљене са вашим локалним изменама."

#. (term)
#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4765
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5227
msgid "Bright red"
msgstr "Светло црвена"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4767
msgid "Changes from repository merged with local changes, resulting in conflicts which you need to resolve."
msgstr "Измене из спремишта стопљени са локалним именама, резултоване у конфликтима које треба да  решити."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4776
msgid "Unchanged item in your WC updated with newer version from the repository."
msgstr "Неизмењена ставка у вашој РК ажуриран са новом верзијом из спремишта."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4734
msgid "The progress dialog uses colour coding to highlight different update actions <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Дијалог напредовања користи бпје кодиране да посветли различите ажуриране акције <placeholder-1/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4789
msgid "If you get any <emphasis>conflicts</emphasis> during an update (this can happen if others changed the same lines in the same file as you did and those changes don't match) then the dialog shows those conflicts in red. You can <action>double click</action> on these lines to start the external merge tool to resolve the conflicts."
msgstr "Ако добијете било које <emphasis>конфликте</emphasis> у току ажурирања (то се може десити ако су други изменили исте линије у истом фајлу које сте и ви изменили и те измене се не могу спарити) тада дијалог приказује ове конфликте црвено. Можете урадити <action>двоструки клик</action> на ове линије да покренете спољашњи алат за стапање да се разреше конфликти. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4796
msgid "When the update is complete, the progress dialog shows a summary of the number of items updated, added, removed, conflicted, etc. below the file list. This summary information can be copied to the clipboard using <keycap>Ctrl+C</keycap>."
msgstr "Када је ажурирање комплетно, дијалог напредовања приказује укупност бројних  ставки ажурираних, додатих, уклоњених, конфликтних, итд. испод фајл листе. Укупна информација се може копирати у клипборд користећи  <keycap>Ctrl+C</keycap>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4803
msgid "The standard Update command has no options and just updates your working copy to the HEAD revision of the repository, which is the most common use case. If you want more control over the update process, you should use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Update to Revision...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> instead. This allows you to update your working copy to a specific revision, not only to the most recent one. Suppose your working copy is at revision 100, but you want it to reflect the state which it had in revision 50 - then simply update to revision 50. In the same dialog you can also choose the <firstterm>depth</firstterm> at which to update the current folder. The terms used are described in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-checkout-depth\"/>. The default depth is <guilabel>Working copy</guilabel>, which preserves the existing depth setting. You can also choose whether to ignore any external projects in the update (i.e. projects referenced using <literal>svn:externals</literal>)."
msgstr "Стандардна Ажурирај команда нема опције и само ажурира вашу радну копију до ГЛАВНЕ ревизије спремишта, што је најчешћи случај коришћења. Ако желите више контроле процеса ажурирања, потребно је да користите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Ажурирај у Ревизију...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> уместо. Ово омогућава да се ажурира ваша радна копија до специфициране ревизије, не само до најскорију. Претпоставимо да ваша радна копија је у ревизији 100, али ви желите да рефлектујете стање које је било у ревизији 50 - тада једноставно ажурирајте у ревизију 50. У истом дијалогу можете такође изабрати <firstterm>дубину</firstterm> до које ажурирати текући именик. Термини који су коришћени описани су у <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-checkout-depth\"/>. Уобичајена дубина је <guilabel>Радна копија</guilabel>, која чува постојеће подешавање дубине. Можете такође изабрати да ли занемарити спољашње пројекте при ажурирању (тј. пројек се реферира користећи <literal>svn:externals</literal>)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4825
msgid "If you update a file or folder to a specific revision, you should not make changes to those files. You will get <quote>out of date</quote> error messages when you try to commit them! If you want to undo changes to a file and start afresh from an earlier revision, you can rollback to a previous revision from the revision log dialog. Take a look at <xref linkend=\"tsvn-howto-rollback\"/> for further instructions, and alternative methods."
msgstr "Ако ажурирате фајл или именик са специфичном ревизијом, не треба да правите измене тих фајлова. Добићете <quote>застарело</quote> поруку о грешци када покушате да их урежете! Ако желите да вратите измене факла и поново почнете од раније ревизије, можете се вратити на претходну ревизију из дијалога ревизионог дневника. Баците поглед на <xref linkend=\"tsvn-howto-rollback\"/> за даље инструкције, и алтернативне методе."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4835
msgid "<menuchoice><guimenuitem>Update to Revision</guimenuitem></menuchoice> can occasionally be useful to see what your project looked like at some earlier point in its history. But in general, updating individual files to an earlier revision is not a good idea as it leaves your working copy in an inconsistent state. If the file you are updating has changed name, you may even find that the file just disappears from your working copy because no file of that name existed in the earlier revision. If you simply want a local copy of an old version of a file it is better to use the <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save revision to...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> command from the log dialog for that file."
msgstr "<menuchoice><guimenuitem>Ажурирај са Ревизијом</guimenuitem></menuchoice> може срећом да буде корисно да видите на шта је ваш пројекат личио  у неком ранијем тренутку његове историје. Алу уопштено, ажурирањем појединих фајлова са ранијом ревизијом ије добра идеја јер оставља вашу радну копију у неконзистентно стање. Ако је фајл који ажурирате променио име, можете чак наћи да је фајл тек нестао из ваше радне копије јер нема фајла тог имена да постоји у ранијој ревизији. Ако једноставно желите локалну копију старе верзије фајла боље је да користите  <menuchoice><guimenu>Контекст Мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>Сачувај ревизију у...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> из дијалога дневника тог фајла."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4854
msgid "Multiple Files/Folders"
msgstr "Вишеструки фајлови/именици"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4855
msgid "If you select multiple files and folders in the explorer and then select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Update</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, all of those files/folders are updated one by one. TortoiseSVN makes sure that all files/folders which are from the same repository are updated to the exact same revision! Even if between those updates another commit occurred."
msgstr "Ако изаберете више фајлова и именика у претраживачу и тада изаберете <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Ажурирај</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, сви ови фајлови/именици се ажурирају један по један. ТортоисеСВН осигурава да ти сви фајлови/именици, који су из истог спремишта, су ажурирани са управо истом ревизијом! Чак ако између ових ажурирања дође до другог урезивања."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4867
msgid "Local File Already Exists"
msgstr "Локални фајл већ постоји"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4868
msgid "Sometimes when you try to update, the update fails with a message to say that there is already a local file of the same name. This typically happens when Subversion tries to checkout a newly versioned file, and finds that an unversioned file of the same name already exists in your working folder. Subversion will never overwrite an unversioned file - it might contain something you are working on, which coincidentally has the same filename as another developer has used for his newly committed file."
msgstr "Понекад док покушавате да ажурирате, ажурирање не успе са поруком која каже да већ постоји фајл са истим именом у вашем радном именику. Субверзија никада неће преклопити неверзионисани фајл - он може садржати нешто на чему радите, што случајно има исто име које је други човек из развоја узео за свој ново урезани фајл."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4877
msgid "If you get this error message, the solution is simply to rename the local unversioned file. After completing the update, you can check whether the renamed file is still needed."
msgstr "Ако добијете ову поруку огрешци, решење је да једноставно преименујете локални неверзионисани фајл. После комплетирања ажурирања можете проверити да ли је преименован фајл још потребан."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4882
msgid "If you keep getting error messages, use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Check for Modifications</guimenuitem></menuchoice> instead to list all the problem files. That way you can deal with them all at once."
msgstr "Ако чувате добијене грешке, користите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Провери Модификације</guimenuitem></menuchoice> уместо да листате проблем фајлове. На тај начин радите са свима њима одједном."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4895
msgid "Resolving Conflicts"
msgstr "Решавање конфликта"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4900
msgid "resolve"
msgstr "реши"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4923
msgid "filename.ext.mine"
msgstr "филенаме.еxт.мине"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4925
msgid "This is your file as it existed in your working copy before you updated your working copy - that is, without conflict markers. This file has your latest changes in it and nothing else."
msgstr "Ово је ваш фајл како је постојао у вашој радној копији пре него сте ажурирали вашу радну копију - то је, без конфликтних маркера. Овај фајл има ваше последње измене у њему и ништа више."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4934
msgid "filename.ext.rOLDREV"
msgstr "филенаме.еxт.рОЛДРЕВ"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4936
msgid "This is the file that was the BASE revision before you updated your working copy. That is, it the file that you checked out before you made your latest edits."
msgstr "Ово је фајл који је био у ОСНОВНОЈ ревизији пре него сте ажурирали радну копију. Дакле, тај фајл који сте преузели пре него сте урадили ваше задње уређење."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4945
msgid "filename.ext.rNEWREV"
msgstr "филенаме.еxт.рНЕWРЕВ"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4947
msgid "This is the file that your Subversion client just received from the server when you updated your working copy. This file corresponds to the HEAD revision of the repository."
msgstr "ово је фајл који је ваш Субверзиони клијент управо примио са сервера када сте ажурирали вашу радну копију. Овај фајл одговара ГЛАВНОЈ ревизији спремишта."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4902
msgid ""
"Once in a while, you will get a <emphasis>conflict</emphasis> when you update your files from the repository. A conflict occurs when two or more developers have changed the same few lines of a file. As Subversion knows nothing of your project, it leaves resolving the conflicts to the developers. Whenever a conflict is reported, you should open the file in question, and search for lines starting with the string <literal>&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;</literal>. The conflicting area is marked like this: <screen>\n"
"&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt; filename\n"
"    your changes\n"
"=======\n"
"    code merged from repository\n"
"&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; revision\n"
"</screen> Also, for every conflicted file Subversion places three additional files in your directory: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""
"Једном  ћете  добити <emphasis>конфликт</emphasis> док ажурирате ваше фајлове из спремишта. Конфликт се јавља када два или више људи измене исто неколико линија фајла. Како Субверзија незна ништа о вашем пројекту, она оставља решавање конфликта људима. Кадгод се конфликт изнесе треба да отворите фајл у питању и потражите линије које почињу стрингом <literal>&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;</literal>. Конфликтна област је маркирана као ово: <screen>\n"
"&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt;&lt; filename\n"
"    your changes\n"
"=======\n"
"    code merged from repository\n"
"&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt;&gt; revision\n"
"</screen> Такође, за сваки конфликтни фајл Субверзија ставља три додатна фајла у ваш именик: <placeholder-1/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4957
msgid "You can either launch an external merge tool / conflict editor with <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Edit Conflicts</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or you can use any other editor to manually resolve the conflict. You should decide what the code should look like, do the necessary changes and save the file."
msgstr "Можете или лансирати спољашњи алат за стапање / конфликт уређивач са <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Уреди Конфликте</guimenuitem></menuchoice> или можете користити било који уређивач да ручно решите конфликт. Треба одлучити како код треба да изгледа, урадите неопходне измене и сачувајте фајл."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4968
msgid "Afterwards execute the command <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Resolved</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and commit your modifications to the repository. Please note that the Resolve command does not really resolve the conflict. It just removes the <filename>filename.ext.mine</filename> and <filename>filename.ext.r*</filename> files, to allow you to commit your changes."
msgstr "После извршења команде <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Решен</guimenuitem></menuchoice> и урежите ваше измене у спремиште. Молим приметите да команда Реши не решава стварно конфликте. Она само уклања <filename>filename.ext.mine</filename> и <filename>filename.ext.r*</filename> фајлови, да вам омогући да урежете ваше измене."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4981
msgid "If you have conflicts with binary files, Subversion does not attempt to merge the files itself. The local file remains unchanged (exactly as you last changed it) and you have <filename>filename.ext.r*</filename> files. If you want to discard your changes and keep the repository version, just use the Revert command. If you want to keep your version and overwrite the repository version, use the Resolved command, then commit your version."
msgstr "Ако имате конфликт са бинарним фајловима, Субверзија не покушава да стопи саме фајлове. Локални фајл остаје неизмењен (тачно као што сте га изменили) и ви имате <filename>filename.ext.r*</filename> фајлове. Ако желите да одбаците своје измене и задржите верзију из спремишта, само искористите команду Врати. Ако желите да задржите вашу верзију и да препишете верзију спремишта, користите команду Реши, и урежите своју верзију."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:4991
msgid "You can use the Resolved command for multiple files if you right click on the parent folder and select <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Resolved...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> This will bring up a dialog listing all conflicted files in that folder, and you can select which ones to mark as resolved."
msgstr "Можете користити команду Решен за више фајлова са десним кликом на предачки именик и избором <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Решен...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Ово ће довести дијалог листинг свих конфликтних фајлова у том именику, и можете изабрати који да маркирате решеним."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5004
msgid "Getting Status Information"
msgstr "Добијање статус информација"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5006
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5155
msgid "status"
msgstr "статус"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5009
msgid "view changes"
msgstr "измене изгледа"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5012
msgid "working copy status"
msgstr "статус радне копије"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5014
msgid "While you are working on your working copy you often need to know which files you have changed/added/removed or renamed, or even which files got changed and committed by others."
msgstr "Док ви радите на својој радној копији често вам треба да знате које фајлове сте изменили/додали/уклонили или преименовали, или чак који фајлови су измењени и урезани од других. "

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5022
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15206
msgid "overlays"
msgstr "прекривачи"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5025
msgid "icons"
msgstr "иконе"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5033
msgid "Now that you have checked out a working copy from a Subversion repository you can see your files in the windows explorer with changed icons. This is one of the reasons why TortoiseSVN is so popular. TortoiseSVN adds a so called overlay icon to each file icon which overlaps the original file icon. Depending on the Subversion status of the file the overlay icon is different."
msgstr "Сада имате да преузмете радну копију из Субверзионог спремишта можете видети своје фајлове у виндоуз експлореру са измењеним иконама. Ово је резон зашто ТортоисеСВН тако популаран. ТортоисеСВН додаје такозване прекривне иконе за сваку фајл икону која прекрива оригиналну икону фајла. Зависно о Субверзионом стању фајл прекривна икона се разликује."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5041
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"../images/InSubVersionIcon.png\"/> A fresh checked out working copy has a green checkmark as overlay. That means the Subversion status is <emphasis>normal</emphasis>."
msgstr "<graphic fileref=\"../images/InSubVersionIcon.png\"/>  Свеже преузета радна копија има зелен чекмарку као прекривач. То значи да је Субверзиони статус <emphasis>нормалан</emphasis>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5046
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"../images/ModifiedIcon.png\"/> As soon as you start editing a file, the status changes to <emphasis>modified</emphasis> and the icon overlay then changes to a red exclamation mark. That way you can easily see which files were changed since you last updated your working copy and need to be committed."
msgstr "<graphic fileref=\"../images/ModifiedIcon.png\"/> Чим почнете уређење фајла, статус се мења у <emphasis>модификован</emphasis> и прекривач иконе се мења у црвени узвичник маркер. Тада можете лако видети који фајлови су измењени од задњег ажурирања ваше радне копије и треба да буде урезана."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5054
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"../images/ConflictIcon.png\"/> If during an update a <emphasis>conflict</emphasis> occurs then the icon changes to a yellow exclamation mark."
msgstr "<graphic fileref=\"../images/ConflictIcon.png\"/> Ако се током ажурирања <emphasis>конфликта</emphasis> јави да се икона измени у жути узвичник марку."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5059
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"../images/ReadOnlyIcon.png\"/> If you have set the <literal>svn:needs-lock</literal> property on a file, Subversion makes that file read-only until you get a lock on that file. Such files have this overlay to indicate that you have to get a lock first before you can edit that file."
msgstr "<graphic fileref=\"../images/ReadOnlyIcon.png\"/> Ако сте подесили <literal>svn:needs-lock</literal> особине фајла, Субверзија чини фајл само за читање док закључате фајл. Такви фајлови имају овај прекривач да означи да сте откључали најпре пре него уређујете фајл."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5066
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"../images/LockedIcon.png\"/> If you hold a lock on a file, and the Subversion status is <emphasis>normal</emphasis>, this icon overlay reminds you that you should release the lock if you are not using it to allow others to commit their changes to the file."
msgstr "<graphic fileref=\"../images/LockedIcon.png\"/> Ако држите закчан фајл и Субверзиони статус је <emphasis>нормалан</emphasis>, овај прекривач икона вас подсећа да треба откључати фајл ако га не користите да омогућите другим корисницима да урезују своје измене у тај фајл."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5073
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"../images/DeletedIcon.png\"/> This icon shows you that some files or folders inside the current folder have been scheduled to be <emphasis>deleted</emphasis> from version control or a file under version control is missing in a folder."
msgstr "<graphic fileref=\"../images/DeletedIcon.png\"/>  Ова икона показује да су неки фајлови и именици унутар текућег именика били предвиђени да буду <emphasis>обрисани</emphasis> из верзије контроле или фајл под контролом верзија недостаје у именику."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5079
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"../images/AddedIcon.png\"/> The plus sign tells you that a file or folder has been scheduled to be <emphasis>added</emphasis> to version control."
msgstr "<graphic fileref=\"../images/AddedIcon.png\"/> Знак плус вам каже да тај фајл или именик је предвиђен да буде <emphasis>додат</emphasis> контроли верзија."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5084
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"../images/IgnoredIcon.png\"/> The bar sign tells you that a file or folder is <emphasis>ignored</emphasis> for version control purposes. This overlay is optional."
msgstr "<graphic fileref=\"../images/IgnoredIcon.png\"/> Усправна црта вам каже да фајл и имник је <emphasis>занемарен</emphasis> у сврху контроле верзија. Овај прекривач је опционални."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5090
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"../images/UnversionedIcon.png\"/> This icon shows files and folders which are not under version control, but have not been ignored. This overlay is optional."
msgstr "<graphic fileref=\"../images/UnversionedIcon.png\"/> Ова икона приказује фајлове и именике који нису под контролом верзија, али нису занемарени. Овај прекривач је опционални."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5096
msgid "In fact, you may find that not all of these icons are used on your system. This is because the number of overlays allowed by Windows is very limited and if you are also using an old version of TortoiseCVS, then there are not enough overlay slots available. TortoiseSVN tries to be a <quote>Good Citizen (TM)</quote> and limits its use of overlays to give other apps a chance too."
msgstr "У ствари, можете наћи да да нису све од ових икона коришћене у вашем систему. То је зато што број прекривача које дозвољава Windows је веома ограничен и ако и користите стару верзију ТортоисеЦВС, тада нема довољно могућих прекривајућих позиција. ТортоисеСВН покушава да буде <quote>Добар Грађанин (ТМ)</quote> и ограничава њено коришћење прекривача да такође да другим апликацијама шансу."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5104
msgid "Now that there are more Tortoise clients around (TortoiseCVS, TortoiseHG, ...) the icon limit becomes a real problem. To work around this, the TortoiseSVN project introduced a common shared icon set, loaded as a DLL, which can be used by all Tortoise clients. Check with your client provider to see if this has been integrated yet :-)"
msgstr "Сада има више Тортоисе клијента около (ТортоисеЦВС, ТортоисеХГ, ...) границе икона постају прави проблем. За рад на овоме ТортоисеСВН пројекат је увео заједничке дељив скуп икона, унете као ДЛЛ, који се може користити са свим Тортоисе клијентима. Проверите са добављачима клијената да видите да ли су већ интегрисани :-) "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5111
msgid "For a description of how icon overlays correspond to Subversion status and other technical details, read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-app-internals-overlays\"/>."
msgstr "За опис како иконе прекривачи одговарају Субверзионом статусу и остале техничке детаље прочитај <xref linkend=\"tsvn-app-internals-overlays\"/>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5118
msgid "TortoiseSVN Columns In Windows Explorer"
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН колумне у виндоуз експлореру"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5120
msgid "Explorer Columns"
msgstr "Експлорер колумне"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5122
msgid "The same information which is available from the icon overlays (and much more) can be displayed as additional columns in Windows Explorer's Details View."
msgstr "Исте информације су доступне од икона прекривача (и много више) може бити приказано као додатна колона у Windows Explorer-овом Детаљном Погледу."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5127
msgid "Simply right click on one of the headings of a column, choose <guimenuitem>More...</guimenuitem> from the context menu displayed. A dialog will appear where you can specify the columns and their order, which is displayed in the <quote>Detailed View</quote>. Scroll down until the entries starting with SVN come into view. Check the ones you would like to have displayed and close the dialog by pressing <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. The columns will be appended to the right of those currently displayed. You can reorder them by drag and drop, or resize them, so that they fit your needs."
msgstr "Једноставни десни клик на једно од наслова колона, изаберите <guimenuitem>Више...</guimenuitem> из приказаног контекст менија. Дијалог ће се појавити где специфицирате колону и њен ред који је приказан у <quote>Детаљни Поглед</quote>. Премотај до улаза са СВН  које дође под око. Провери то што сте желели приказати и затворите дијалог притиском на <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.Колоне ће се додати десно од оне која је приказана тренутно. Можете преуредити их вучењем и бацањем, или променом њихове величине, тако да то попуњава ваше потребе."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5139
msgid "The additional columns in the Windows Explorer are not available on Vista, since Microsoft decided to not allow such columns for <emphasis>all</emphasis> files anymore but only for specific file types."
msgstr "Додатне колоне у Windows Explorerнису доступне у Vista, како је Microsoft одлучио да не дозволи такве колоне за <emphasis>све</emphasis> фајлове само за специфичне типове фајлова."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5145
msgid "If you want the current layout to be displayed in all your working copies, you may want to make this the default view."
msgstr "Ако желите текући изглед да буде приказан у вашој радној копији, можете учинити то уобичајеним погледом."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5153
msgid "Local and Remote Status"
msgstr "Локални и даљински статус"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5158
msgid "modifications"
msgstr "измене"

#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5162
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14896
msgid "Check for Modifications"
msgstr "Провера измена"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5160
msgid "<placeholder-1/> It's often very useful to know which files you have changed and also which files got changed and committed by others. That's where the command <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Check For Modifications...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> comes in handy. This dialog will show you every file that has changed in any way in your working copy, as well as any unversioned files you may have."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> То је често јако корисно знати које фајлове сте мењали и такође који фајлови су измењени и урезани од других. То је где команда <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Провери Модификације...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> долази ручно. Овај дијалог ће вам показати сваки фајл који се изменио на било који начин у вашој радној копији, као и било које неверзионисане фајлове које можете имати."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5177
msgid "If you click on the <guibutton>Check Repository</guibutton> then you can also look for changes in the repository. That way you can check before an update if there's a possible conflict. You can also update selected files from the repository without updating the whole folder."
msgstr "Ако кликнетет на <guibutton>Провери Спремиште</guibutton> тада можете погледати измене у спремишту. На тај начин можете проверити пре ажурирања ако има могучих конфликта. Такође можете ажурирати изабране фајлове из спремишта без ажурирања целог именика."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5191
msgid "Locally modified items."
msgstr "Локално имењене ставке."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5199
msgid "Added items. Items which have been added with history have a <literal>+</literal> sign in the <guilabel>Text status</guilabel> column, and a tooltip shows where the item was copied from."
msgstr "Додате ставке. Ставке које су додате са историјом има један <literal>+</literal> знак у <guilabel>Текст статус</guilabel> колони, и алаттип приказује одакле су ставке копиране."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5211
msgid "Deleted or missing items."
msgstr "Обрисане или недостајуће ставке."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5219
msgid "Items modified locally and in the repository. The changes will be merged on update. These <emphasis>may</emphasis> produce conflicts on update."
msgstr "Ставке измењене локално и у спремишту. Измене ће бити стопљени при ажурирању. Ови <emphasis>могу</emphasis> произвести конфликте при ажурирању."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5229
msgid "Items modified locally and deleted in repository, or modified in repository and deleted locally. These <emphasis>will</emphasis> produce conflicts on update."
msgstr "Ставке измењене локално и избрисане у спремишту, или измењене у спремишту и обрисане локално. Ово <emphasis>ће</emphasis> произвести конфликте при ажурирању."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5239
msgid "Unchanged and unversioned items."
msgstr "Непромењен и неверзионисане ставке."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5185
msgid "The dialog uses colour coding to highlight the status. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Дијалог користи колор кодирање да осветли сатус. <placeholder-1/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5257
msgid "From the context menu of the dialog you can show a diff of the changes. Check the local changes <emphasis>you</emphasis> made using <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compare with Base</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Check the changes in the repository made by others using <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Differences as Unified Diff</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr "Из контекст менија дијалога можете приказати разлике измена. Провера локалних измена <emphasis>ви</emphasis> урадите коришћењем <menuchoice><guimenu>Контекст Мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>Упореди са Основом</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Проверите измене у спремишту које су урадили други користећи <menuchoice><guimenu>Контекст Мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>Прикажи Разлике као Уједињене Разлике</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5270
msgid "You can also revert changes in individual files. If you have deleted a file accidentally, it will show up as <emphasis>Missing</emphasis> and you can use <emphasis>Revert</emphasis> to recover it."
msgstr "Такође можете вратити измене у индивидуалним фајловима. Ако случајно обришете фајл, то ће бити приказано као <emphasis>Недостаје</emphasis> и можете користити <emphasis>Врати</emphasis> да се то покрије."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5275
msgid "Unversioned and ignored files can be sent to the recycle bin from here using <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. If you want to delete files permanently (bypassing the recycle bin) hold the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key while clicking on <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>."
msgstr "Неверзионисани и занемарени фајлови могу бити послати корпу за отпатке користећи <menuchoice><guimenu>Контекст Мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>Обриши</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Ако желити да обришете фајлове за стално (премошћавањем корпе за отпатке) држите <keycap>Шифт</keycap>тастер док кликнете на <guilabel>Обриши</guilabel>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5284
msgid "If you want to examine a file in detail, you can drag it from here into another application such as a text editor or IDE."
msgstr "Ако желите да прегледате детаљно фајл, можете га повући одавде у другу апликацију као што је уређивач текста или ИДЕ."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5288
msgid "The columns are customizable. If you <action>right click</action> on any column header you will see a context menu allowing you to select which columns are displayed. You can also change column width by using the drag handle which appears when you move the mouse over a column boundary. These customizations are preserved, so you will see the same headings next time."
msgstr "Колоне су подесиве. Ако урадите <action>десни клик</action> на било које заглавље колоне видећете контекст мени који вам омогућава да изаберете које колоне ће бити приказане. Такође можете изменити колоне користећи вучну ручицу која се појављује када померате миша преко граница колона. Ова подешавања су сачувана, тако да ћете видети иста заглавља следећи пут."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5297
msgid "If you are working on several unrelated tasks at once, you can also group files together into changelists. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-commit-changelists\"/> for more information."
msgstr "Ако радите на више независних задатака одједном, можете такође групирати фајлове заједно у листу измена. Прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-commit-changelists\"/> за више информација."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5302
msgid "At the bottom of the dialog you can see a summary of the range of repository revisions in use in your working copy. These are the <emphasis>commit</emphasis> revisions, not the <emphasis>update</emphasis> revisions; they represent the range of revisions where these files were last committed, not the revisions to which they have been updated. Note that the revision range shown applies only to the items displayed, not to the entire working copy. If you want to see that information for the whole working copy you must check the <guilabel>Show unmodified files</guilabel> checkbox."
msgstr "На дну дијалога можете видети збир опсега ревизија спремишта у вашој радној копији. Ово су <emphasis>урезане</emphasis> ревизије, нису <emphasis>ажуриране</emphasis> ревизије; оне представљају опсег ревизија где су ови фајлови задњи урезани, не ревизије које су ажуриране. Приметимо да је приказани опсег ревизија примењен само на приказаним ставкама, не на целу радни копију. Ако желите да видите те информације за целу радну копију морате проверити  <guilabel>Прикажи немодификоване фајлове</guilabel> чекбокс."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5313
msgid "If you want a flat view of your working copy, i.e. showing all files and folders at every level of the folder hierarchy, then the <guilabel>Check for Modifications</guilabel> dialog is the easiest way to achieve that. Just check the <guilabel>Show unmodified files</guilabel> checkbox to show all files in your working copy."
msgstr "Ако желите јасан преглед радне копије, тј. приказујући све фајлове на сваком нивоу хијерархије именика, онда <guilabel>Провери Модификације</guilabel> дијалог је најлакши начин да се то достигне. Само проверите <guilabel>Прикажи немодификоване фајлове</guilabel> чекбокс да прикажетефајлове у вашој радној копији."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5339
msgid "Viewing Diffs"
msgstr "Преглед Разл"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5341
msgid "diffing"
msgstr "разликовање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5343
msgid "Often you want to look inside your files, to have a look at what you've changed. You can accomplish this by selecting a file which has changed, and selecting <guimenuitem>Diff</guimenuitem> from TortoiseSVN's context menu. This starts the external diff-viewer, which will then compare the current file with the pristine copy (<literal>BASE</literal> revision), which was stored after the last checkout or update."
msgstr "Често желите да погледате унутар ваших фајлова да видите шта сте мењали. Можете извршити ово избором фајла који је измењен и избором <guimenuitem>Дифф</guimenuitem> из ТортоисеСВН-ов контекст мени. Ово покреће спољашњи дифф-прегледач, који ће упоредити текући фајл са неизмењеном копијом (<literal>ОСНОВНА</literal> ревизија), што је сачувано после задњег преузимања или ажурирања. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5353
msgid "Even when not inside a working copy or when you have multiple versions of the file lying around, you can still display diffs:"
msgstr "Чак и кад ниј унутар радне копије или када имате више верзија фајла који леже около, можете још увек приказати разлике:"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5357
msgid "Select the two files you want to compare in explorer (e.g. using <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> and the mouse) and choose <guimenuitem>Diff</guimenuitem> from TortoiseSVN's context menu. The file clicked last (the one with the focus, i.e. the dotted rectangle) will be regarded as the later one."
msgstr "Изаберите два фајла која желите да упоредите у експлореру (нпр. користећи <keycap>Цтрл</keycap> и миш) и изаберите <guimenuitem>Дифф</guimenuitem>  из ТортоисеСВН.овог контекстног менија. Фајл на који је последњи пут кликнуто (онај који је у фокусу, тј. тачкасти правоугаоник) биће прегледан као каснији."

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5371
msgid "changelist"
msgstr "попис измена"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5373
msgid "In an ideal world, you only ever work on one thing at a time, and your working copy contains only one set of logical changes. OK, back to reality. It often happens that you have to work on several unrelated tasks at once, and when you look in the commit dialog, all the changes are mixed in together. The <firstterm>changelist</firstterm> feature helps you group files together, making it easier to see what you are doing. Of course this can only work if the changes do not overlap. If two different tasks affect the same file, there is no way to separate the changes."
msgstr "У идеалном свету, ви увек  радите само на једној ствари у времену, и ваша радна копија садржи само један скуп логичних измена. ОК, вратимо се реалности. То се често дешава да имате да радите на више независних задатака одједном, и када погледате у дијалог урезивања, све измене су помешане заједно. Особина <firstterm>листа измена</firstterm> помаже вам да групишете фајлове заједно, чинећи то лаким да се види шта радите. Наравно ово се може радити само ако измене нису преклопљене. Ако два различита посла дотичу исти фајл, нема начина да издвојите измене."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5384
msgid "The changelist feature in TortoiseSVN is only available in Windows XP and later, as it depends on a shell capability which is not present in Windows 2000. Sorry, but Win2K is really quite old now, so please don't complain."
msgstr "Особина листе измена у ТортоисеСВН су доступне само у  Windows XP и касније, како то зависи у могућностима шкољке, које нису присутне у Windows 2000. Извините, али Win2K је заиста сасвим стар сада, тако молимо не жалите се."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5391
msgid "You can see changelists in several places, but the most important ones are the commit dialog and the check-for-modifications dialog. Let's start in the check-for-modifications dialog after you have worked on several features and many files. When you first open the dialog, all the changed files are listed together. Suppose you now want to organise things and group those files according to feature."
msgstr "Можете видети листу промена на више места, али најважније је дијалог урезивања и провери-за-измене дијалогу. Почнимо у провери-за-измене дијалогу после вашег рада на више особина и више фајлова. Када први пут отворите дијалог сви измењени фајлови су излистани заједно. Претпоставимо да желите организовати ствари и груписати те фајлове саглано са особинама."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5399
msgid "Select one or more files and use <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Move to changelist</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to add an item to a changelist. Initially there will be no changelists, so the first time you do this you will create a new changelist. Give it name which describes what you are using it for, and click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. The dialog will now change to show groups of items."
msgstr "Изаберите један или више фајлова и користите <menuchoice><guimenu>Контекст Мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>Помери у листу измена</guimenuitem></menuchoice> да додате ставку у листу измена. Почетно нема листе измена тако да најпре треба  креирати нову листу измена. Дајте јој име које описује за шта ћете је користити и кликните  <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.Дијалог се мења да покаже групе ставки."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5411
msgid "Once you have created a changelist you can drag and drop items into it, either from another changelist, or from Windows Explorer. Dragging from Explorer can be useful as it allows you to add items to a changelist before the file is modified. You could do that from the check-for-modifications dialog, but only by displaying all unmodified files."
msgstr "Када једном креирате листу измена можете вући и бацити ставке у њу, или из друге листе измена, или из Windows Explorer. Вучењем из Експлорера може бити корисно ако вам дозвољава да додате ставке у листу измена у листу измена пре него је фајл измењен. Могли сте то урадити из провери-за-измене дијалога, али само приказивањем све неизмењене фајлове."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5420
msgid "Commit dialog with Changelists"
msgstr "Дијалог урезивања са листом промена"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5418
msgid "<placeholder-1/> In the commit dialog you can see those same files, grouped by changelist. Apart from giving an immediate visual indication of groupings, you can also use the group headings to select which files to commit."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> У дијалогу урезивања можете видети ове исте фајлове, груписане листом измена. Осим што даје тренутну визуелну индикацију груписања, можете користити групна заглавља да изаберете који фајл урезати."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5427
msgid "On XP, there is a context menu when you right click on a group heading which gives you the choice to check or uncheck all group entries. On Vista however the context menu is not necessary. Click on the group header to select all entries, then check one of the selected entries to check all."
msgstr "На  XP, постоји контекст мени када урадите десни клик на групно заглавље које вам даје избор да чекирате или отчекирате све групне улазе. На Висти међутим, контекст мени није неопходан. Кликните на групно заглавље да изаберете улазе, затим чекирајте изабране улазе да чекирате све."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5433
msgid "TortoiseSVN reserves one changelist name for its own use, namely <literal>ignore-on-commit</literal>. This is used to mark versioned files which you almost never want to commit even though they have local changes. This feature is described in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-commit-ignore\"/>."
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН резервише једно име листе измена за сопствено коришћење, именом <literal>занемари-при-урезивању</literal>. Ово се користи да се означе верзионисани фајлови који скоро никад не желите да урежете чак и када имају локалне измене. Особина је описана у <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-commit-ignore\"/>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5439
msgid "When you commit files belonging to a changelist then normally you would expect that the changelist membership is no longer needed. So by default, files are removed from changelists automatically on commit. If you wish to retain the file in its changelist, use the <guilabel>Keep changelists</guilabel> checkbox at the bottom of the commit dialog."
msgstr "Када урезујете фајлове који припадају листи измена нормално је да очекујете да чланови листе измена нису више потребни. Тако се уобичајено фајлови уклоне из листе измена аутоматски при урезивању. Ако желите задржати фајл у листи измена, користите <guilabel>Чувај листе измена</guilabel> чекбокс на дну дијалога урезивања."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5447
msgid "Changelists are purely a local client feature. Creating and removing changelists will not affect the repository, nor anyone else's working copy. They are simply a convenient way for you to organise your files."
msgstr "Листа измена је чиста могућност локалног клијента. креирањем и уклањањем листа измена не утиче на спремиште, нити на било коју радну копију. Она је једноставно уобичајени начин да организујете ваше фајлове."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5455
msgid "Revision Log Dialog"
msgstr "Ревизиони дијалог дневника"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5457
msgid "log"
msgstr "дневник"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5460
msgid "history"
msgstr "историја"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5463
msgid "commit messages"
msgstr "поруке урезивања"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5466
msgid "log messages"
msgstr "поруке дневника"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5469
msgid "For every change you make and commit, you should provide a log message for that change. That way you can later find out what changes you made and why, and you have a detailed log for your development process."
msgstr "За сваку измену коју урадите и урежете, можете омогућити дневник порука за те измене. На тај начин можете касније наћи које измене сте урадили и зашто, и имате детаљан дневник за ваш развојни процес."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5481
msgid "The top pane shows a list of revisions where changes to the file/folder have been committed. This summary includes the date and time, the person who committed the revision and the start of the log message."
msgstr "Вршни панел приказује листу ревизија где су измене фајла/именика урезане. Резултат обухвата датум и време, личност која урезује ревизију и почиње дневник порука."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5487
msgid "Lines shown in blue indicate that something has been copied to this development line (perhaps from a branch)."
msgstr "Линије приказане плаво означавају нешто што је копирано у овој развојној линији (вероватно  из гране)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5493
msgid "The middle pane shows the full log message for the selected revision."
msgstr "Средњи панел приказује пун дневник порука за изабрану ревизију."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5499
msgid "The bottom pane shows a list of all files and folders that were changed as part of the selected revision."
msgstr "Доњи панел приказује листу фајлова и именика који су измењени као део изабране ревизије."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5475
msgid "The Revision Log Dialog retrieves all those log messages and shows them to you. The display is divided into 3 panes. <placeholder-1/> But it does much more than that - it provides context menu commands which you can use to get even more information about the project history."
msgstr "Дневник Ревизија Дијалог обнавља дневник порука и приказује вам га. Дисплеј је подељен у 3 панела, <placeholder-1/> Али то је много више од тога - то омогућава командама контекст менија које можете користити да добијете чак више информација о историји пројекта."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5510
msgid "Invoking the Revision Log Dialog"
msgstr "Позивање на дијалог дневника ревизија"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5513
msgid "The Revision Log Dialog"
msgstr "Дијалог дневника ревизија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5519
msgid "From the TortoiseSVN context submenu"
msgstr "Из ТортоисеСВН контекст субмени"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5524
msgid "From the property page"
msgstr "Из власничких листова"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5529
msgid "From the Progress dialog after an update has finished. Then the Log dialog only shows those revisions which were changed since your last update"
msgstr "Иа Прогреса дијалог после ажурирања се завршава. Тада Дневник дијалог само приказује те ревизије које су биле измењене од вашег задњег ажурирања."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5511
msgid "<placeholder-1/> There are several places from where you can show the Log dialog: <placeholder-2/>"
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Има више места одакле можете приказати Дневник дијалог: <placeholder-2/>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5539
msgid "Revision Log Actions"
msgstr "Акције дневника ревизија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5540
msgid "The top pane has an <guilabel>Actions</guilabel> column containing icons that summarize what has been done in that revision. There are four different icons, each shown in its own column."
msgstr "Вршни панел има <guilabel>Акције</guilabel> колону која садржи иконе које сумирају шта је дато у ревизији. Има четири различитих икона свака приказана у њеној сопственој колони."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5545
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"../images/ActionModifiedIcon.png\"/> If a revision modified a file or directory, the <emphasis>modified</emphasis> icon is shown in the first column."
msgstr "<graphic fileref=\"../images/ActionModifiedIcon.png\"/> Ако ревизија мења фајл или именик, <emphasis>измењен</emphasis> икона је приказана у првој колони."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5550
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"../images/ActionAddedIcon.png\"/> If a revision added a file or directory, the <emphasis>added</emphasis> icon is shown in the second column."
msgstr "<graphic fileref=\"../images/ActionAddedIcon.png\"/> Ако ревизија дода фајл или именик,  <emphasis>додат<mphasis> икона је приказана у другој колони."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5555
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"../images/ActionDeletedIcon.png\"/> If a revision deleted a file or directory, the <emphasis>deleted</emphasis> icon is shown in the third column."
msgstr "<graphic fileref=\"../images/ActionDeletedIcon.png\"/> Ако ревизија брише фајл или именик,  <emphasis>обрисан</emphasis> икона је приказана у трећој колони."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5560
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"../images/ActionReplacedIcon.png\"/> If a revision replaced a file or directory, the <emphasis>replaced</emphasis> icon is shown in the fourth column."
msgstr "<graphic fileref=\"../images/ActionReplacedIcon.png\"/>Ако је ревизија  преместила фајл или именик, <emphasis>премештен</emphasis> икона је приказана у четвртој колони."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5567
msgid "Getting Additional Information"
msgstr "Добијање додатних информација"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5570
msgid "The Revision Log Dialog Top Pane with Context Menu"
msgstr "Вршни панел контекстног менија дневника дијалога ревизија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5579
msgid "Compare the selected revision with your working copy. The default Diff-Tool is TortoiseMerge which is supplied with TortoiseSVN. If the log dialog is for a folder, this will show you a list of changed files, and allow you to review the changes made to each file individually."
msgstr "Упоредите изабрану ревизију са вашом радном копијом. Уобичајени Дифф-алат је ТортоисеМерге који иде уз ТортоисеСВН. Ако је дијалог дневника  за именике, ово ће приказати листу измењених фајлова, и омогућавају вам да прегледате измене учињене у сваком фајлу индивидуално."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5589
msgid "View the changes made in the selected revision as a Unified-Diff file (GNU patch format). This shows only the differences with a few lines of context. It is harder to read than a visual file compare, but will show all file changes together in a compact format."
msgstr "Преглед измена урађених у изабраној ревизији као Унифиед-Дифф фајл (ГНУ формат закрпа9. Ово приказује само разлике између неких линија садржаја. То је теже за читање од визуелног поређења фајлова, али ће приказати све измене заједно у компактном облику. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5598
msgid "Compare the selected revision with the previous revision. This works in a similar manner to comparing with your working copy."
msgstr "Упоређује изабрану ревизију са претходном ревизијом. Ово ради на сличан начин при поређењу ваше радне копије."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5605
msgid "Blame the selected revision, and the file in your working BASE and compare the blame reports using a visual diff tool. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-blame-diffs\"/> for more detail. (files only)."
msgstr "Окривљује изабрану ревизију и фајл у вашој радној ОСНОВИ и пореди извештај окривљавања користећи визуални дифф алат. Прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-blame-diffs\"/> за више детаља. (само фајлови)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5613
msgid "Blame the selected revision, and the previous revision, and compare the results using a visual diff tool. (folders only)."
msgstr "Окривите изабрану ревизију и претходну ревизију и упоредите резултат користећи визуални дифф алат. (само именици)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5620
msgid "Save the selected revision to a file so you have an older version of that file. (files only)."
msgstr "Сачувајте изабрану ревизију у фајл тако да имате старију верзију тог фајла. (само фајлови)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5626
msgid "Open the selected file, either with the default viewer for that file type, or with a program you choose. (files only)."
msgstr "Отвора изабрани фајл, или са подразумеваним приказивачем тог типа фајлова или са програмом који сте изабрали. (само фајлови)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5632
msgid "Blame the file up to the selected revision. (files only)."
msgstr "Кривац за фајл до изабране ревизије. (само фајлови)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5637
msgid "Open the repository browser to examine the selected file or folder in the repository as it was at the selected revision."
msgstr "Отвара претраживач спремишта да прегледа изабране фајлове у спремишту какви су били у изабраној ревизији."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5643
msgid "Create a branch/tag from a selected revision. This is useful e.g. if you forgot to create a tag and already committed some changes which weren't supposed to get into that release."
msgstr "Креира грана/знак из изабране ревизије. Ово је корисно нпр. ако заборавите да креирате знак и  већ сте урезали неке измене које нису биле претпостављене да дођу у ту реализацију."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5651
msgid "Update your working copy to the selected revision. Useful if you want to have your working copy reflect a time in the past. It is best to update a whole directory in your working copy, not just one file, otherwise your working copy will be inconsistent and you will be unable to commit any changes."
msgstr "Ажурирајте вашу радну копију на изабрану ревизију. Корисно ако желите да ваша радна копија одсликава прошло време. Најбоље је ажурирати цео именик у вашој радној копији, не само један фајл, иначе ће ваша радна копија постати неконзистентна и нећете бити способни да урежете било коју измену. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5661
msgid "Revert changes from which were made in the selected revision. The changes are reverted in your working copy so this operation does <emphasis>not</emphasis> affect the repository at all! Note that this will undo the changes made in that revision only. It does not replace your working copy with the entire file at the earlier revision. This is very useful for undoing an earlier change when other unrelated changes have been made since. If you have made local changes, this command will merge these changes into your working copy."
msgstr "Враћа измене од којих је урађена у изабраној ревизији. Измене су враћене у вашу радну копију тако да та операција <emphasis>не</emphasis> мења спремиште уопште! Приметимо да ће то поништити измене урађене само у тој ревизији. То не мења вашу радну копију целим фајлом у ранијој ревизији. Ово је јако корисно поништавање ранијих измена када друге су већ урађене друге независне измене. Ако урадите локалне измене ова команда ће стопити те измене у вашој радној копији."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5675
msgid "Revert to an earlier revision. If you have made several changes, and then decide that you really want to go back to how things were in revision N, this is the command you need. Again, the changes are reverted in your working copy so this operation does <emphasis>not</emphasis> affect the repository until you commit the changes. Note that this will undo <emphasis>all</emphasis> changes made after the selected revision, replacing the file/folder with the earlier version. If you have made local changes, this command will merge these changes into your working copy."
msgstr "Враћа у ранију ревизију. Ако сте урадили више измена, и тада одлучили то да заиста желите да  вратите како су ствари биле у ревизији Н, ова команда вам је потребна. Поново, измене су враћене у вашу радну копију тако да ова операција <emphasis>не</emphasis> мења спремиште док урезујете измене. Приметите да ће ово поништити <emphasis>све</emphasis> измене урађене после избора ревизије, замена фајл/именик са ранијом верзијом. Ако сте урадили локалне измене ова команда ће стопити ове измене у вашу радну копију."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5689
msgid "Merge the selected revision(s) into a different working copy. A folder selection dialog allows you to choose the working copy to merge into, but after that there is no confirmation dialog, nor any opportunity to try a dry run. It is a good idea to merge into an unmodified working copy so that you can revert the changes if it doesn't work out! This is a useful feature if you want to merge selected revisions from one branch to another."
msgstr "Стапа изабрану ревизију(е) у различите радне копије. Дијалог избора именика дозвољава вам да изаберете радну копију у коју стапате, али после тога нема дијалога потврде, нити било какво супротстављање да почнете чист рад. Добра је идеја стопити у немодификовану радну копију тако да можете вратити измене ако то не ради!Ово је корисна особина ако желите да стопите изабрану ревизију из једне гране у другу."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5701
msgid "Make a fresh checkout of the selected folder at the selected revision. This brings up a dialog for you to confirm the URL and revision, and select a location for the checkout."
msgstr "Урадите свеже преузимање изабраног именика у изабраној ревизији. То избацује дијалог за вас да се потврди УРЛ и ревизија, и изабере локација за преузимање."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5708
msgid "Export the selected file/folder at the selected revision. This brings up a dialog for you to confirm the URL and revision, and select a location for the export."
msgstr "Извоз изабраног фајла/именика у изабраној ревизији. То избацује дијалог за вас да потврдите УРЛ и ревизију, и избор локацију за извоз."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5715
msgid "Edit the log message or author attached to a previous commit. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-showlog-4\"/> to find out how this works."
msgstr "Уређује дневник порука или аутора спојених претходним урезивањем. Прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-showlog-4\"/> да нађете како то ради."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5722
msgid "Copy the log details of the selected revisions to the clipboard. This will copy the revision number, author, date, log message and the list of changed items for each revision."
msgstr "Копира детаље дневника о изабраним ревизијама за клипборд. Ово ће копирати ревизиони број, аутора, датум, дневник порука и листу измењених ставки за сваку ревизију."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5729
msgid "Search log messages for the text you enter. This searches the log messages that you entered and also the action summaries created by Subversion (shown in the bottom pane). The search is not case sensitive."
msgstr "Претражује дневник порука за текст који сте унели. То претражује дневник порука које сте унели и такође збирну акцију креирану Субверзијом (приказан у доњем панелу). Претраживање не зависи од величине слова."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5568
msgid "<placeholder-1/> The top pane of the Log dialog has a context menu that allows you to access much more information. Some of these menu entries appear only when the log is shown for a file, and some only when the log is shown for a folder. <placeholder-2/>"
msgstr "<placeholder-1/>  вршни панел дијалога Дневника има контекст мени који омогућава да приступите ка много више информација. Неке од тих улаза менија појављују се само када је дневник приказан за фајл, а неки само када је дневник приказан за именик. <placeholder-2/>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5740
msgid "Top Pane Context Menu for 2 Selected Revisions"
msgstr "Вршни панел контекстног менија за 2 изабране ревизије"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5748
msgid "Compare the two selected revisions using a visual difference tool. The default Diff-Tool is TortoiseMerge which is supplied with TortoiseSVN."
msgstr "Упоређује две изабране ревизије користећи визуелни алат разлике. Подразумеван Дифф-Алат је ТортоисеМерге који иде уз ТортоисеСВН."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5753
msgid "If you select this option for a folder, a further dialog pops up listing the changed files and offering you further diff options. Read more about the Compare Revisions dialog in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-compare-revs\"/>."
msgstr "Ако изаберете опцију за именик, следећи дијалог избаци листинг измењених фајлова и дозвољава вам даље дифф опције. Прочитајте више о Дијалогу Поређења Ревизија у <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-compare-revs\"/>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5761
msgid "Blame the two revisions and compare the blame reports using a visual difference tool. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-blame-diffs\"/> for more detail."
msgstr "Окривљује две ревизије и пореди извештај окривљавања користећи визуелни алат разлика. Прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-blame-diffs\"/> за више детаља."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5768
msgid "View the differences between the two selected revisions as a Unified-Diff file. This works for files and folders."
msgstr "Прегледа разлике између две изабране ревизије као Уједињен-Дифф фајл. То ради за фајлве и именике."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5774
msgid "Copy log messages to clipboard as described above."
msgstr "Копирање дневника порука у клипборд како је описано изнад."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5779
msgid "Search log messages as described above."
msgstr "Тражење порука дневника како је описано изнад."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5738
msgid "<placeholder-1/> If you select two revisions at once (using the usual <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>-modifier), the context menu changes and gives you fewer options: <placeholder-2/>"
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Ако изаберете две ревизије одједном (користећи уобичајен <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>-модификатор), контекст мени се мења и даје вам мање опција: <placeholder-2/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5785
msgid "If you select two or more revisions (using the usual <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> or <keycap>Shift</keycap> modifiers), the context menu will include an entry to Revert all changes which were made in the selected revisions. This is the easiest way to rollback a group of revisions in one go."
msgstr "Ако изаберете две или више ревизија (користећи обично <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>или <keycap>Shift</keycap> модификатор), контекст мени ће унети улаз да Врати све измене које су урађене у изабраној ревизији. Ово је најлакши начин за враћање групе ревизија у једном потезу."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5792
msgid "You can also choose to merge the selected revisions to another working copy, as described above."
msgstr "Можете такође изабрати да стопите изабране ревизије у другу радну копију, како је горе описано."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5798
msgid "The Log Dialog Bottom Pane with Context Menu"
msgstr "Дијалог дневника доњи панел са контекстним менијем"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5804
msgid "Show changes made in the selected revision for the selected file. This context menu is only available for files shown as <emphasis>modified</emphasis>."
msgstr "Приказивање измена у изабраној ревизији за изабрани фајл. овај контекст мени је доступан само за фајлове приказане као <emphasis>измењени</emphasis>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5811
msgid "Blame the selected revision and the previous revision for the selected file, and compare the blame reports using a visual diff tool. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-blame-diffs\"/> for more detail."
msgstr "Окривљавање изабране ревизије и претходне ревизије за изабране фајлове, и поређење извештаја окривљавања користећи визуални алат разлике. Прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-blame-diffs\"/> за више детаља."

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5819
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9510
msgid "Open the selected file, either with the default viewer for that file type, or with a program you choose."
msgstr "Отвара изабрани фајл, или са  подразумеваним прегедачем тог типа фајлова, или са програмом који изаберете."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5825
msgid "Revert the changes made to the selected file in that revision."
msgstr "Вратити измене учињене изабраним фајловима у тој ревизији."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5830
msgid "View the Subversion properties for the selected item."
msgstr "Види Субверзијине особине за изабрану ставку."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5835
msgid "Show the revision log for the selected single file."
msgstr "Приказује ревизиони дневник за изабране појединачне фајлове."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5840
msgid "Save the selected revision to a file so you have an older version of that file."
msgstr "Сачувати изабрану ревизију фајла тако да имате стару верзију тог фајла."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5796
msgid "<placeholder-1/> The bottom pane of the Log dialog also has a context menu that allows you to <placeholder-2/>"
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Доњи панел Дневник дијалга такође има контекст мени који вам омогућава да <placeholder-2/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5848
msgid "You may notice that sometimes we refer to changes and other times to differences. What's the difference?"
msgstr "Можете запазити да понекад говоримо о изменама а други пут о разликама. У чему је разлика?"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5852
msgid "Subversion uses revision numbers to mean 2 different things. A revision generally represents the state of the repository at a point in time, but it can also be used to represent the changeset which created that revision, eg. <quote>Done in r1234</quote> means that the changes committed in r1234 implement feature X. To make it clearer which sense is being used, we use two different terms."
msgstr "Субверзија користи ревизионе бројеве да означи 2 различите ствари. Ревизија генерално представља стање спремишта у временском тренутку, али може такође, бити коришћена да представи скуп измена који је креирала та ревизија, нпр. quote>Дато у р1234</quote> значи да су измене урезане у р1234 имплементирају особину  X. Да се то учини јасним који осећај је коришћен, користимо два различита термина."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5861
msgid "If you select two revisions N and M, the context menu will offer to show the <emphasis>difference</emphasis> between those two revisions. In Subversion terms this is <literal>diff -r M:N</literal>."
msgstr "Ако изабрете две ревизије N и M, контекст мени ће понудити да прикаже <emphasis>разлике</emphasis> између те две ревизије. У Субверзијиним терминима то је <literal>diff -r M:N</literal>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5867
msgid "If you select a single revision N, the context menu will offer to show the <emphasis>changes</emphasis> made in that revision. In Subversion terms this is <literal>diff -r N-1:N</literal> or <literal>diff -c N</literal>."
msgstr "Ако изаберете појединачну ревизију N, контекст мени ће понудити да прикаже <emphasis>измене</emphasis> направљене у тој ревизији. У Субверзијиним терминима то је <literal>diff -r N-1:N</literal> или  <literal>diff -c N</literal>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5873
msgid "The bottom pane shows the files changed in all selected revisions, so the context menu always offers to show <emphasis>changes</emphasis>."
msgstr "Доњи панел приказује фајлове измењене у свим изабраним ревизијама, тако контекст мени увек дозвољава приказивање <emphasis>измен</emphasis>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5880
msgid "Getting more log messages"
msgstr "Добијање више порука дневника"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5886
msgid "For a large repository there may be hundreds or even thousands of changes and fetching them all could take a long time. Normally you are only interested in the more recent changes. By default, the number of log messages fetched is limited to 100, but you can change this value in <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice> (<xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-dialogs\"/>),"
msgstr "За огромна спремишта може бити стотине или чак хиљаде измена и све их пронаћи може узети много времена. Нормално, вас интересују само најскорије измене. Подразмева се да број донетих порука дневника ограничен је на 100, али можете променити ову вредност у menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Подешавања</guimenuitem></menuchoice> (<xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-dialogs\"/>),"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5901
msgid "When the <guilabel>Stop on copy/rename</guilabel> box is checked, Show Log will stop at the point that the selected file or folder was copied from somewhere else within the repository. This can be useful when looking at branches (or tags) as it stops at the root of that branch, and gives a quick indication of changes made in that branch only."
msgstr "Када је <guilabel>Стани на копирај/преименј</guilabel> бокс чекиран, Прикажи Дневник ће стати у тачку где је изабрани фајл или именик копиран од негде у оквиру спремишта. Ово може бити корисно када тражимо гране (или значке) како су стале у корену те гране, и даје брз показатељ измена учињених само у тој грани. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5910
msgid "Normally you will want to leave this option unchecked. TortoiseSVN remembers the state of the checkbox, so it will respect your preference."
msgstr "Нормално ви желите да оставите опције нечекиране. ТортоисеСВН памти стање чекбокса, тако ће он поштовати ваше преференце."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5915
msgid "When the Show Log dialog is invoked from within the Merge dialog, the box is always checked by default. This is because merging is most often looking at changes on branches, and going back beyond the root of the branch does not make sense in that instance."
msgstr "Када је Прикажи Дневник дијалог позван у оквиру Стопи дијалога, бокс је увек чекирана као подразумевано. То је због тога што стапање најчешће гледа у измене на гранама, и враћање  испод корена гране не чини мишта у том случају. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5922
msgid "Note that Subversion currently implements renaming as a copy/delete pair, so renaming a file or folder will also cause the log display to stop if this option is checked."
msgstr "Приметимо да Субверзија текуће поставља преименовање као копирај/бриши пар, тако преименовање фајла или именика ће такође, узроковати заустављање дисплеја дневника ако је ова опција чекирана."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5881
msgid "The Log dialog does not always show all changes ever made for a number of reasons: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Дневник дијалог не приказује увек све измене икад урађене из бројних разлога: <placeholder-1/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5931
msgid "If you want to see more log messages, click the <guibutton>Next 100</guibutton> to retrieve the next 100 log messages. You can repeat this as many times as needed."
msgstr "Ако желите да видите више порука дневника, кликните <guibutton>Следећих 100</guibutton> да вратите следећих 100 порука дневника. Можете поновити ово толико пута колико желите."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5936
msgid "Next to this button there is a multi-function button which remembers the last option you used it for. Click on the arrow to see the other options offered."
msgstr "Следеће до овог дугмета је мулти-функционо дугме које памти задње опције за које сте га користили. Кликните на стрелицу да видите друге опције које су понуђене."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5941
msgid "Use <guibutton>Show Range ...</guibutton> if you want to view a specific range of revisions. A dialog will then prompt you to enter the start and end revision."
msgstr "Користите <guibutton>Прикажи Опсег ...</guibutton> ако желите да видите специфичан опсег ревизија. Дијалог ће вас онда питати да унесете почетну и крајњу ревизију."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5946
msgid "Use <guibutton>Show All</guibutton> if you want to see <emphasis>all</emphasis> log messages from HEAD right back to revision 1."
msgstr "Користите <guibutton>Прикажи све</guibutton> ако желите да видите <emphasis>цео</emphasis> дневник порука из ГЛАВНЕ назад до ревизије 1."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5952
msgid "Current Working Copy Revision"
msgstr "Текућа Ревизија Радне Копије"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5953
msgid "Because the log dialog shows you the log from HEAD, not from the current working copy revision, it often happens that there are log messages shown for content which has not yet been updated in your working copy. To help make this clearer, the commit message which corresponds to the revision you have in your working copy is shown in bold."
msgstr "Зато што дневник дијалог приказује дневник од ГЛАВНЕ, не од текуће ревизије радне копије, то се често дешава тамо где је дневник порука приказан за садржај који још није ажуриран у вашој радној копији. Помоћ то чини јаснијим, порука урезивања која одговара ревизији коју имате у вашој радној копији приказана је масним словима."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5961
msgid "By default this only works for files. This is because the update revision for a folder may not correspond to the update revision of its content, and the only way to find the effective update revision for the folder is to crawl the working copy. This can be a slow operation for large working copies so if you want to enable this feature you must create a <literal>DWORD</literal> registry key with value 1 at <literal>HKCU\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\RecursiveLogRev</literal>."
msgstr "Уобичајено ово само ради за фајлове. То је зато што ажурирана ревизија за именике не одговара ажурираној ревизији њеног садржаја, и једини је начин да се нађе ефективно ажурирана ревизија за именик је пузање кроз радну копију. Ово може бити спора операција за велике радне копије тако да ако желите да омогућите ову особину морате креирати <literal>DWORD</literal>кључ регистра са вредношћу 1 у <literal>HKCU\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\RecursiveLogRev</literal>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5973
msgid "Merge Tracking Features"
msgstr "Спајање особина праћења"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5975
msgid "merge tracking log"
msgstr "дневник спајања праћења"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5977
msgid "Subversion 1.5 and later keeps a record of merges using properties. This allows us to get a more detailed history of merged changes. For example, if you develop a new feature on a branch and then merge that branch back to trunk, the feature development will show up on the trunk log as a single commit for the merge, even though there may have been 1000 commits during branch development."
msgstr "Субверзија 1.5 и касније чувају сведочанство о стапању користећи особине. Ово нам омогућава да добијемо детаљнију историју стопљених измена. На пример, ако развијате нове особине на грани и затим стопите ту грану назад у дебло, даљи развој ће показати у дневнику дебла поједначно урезивање за стапање, чак и ако можда има 1000 урезивања у току развоја гране."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5986
msgid "The Log Dialog Showing Merge Tracking Revisions"
msgstr "Дијалог дневника који приказује спајање праћења ревизија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5989
msgid "If you want to see the detail of which revisions were merged as part of that commit, use the <guilabel>Include merged revisions</guilabel> checkbox. This will fetch the log messages again, but will also interleave the log messages from revisions which were merged. Merged revisions are shown in grey because they represent changes made on a different part of the tree."
msgstr "Ако желите да видите детаље које ревизије су стопљене као део тог урезивања, користите <guilabel>Укључене стопљене ревизије</guilabel> чекбокс. То ће поново наћи дневник порука, али ће такође убацити дневник порука из ревизија које су стопљене. Стопљене ревизије су приказане сиво јер приказују измене учињене на различитим деловима стабла."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:5997
msgid "Of course, merging is never simple! During feature development on the branch there will probably be occasional merges back from trunk to keep the branch in sync with the main line code. So the merge history of the branch will also include another layer of merge history. These different layers are shown in the log dialog using indentation levels."
msgstr "Свакако, стапање никад није једноставно! У току даљег развоја на грани вероватно ће бити случајних стапања назад из дебла да се сачува грана и синкронизује са главном линијом кода. Тако да историја стапања гране такође укључује следећи слој историје стапања. Ови различити слојеви су приказани у дијалогу дневника користећи нивое увлачења."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6007
msgid "Changing the Log Message and Author"
msgstr "Измена порука дневника и аутора"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6009
msgid "edit log/author"
msgstr "уреди дневник/аутор"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6011
msgid "Sometimes you might want to change a log message you once entered, maybe because there's a spelling error in it or you want to improve the message or change it for other reasons. Or you want to change the author of the commit because you forgot to set up authentication or..."
msgstr "Понекад можете пожелети да измените дневник поруку коју сте некад унели, можда зато што је синтксна грешка у њој или желите да побољшате поруку или је измените из других разлога. Или желите да измените аутора урезивања јер сте заборавили да подесите аутентификацију или..."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6018
msgid "Subversion lets you change both the log message and the author of revisions any time you want. But since such changes can't be undone (those changes are not versioned) this feature is disabled by default. To make this work, you must set up a pre-revprop-change hook. Please refer to the chapter on <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.reposadmin.create.html#svn.reposadmin.create.hooks\"><citetitle>Hook Scripts</citetitle></ulink> in the Subversion Book for details about how to do that. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-repository-hooks\"/> to find some further notes on implementing hooks on a Windows machine."
msgstr "Субвезија вам допушта да мењате дневник поруку и аутора ревизије кад год желите. Али како такве измене не могу бити поништене (те измене нису верзионисане) ова особина је подразумевано онемогућена. Да се уради овај посао, морате подесити пре-ревпроп-измене закачаљку. Молим погледајте поглавље на  <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.reposadmin.create.html#svn.reposadmin.create.hooks\"><citetitle>Hook Scripts</citetitle></ulink> у Субверзионој Књизи за детаље како да се то уради. Прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-repository-hooks\"/> да нађете неке даље белешке о примени закачаљки на Windows машини."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6031
msgid "Once you've set up your server with the required hooks, you can change both author and log message of any revision, using the context menu from the top pane of the Log dialog. You can also edit a log message using the context menu for the middle pane."
msgstr "Када једанпут подесите свој сервер са жељеним закачаљкама, можете мењати аутора и дневник поруку било које ревизије, користећи контекст мени из вршног панела Дневник дијалога. Можете такође уређивати дневник поруку користећи контекст мени из средњег панела."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6038
msgid "Because Subversion's revision properties are not versioned, making modifications to such a property (for example, the <literal>svn:log</literal> commit message property) will overwrite the previous value of that property <emphasis>forever</emphasis>."
msgstr "Пошто Субверзионе ревизионе особине нису верзионисане, прављењем измена у тим особинама (на пример, <literal>svn:log</literal> порука урезивања особина) ће прекрити претходну вредност особине <emphasis>заувек</emphasis>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6048
msgid "Filtering Log Messages"
msgstr "Филрирање дневника порука"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6050
msgid "filter"
msgstr "филтер"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6052
msgid "If you want to restrict the log messages to show only those you are interested in rather than scrolling through a list of hundreds, you can use the filter controls at the top of the Log Dialog. The start and end date controls allow you to restrict the output to a known date range. The search box allows you to show only messages which contain a particular phrase."
msgstr "Ако желите да ограничите дневник поруке да приказују само оно што вас интересује пре него да премотавате листу од стотину, можете користити филтер контролу на врху Дневник Дијалога. Почетак и крај датум контролишу да вам дозволе да ограничите излаз на познат опсег датума. Бокс претраживања вам омогућава да прикажете само поруке које садрже поједине фразе."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6061
msgid "Click on the search icon to select which information you want to search in, and to choose <emphasis>regex</emphasis> mode. Normally you will only need a simple text search, but if you need to more flexible search terms, you can use regular expressions. If you hover the mouse over the box, a tooltip will give hints on how to use the regex functions. You can also find online documentation and a tutorial at <ulink url=\"http://www.regular-expressions.info/\"><citetitle>http://www.regular-expressions.info/</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Кликните на икону претраживања да изаберете које информације желите да тражите, и изаберите <emphasis>regex</emphasis> мод. Нормално је да вам само треба једноставно претраживање текста, али ако вам треба флексибилније претраживање можете користити регуларне изразе. Ако лебдите мишем преко бокса, алатсавет ће вам дати напомену како да користите регекс функције. Можете такође наћи онлајн документацију и туторијал на <ulink url=\"http://www.regular-expressions.info/\"><citetitle>http://www.regular-expressions.info/</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6073
msgid "Note that these filters act on the messages already retrieved. They do not control downloading of messages from the repository."
msgstr "Приметиом да ови филтри делују на поруке већ обновљене. Они не контролишу скидање порука из спремишта."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6077
msgid "You can also filter the path names in the bottom pane using the <guilabel>Hide unrelated changed paths</guilabel> checkbox. Related paths are those which contain the path used to display the log. If you fetch the log for a folder, that means anything in that folder or below it. For a file it means just that one file. The checkbox is tristate: you can show all paths, grey out the unrelated ones, or hide the unrelated paths completely."
msgstr "Можете такође филтрирати имена путања у доњем панелу користећи <guilabel>Сакри неповезане измењене путање</guilabel> чекбокс. Повезане путање су оне које садрже путању коришћену да прикаже дневник. Ако нађете дневник за именик, то значи да је било шта у том именику или испод њега. За фајл значи само да је то један фајл. Чекбокс је тристање: можете приказати све путање, осенчати неповезане, или потпуно сакрити неповезане путање."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6086
msgid "Sometimes your working practices will require log messages to follow a particular format, which means that the text describing the changes is not visible in the abbreviated summary shown in the top pane. The property <literal>tsvn:logsummary</literal> can be used to extract a portion of the log message to be shown in the top pane. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-propertypage-tsvn-props\"/> to find out how to use this property."
msgstr "Понекад ваша радна пракса ће захтевати дневник поруке да прате посебан формат, што значи да текст који описује измене није видљив у скраћеном сажетку приказаном у вршном панелу. Особина <literal>tsvn:logsummary</literal> се може користити да издвоји део дневник поруке да буде приказан на вршном панелу. Прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-propertypage-tsvn-props\"/> да нађете како да користите ову особину."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6098
msgid "Statistical Information"
msgstr "Статистичке информације"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6100
msgid "statistics"
msgstr "статистика"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6102
msgid "The <guibutton>Statistics</guibutton> button brings up a box showing some interesting information about the revisions shown in the Log dialog. This shows how many authors have been at work, how many commits they have made, progress by week, and much more. Now you can see at a glance who has been working hardest and who is slacking ;-)"
msgstr "<guibutton>Статистика</guibutton> дугме довлачи бокс који приказује неке интересантне информације о ревизијама приказанаим у Дневник дијалогу. Ово приказује колико аутора је радило, колико урезивања је урађено, недељни напредак, и још много шта. Сада можете видети јасно ко ради напорно и ко забушава ;-)"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6111
msgid "Statistics Page"
msgstr "Статистичке странице"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6112
msgid "This page gives you all the numbers you can think of, in particular the period and number of revisions covered, and some min/max/average values."
msgstr "Ова страна вам даје све бројеве о којима можете размишљати, посебно период и број ревизија које су покривене и неке мин/макс/средње вредности."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6119
msgid "Commits by Author Page"
msgstr "Урезивање по ауторском листу"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6122
msgid "Commits-by-Author Histogram"
msgstr "Урезивање-по-ауторском хистограму"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6129
msgid "Commits-by-Author Pie Chart"
msgstr "Уреуивање-по-ауторском пита дијаграму"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6120
msgid "<placeholder-1/> This graph shows you which authors have been active on the project as a simple histogram, stacked histogram or pie chart. <placeholder-2/>"
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Овај граф приказује који аутори су активни на пројекту помоћу једноставног хистограма, стек хистограма или пита дијаграма. <placeholder-2/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6133
msgid "Where there are a few major authors and many minor contributors, the number of tiny segments can make the graph more difficult to read. The slider at the bottom allows you to set a threshold (as a percentage of total commits) below which any activity is grouped into an <emphasis>Others</emphasis> category."
msgstr "Тамо где је мало главних аутора и много споредних помоћника, број танких сегмената чини граф тешким за читање. Клизач на дну омогућава вам да подесите праг (као проценат укупног урезивања) испод кога је било која активност груписана у категорију  <emphasis>Други</emphasis>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6142
msgid "Commits by date Page"
msgstr "Урезивање по подацима листа"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6145
msgid "Commits-by-date Graph"
msgstr "Урезивање-по-подацима графа"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6143
msgid "<placeholder-1/> This page gives you a graphical representation of project activity in terms of number of commits <emphasis>and</emphasis> author. This gives some idea of when a project is being worked on, and who was working at which time."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Ова страна вам даје графички приказ активности пројекта у терминима броја урезивања <emphasis>и</emphasis> аутор. То даје неке идеје о томе када је пројекат рађен и ко је радио у које време."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6153
msgid "When there are several authors, you will get many lines on the graph. There are two views available here: <emphasis>normal</emphasis>, where each author's activity is relative to the base line, and <emphasis>stacked</emphasis>, where each author's activity is relative to the line underneath. The latter option avoids the lines crossing over, which can make the graph easier to read, but less easy to see one author's output."
msgstr "Када постоји више аутора, добићете много линија на графу. Постоји два могућа погледа овде: <emphasis>нормалан</emphasis>, где свака ауторска активност је релативна на основну линију, и <emphasis>стекована</emphasis>, где је свака ауторска активност релативна на линију испод. Касније опције избегавају линије које се пресецају преко графа што чини граф лакшим за читање али мање лак да се види излаз за једног аутора."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6163
msgid "By default the analysis is case-sensitive, so users <literal>PeterEgan</literal> and <literal>PeteRegan</literal> are treated as different authors. However, in many cases user names are not case-sensitive, and are sometimes entered inconsistently, so you may want <literal>DavidMorgan</literal> and <literal>davidmorgan</literal> to be treated as the same person. Use the <guilabel>Authors case insensitive</guilabel> checkbox to control how this is handled."
msgstr "Уобичајено је да је анализа зависна од величине слова тако да корисници <literal>ПетерЕген</literal> и <literal>ПетеРеген</literal> се третирају као различити аутори. Међутим, у многим случајевима имена корисника нису зависна од величине слова, и понекад се уносе неконзистентно, тако да можете пожелети да <literal>ДавидМорган</literal> и <literal>давидморган</literal> буду третирани као иста особа. Користите <guilabel>Аутори независни од величине слова</guilabel> чекбокс да контролишете како се овим рукује."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6173
msgid "Note that the statistics cover the same period as the Log dialog. If that is only displaying one revision then the statistics will not tell you very much."
msgstr "Приметимо да статистика покрива исти период као и Дневник дијалог. Ако он приказује само једну ревизију тада статистика вам неће рећи много."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6181
msgid "Offline Mode"
msgstr "Искључен мод"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6182
msgid "If the server is not reachable, and you have log caching enabled you can use the log dialog and revision graph in offline mode. This uses data from the cache, which allows you to continue working although the information may not be up-to-date or even complete."
msgstr "Ако сервер није доступан, и имате омогућено кеширање дневника можете користити дневник дијалог и ревизиони граф у искљученом моду. Ово користи податке из кеша, који допуштају да наставите са радом мада информације нису ажурне или су некомплетне."

#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6190
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9927
msgid "Refreshing the View"
msgstr "Освежавање изгледа"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6191
msgid "If you want to check the server again for newer log messages, you can simply refresh the view using <keycap>F5</keycap>. If you are using the log cache (enabled by default), this will check the repository for newer messages and fetch only the new ones. If the log cache was in offline mode, this will also attempt to go back online."
msgstr "Ако желите да проверите сервер поново за нове дневник поруке, можете једноставно да освежите преглед користећи <keycap>F5</keycap>. Ако користите дневник кеш (омогућен уобичајено), то ће проверити спремиште за нове поруке и наћи ће само нове. Ако је дневник кеш био у искљученом моду, то ће довести до његовог укључења."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6199
msgid "If you are using the log cache and you think the message content or author may have changed, you can use <keycap>Shift-F5</keycap> or <keycap>Ctrl-F5</keycap> to re-fetch the displayed messages from the server and update the log cache. Note that this only affects messages currently shown and does not invalidate the entire cache for that repository."
msgstr "Ако користите дневник кеш и сматрате да је садржај поруке или аутор можда измењен, можете користити <keycap>Shift-F5</keycap> or <keycap>Ctrl-F5</keycap> да поново нађете приказане поруке са сервера и ажурирате дневник кеш. Приметимо да то утиче само на тренутно приказане поруке и не чини неисправним цео кеш за то спремиште."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6210
msgid "Viewing Differences"
msgstr "Преглед разлика"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6212
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9101
msgid "diff"
msgstr "разл"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6215
msgid "compare"
msgstr "поређење"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6217
msgid "One of the commonest requirements in project development is to see what has changed. You might want to look at the differences between two revisions of the same file, or the differences between two separate files. TortoiseSVN provides a built-in tool named <application>TortoiseMerge</application> for viewing differences of text files. For viewing differences of image files, TortoiseSVN also has a tool named <application>TortoiseIDiff</application>. Of course, you can use your own favourite diff program if you like."
msgstr "Један од најчешћих захтева у развоју пројекта је да се види шта је измењено. Можете желети да видите разлике између две ревизије истог фајла, или разлике између два посбна фајла. ТортоисеСВН има уграђен алат звани <application>ТортоисеМерге</application> за прегледање разлика текст фајлова. Да би се прегледале разлике фајлова слика, ТортоисеСВН такође има алат који се зове <application>ТортоисеИДифф</application>. свакако, можете користити ваш фаворит дифф програм ако желите."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6231
msgid "File Differences"
msgstr "Фајл разлике"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6234
msgid "Local changes"
msgstr "Локалне измене"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6236
msgid "If you want to see what changes <emphasis>you</emphasis> have made in your working copy, just use the explorer context menu and select <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Diff</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr "Ако желите да видите које измене сте <emphasis>ви</emphasis> урадили у вашој радној копији, само користите експлореров контекст мени и изаберите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Дифф</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6248
msgid "Difference to another branch/tag"
msgstr "Разлике ка следећој грана-знак"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6250
msgid "If you want to see what has changed on trunk (if you are working on a branch) or on a specific branch (if you are working on trunk), you can use the explorer context menu. Just hold down the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key while you right click on the file. Then select <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Diff with URL</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. In the following dialog, specify the URL in the repository with which you want to compare your local file to."
msgstr "Ако желите да видите шта је измењено на деблу (ако радите на грани) или на специфичној грани (ако радите на деблу), можете користити експлорер контекст мени. Само држите <keycap>Shift</keycap> тастер док урадите десни клик на фајл. Тада изаберите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Дифф са УРЛ</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. У следећем дијалогу специфицирајте УРЛ у спремишту са којим хоћете да поредите ваш локални фајл. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6263
msgid "You can also use the repository browser and select two trees to diff, perhaps two tags, or a branch/tag and trunk. The context menu there allows you to compare them using <guimenuitem>Compare revisions</guimenuitem>. Read more in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-compare-revs\"/>."
msgstr "Можете такође користити претраживач спремишта и изабрати два стабла за дифф, можда две значке, или грану/значку и дебло. Контекст мени омогућава вам да их поредите користећи <guimenuitem>Пореди ревизије</guimenuitem>. Прочитајте више у <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-compare-revs\"/>."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6273
msgid "Difference from a previous revision"
msgstr "Разлике од претходне ревизије"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6275
msgid "If you want to see the difference between a particular revision and your working copy, use the Revision Log dialog, select the revision of interest, then select <guimenuitem>Compare with working copy</guimenuitem> from the context menu."
msgstr "Ако желите да видите разлике између посебне ревизије и ваше радне копије, ористите Ревизиони Дневник дијалог, изаберите ревизију која вас интересује, затим изаберите <guimenuitem>Упоредите са радном копијом</guimenuitem> из контекст менија."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6282
msgid "If you want to see the difference between the last committed revision and your working copy, assuming that the working copy hasn't been modified, just right click on the file. Then select <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Diff with previous version</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will perform a diff between the revision before the last-commit-date (as recorded in your working copy) and the working BASE. This shows you the last change made to that file to bring it to the state you now see in your working copy. It will not show changes newer than your working copy."
msgstr "Ако желите да видите разлике између задње урезане ревизије и ваше радне копије, узимајући да радна копија није измењена, само урадите десни клик на фајл. Затим изаберите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Дифф са претходном верзијом</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Ово ће омогућити дифф између ревизије пре задњег -урезивања-датума (како је записана у вашој радној копији= и радне ОСНОВЕ. Ово вам приказује задње измене тог фајла које су довеле до стања које сада видите у вашој радној копији. То ће приказати измене новије од ваше радне копије."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6299
msgid "Difference between two previous revisions"
msgstr "Разлике између две претходне ревизије"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6301
msgid "If you want to see the difference between two revisions which are already committed, use the Revision Log dialog and select the two revisions you want to compare (using the usual <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>-modifier). Then select <guimenuitem>Compare revisions</guimenuitem> from the context menu."
msgstr "Ако желите да видите разлике између две ревизије које су већ урезане, користите Ревизиони Дневник и изаберите две ревизије које желите да поредите користећи уобичајен <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>-модификатор). Затим изаберите <guimenuitem>Пореди ревизије</guimenuitem> из контекст менија."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6309
msgid "If you did this from the revision log for a folder, a Compare Revisions dialog appears, showing a list of changed files in that folder. Read more in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-compare-revs\"/>."
msgstr "Ако ово урадите из ревизионог дневника за именике, Поређење Ревизија дијалог се појављује, приказујући листу измењених фајлова у том именику. Прочитајте више у <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-compare-revs\"/>."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6318
msgid "All changes made in a commit"
msgstr "Измене учињене при урезивању"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6320
msgid "If you want to see the changes made to all files in a particular revision in one view, you can use Unified-Diff output (GNU patch format). This shows only the differences with a few lines of context. It is harder to read than a visual file compare, but will show all the changes together. From the Revision Log dialog select the revision of interest, then select <guimenuitem>Show Differences as Unified-Diff</guimenuitem> from the context menu."
msgstr "Ако желите да видите измене направљене на свим фајловима у појединој ревизији у једном прегледу, можете користити Уједињен-Дифф излаз (ГНУ формат закрпа). Ово приказује само разлике неколико линија у садржају. Теже је читати него визуелно поређење фајла, али ће приказати све измене заједно. Из Ревизиони Дневник дијалога изаберите ревизију која вас интересује, затим изаберите <guimenuitem>Прикажи Разлике као Уједињени-Дифф</guimenuitem> из контекст менија."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6334
msgid "Difference between files"
msgstr "Разлике између фајлова"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6336
msgid "If you want to see the differences between two different files, you can do that directly in explorer by selecting both files (using the usual <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>-modifier). Then from the explorer context menu select <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Diff</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr "Ако желите да видите разлике између два различита фајла, можете то урадити директно у претраживачу изборомоба фајла (користећи обичан <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>-модификатор). Затим из претраживачевог контекст менија изаберите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Дифф</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6349
msgid "Difference between WC file/folder and a URL"
msgstr "Разлике између РК фајл/именик и УРЛ"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6351
msgid "If you want to see the differences between a file in your working copy, and a file in any Subversion repository, you can do that directly in explorer by selecting the file then holding down the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key whilst right clicking to obtain the context menu. Select <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Diff with URL</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. You can do the same thing for a working copy folder. TortoiseMerge shows these differences in the same way as it shows a patch file - a list of changed files which you can view one at a time."
msgstr "Ако желите да видите разлике између фајла у вашој радној копији, и фајл у било којем Субверзионом спремишту, можете то урадити директно у претраживачу избором фајла затим држећи <keycap>Shift</keycap> тастер док десним кликом добијете контекст мени. Изаберите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Дифф са УРЛ</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Можете урадити исту ствар за именик радне копије. ТортоисеМерге приказује ове разлике на исти начин као што је приказано у фајлу закрпе - листа измењених фајлова које можете прегледати један по један."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6369
msgid "Difference with blame information"
msgstr "Разлике са кривац информацијама"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6371
msgid "If you want to see not only the differences but also the author, revision and date that changes were made, you can combine the diff and blame reports from within the revision log dialog. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-blame-diffs\"/> for more detail."
msgstr "Ако желите да видите не само разлике већ и ауторе, ревизија и датум где су измене извршене, можете комбиновати дифф и окриви извештаје у оквиру ревизионог дневник дијалога. Прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-blame-diffs\"/> за више детаља."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6380
msgid "Difference between folders"
msgstr "Разлике између именика"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6382
msgid "The built-in tools supplied with TortoiseSVN do not support viewing differences between directory hierarchies. But if you have an external tool which does support that feature, you can use that instead. In <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-diff-tools\"/> we tell you about some tools which we have used."
msgstr "Уграђени алат који даје ТортоисеСВН не подржава виђене разлике између хијерархије именика. Ало ако имате спољашњи алат који подржава те особине можете га користити уместо тога. У <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-diff-tools\"/> ми вам кажемо о неким алатима који су коришћени."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6392
msgid "If you have configured a third party diff tool, you can use <keycap>Shift</keycap> when selecting the Diff command to use the alternate tool. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-progs\"/> to find out about configuring other diff tools."
msgstr "Ако сте конфигурисали дифф алат треће стране, можете користити  <keycap>Shift</keycap> када изаберете Дифф команду да користите алтернативни алат. Прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-progs\"/> да нађете о конфигурацији других дифф алата."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6401
msgid "Line-end and Whitespace Options"
msgstr "Крај-реда и размак опције"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6402
msgid "Sometimes in the life of a project you might change the line endings from <literal>CRLF</literal> to <literal>LF</literal>, or you may change the indentation of a section. Unfortunately this will mark a large number of lines as changed, even though there is no change to the meaning of the code. The options here will help to manage these changes when it comes to comparing and applying differences. You will see these settings in the <guilabel>Merge</guilabel> and <guilabel>Blame</guilabel> dialogs, as well as in the settings for TortoiseMerge."
msgstr "Понекад у животу пројекта можете изменити завршетак линија од <literal>CRLF</literal> у <literal>LF</literal>, или можете изменити увлачење параграфа. На несрећу ово ће означити велики број линија као измењене, чак и кад нема измена значајног кода. Опције ће овде помоћи да се управља овим изменама када оне дођу да се упореде и примене разлике. Можете видети ова подешавања у  <guilabel>Стопи</guilabel> и <guilabel>Окриви</guilabel> дијалозима, исто као и у подешавању ТортоисеМерге."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6413
msgid "<guilabel>Ignore line endings</guilabel> excludes changes which are due solely to difference in line-end style."
msgstr "<guilabel>Занемари завршетак линија</guilabel> избацује измене које су само због разлика у стилу завршетка линија. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6417
msgid "<guilabel>Compare whitespaces</guilabel> includes all changes in indentation and inline whitespace as added/removed lines."
msgstr "<guilabel>Поређење белихпоља </guilabel> укључује све измене у увлачењу и унутар линије белапоља као додате/уклоњене линије."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6422
msgid "<guilabel>Ignore whitespace changes</guilabel> excludes changes which are due solely to a change in the amount or type of whitespace, eg. changing the indentation or changing tabs to spaces. Adding whitespace where there was none before, or removing a whitespace completely is still shown as a change."
msgstr "<guilabel>Занемари измене белихпоља</guilabel> искључује измене које су само због измена у износу или типу белихпоља, нпр. изменом увлачења или изменом табова или размака. Додавањем белих поља где нису била раније, или уклањањем белихпоља потпуно је још увек приказано као промена."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6430
msgid "<guilabel>Ignore all whitespaces</guilabel> excludes all whitespace-only changes."
msgstr "<guilabel>Занемари сва белапоља</guilabel> искључује сва само-белапоља измене."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6434
msgid "Naturally, any line with changed content is always included in the diff."
msgstr "Природно, свака линија са измењеним садржајем увек је укључена у дифф."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6440
msgid "Comparing Folders"
msgstr "Поређење именика"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6442
msgid "compare revisions"
msgstr "упореди ревизије"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6445
msgid "export changes"
msgstr "извоз измена"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6449
msgid "The Compare Revisions Dialog"
msgstr "Поређење ревизионија дијалог"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6447
msgid "<placeholder-1/> When you select two trees within the repository browser, or when you select two revisions of a folder in the log dialog, you can <menuchoice><guimenu>Context menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compare revisions</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Када изаберете два стабла у оквиру претраживача спремишта, или када изаберете две ревизије именика у дневник дијалогу, можете <menuchoice><guimenu>Контекст мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>Пореди Ревизије</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6459
msgid "This dialog shows a list of all files which have changed and allows you to compare or blame them individually using context menu."
msgstr "Овај дијалог приказује листу фајлова који су измењени и дозвољава вам да упоредите или окривите њих појединачно користећи контекст мени."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6463
msgid "You can also export the list of changed files to a text file, or you can export the changed files themselves to a folder. This operation works on the selected files only, so you need to select the files of interest - usually that means all of them."
msgstr "Можете такође извести листу измењених фајлова у текст фајл, или можете извести измењене фајлове у именик. Ова операција ради само на изабраним фајловима, тако да вам треба да изаберете фајлове од интереса - обично то значи све њих."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6469
msgid "If you want to export the list of files <emphasis>and</emphasis> the actions (modified, added, deleted) as well, you can do that using the keyboard shortcuts <keycap>Ctrl-A</keycap> to select all entries and <keycap>Ctrl-C</keycap> to copy the detailed list to the clipboard."
msgstr "Ако желите да извезете листу фајлова <emphasis>и</emphasis> акцију (измењен,додат,обрисан) такође, можете то урадити користећи скраћеницу тастатуре <keycap>Ctrl-A</keycap> да изаберете све улазе и <keycap>Ctrl-C</keycap> да копирате детаљну листу у клипборд."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6475
msgid "The button at the top allows you to change the direction of comparison. You can show the changes need to get from A to B, or if you prefer, from B to A."
msgstr "Дугме на врху омогућава да измените правац поређења. Можете приказати измене потребне да узмете од А до Б, или ако више волите, од Б до А."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6480
msgid "The buttons with the revision numbers on can be used to change to a different revision range. When you change the range, the list of items which differ between the two revisions will be updated automatically."
msgstr "Дугмићи са ревизионим бројевима на себи могу се користити за измене за различите ревизионе опсеге. Када измените опсег, листа ставки која прави разлику између две ревизије биће ажурирана аутоматски. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6485
msgid "If the list of filenames is very long, you can use the search box to reduce the list to filenames containing specific text. Note that a simple text search is used, so if you want to restrict the list to C source files you should enter <filename>.c</filename> rather than <filename>*.c</filename>."
msgstr "Ако је листа фајлимена веома дуга, можете користити тражи бокс да редукујете листу фајлимена која садрже специфичан текст. Приметимо да се користи једноставно претраживање текста, зако да ако желите да редукујете листу на Ц изворне фајлове морате унети <filename>.c</filename> пре него <filename>*.c</filename>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6494
msgid "Diffing Images Using TortoiseIDiff"
msgstr "Разл слика користећи ТортозДиф"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6496
msgid "image diff"
msgstr "слика разл"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6499
msgid "TortoiseIDiff"
msgstr "ТортозИДифф"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6501
msgid "There are many tools available for diffing text files, including our own TortoiseMerge, but we often find ourselves wanting to see how an image file has changed too. That's why we created TortoiseIDiff."
msgstr "Постоји много алата доступних за разликовање текст фајлова, укључујући наш ТортоисеМерге, али ми често налазимо себе да желимо такође да видимо како како се фајл слике изменио. То је зашто смо креирали ТортоисеИДифф. "

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6508
msgid "The image difference viewer"
msgstr "Прегледач разлика слика"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6506
msgid "<placeholder-1/><menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Diff</guimenuitem></menuchoice> for any of the common image file formats will start TortoiseIDiff to show image differences. By default the images are displayed side-by-side but you can use the View menu or toolbar to switch to a top-bottom view instead, or if you prefer, you can overlay the images and pretend you are using a lightbox."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/><menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Дифф</guimenuitem></menuchoice> за сваки од честих фајл формата слике ће стартовати ТортоисеИДифф да прикаже разлике у слици. Уобичајено слике се приказују страна-по-страну али можете користити Преглед мени или алатпулт да пређете на врх-дно преглед уместо тога, или ако више волите, можете преклопити слике и претпоставити да користите лајтбокс."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6521
msgid "Naturally you can also zoom in and out and pan around the image. You can also pan the image simply by left-dragging it. If you select the <guilabel>Link images together</guilabel> option, then the pan controls (scrollbars, mousewheel) on both images are linked."
msgstr "Природно је да можете повећати или смањити или кружити око слике. Можете приказати слику у панелу једноставним левим-вучењем. Ако изаберете <guilabel>Вежи слике заједно</guilabel> опцију, затим отворите панел контролу (скролпулт, мишточкић) на обе везане слике."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6527
msgid "An image info box shows details about the image file, such as the size in pixels, resolution and colour depth. If this box gets in the way, use <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Image Info</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to hide it. You can get the same information in a tooltip if you hover the mouse over the image title bar."
msgstr "Инфо бокс слике приказује детаље фајла слике, као што су величина у пикселима, резолуција и дубина боја. Ако се овај бокс добије користите <menuchoice><guimenu>Преглед</guimenu><guimenuitem>Инфо Слике</guimenuitem></menuchoice>да га сакријете. Можете добити исте информације у алатсавету ако летите мишем преко пулта наслова слике."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6539
msgid "When the images are overlaid, the relative intensity of the images (alpha blend) is controlled by a slider control at the left side. You can click anywhere in the slider to set the blend directly, or you can drag the slider to change the blend interactively. <keycap>Ctrl+Shift</keycap>-<action>Wheel</action> to change the blend."
msgstr "Када су слике прекривене, релативни интезитет слике (алфа мешавина) се контролише клизачем са леве стране. Можете кликнути било где на клизачу да се подеси мешавина директно, или можете вући клизач да промените мешавину интерактивно. <keycap>Ctrl+Shift</keycap>-<action>Wheel</action> да измените мешавину."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6546
msgid "The button above the slider toggles between two preset blends, indicated by the markers on either side of the blend slider. By default one is at the top and the other at the bottom, so the toggle button just switches between one image and the other. You can move the markers to choose the two blend values that the toggle button will use."
msgstr "Дугме изнад клизача пребацује између две преподешене мешавине, индициране маркерима на свакој страни клизача мешавине. Уобичајено је један на врху док је други на дну тако да дугме за пребацивање само преклапа између једне и друге слике. Можете померити маркере да изаберете вредности две смеше где ће се дугме за прибацивање користити."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6553
msgid "Sometimes you want to see a difference rather than a blend. You might have the image files for two revisions of a printed circuit board and want to see which tracks have changed. If you disable alpha blend mode, the difference will be shown as an <emphasis>XOR</emphasis> of the pixel colour values. Unchanged areas will be plain white and changes will be coloured."
msgstr "Понекад желите да видите разлике пре него смешу. Можете имати фајлове слике из две ревизије плоче штампаног кола и желети да видите које су траке промењене. Ако онемогућите мод алфа смеше разлика ће бити приказана као <emphasis>XOR</emphasis> вредносто боје пиксела. Непромењене површине биће потпуно беле а измене ће бити обојене."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6563
msgid "External Diff/Merge Tools"
msgstr "Спољашњи Разл/Стопи алат"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6565
msgid "diff tools"
msgstr "разл алат"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6568
msgid "merge tools"
msgstr "алат спајања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6570
msgid "If the tools we provide don't do what you need, try one of the many open-source or commercial programs available. Everyone has their own favourites, and this list is by no means complete, but here are a few that you might consider:"
msgstr "Ако алат којим смо се снабдели не ради о што нам треб, треба пробати један од многих програма отвореног кода или комерцијалних који су доступни. Свако има своје фаворите и та листа изгледа да није комплетна, али ево шта треба размотрити:"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6578
msgid "WinMerge"
msgstr "ВинМерџ"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6580
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://winmerge.sourceforge.net/\"><citetitle>WinMerge</citetitle></ulink> is a great open-source diff tool which can also handle directories."
msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://winmerge.sourceforge.net/\"><citetitle>WinMerge</citetitle></ulink> је велики дифф алат отвореног кода који такође опслужје именике."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6590
msgid "Perforce Merge"
msgstr "Насилно спајање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6592
msgid "Perforce is a commercial RCS, but you can download the diff/merge tool for free. Get more information from <ulink url=\"http://www.perforce.com/perforce/products/merge.html\"><citetitle>Perforce</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Перфорце је комерцијални РЦС, али можете скинути дифф/стопи алат бесплатно. Узмите више информација са  <ulink url=\"http://www.perforce.com/perforce/products/merge.html\"><citetitle>Perforce</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6602
msgid "KDiff3"
msgstr "КДифф3"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6604
msgid "KDiff3 is a free diff tool which can also handle directories. You can download it from <ulink url=\"http://kdiff3.sf.net/\"><citetitle>here</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "КДифф3 је бесплатан дифф алат који такође може да опслужује именике. Можете га скихути са <ulink url=\"http://kdiff3.sf.net/\"><citetitle>here</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6614
msgid "ExamDiff"
msgstr "ЕгзамДиф"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6616
msgid "ExamDiff Standard is freeware. It can handle files but not directories. ExamDiff Pro is shareware and adds a number of goodies including directory diff and editing capability. In both flavours, version 3.2 and above can handle unicode. You can download them from <ulink url=\"http://www.prestosoft.com/\"><citetitle>PrestoSoft</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "ЕгзамДифф Стандард је слободан. Може радити са фајловима али не са именицима. ЕгзамДифф Про је шервер и додаје бројне погодности укључујући дифф  именика и могћности уређења. У оба случаја, верзија 3.2 и изнад користе јуникод. Можете их скинути са <ulink url=\"http://www.prestosoft.com/\"><citetitle>PrestoSoft</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6631
msgid "Beyond Compare"
msgstr "После упоређења"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6633
msgid "Similar to ExamDiff Pro, this is an excellent shareware diff tool which can handle directory diffs and unicode. Download it from <ulink url=\"http://www.scootersoftware.com/\"><citetitle>Scooter Software</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Сличан ЕгзамДифф Про, ово је је изванредан шервер дифф алат који ради са дифф именика и јуникодом. Скините га са  <ulink url=\"http://www.scootersoftware.com/\"><citetitle>Scooter Software</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6644
msgid "Araxis Merge"
msgstr "Араксово спајање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6646
msgid "Araxis Merge is a useful commercial tool for diff and merging both files and folders. It does three-way comparison in merges and has synchronization links to use if you've changed the order of functions. Download it from <ulink url=\"http://www.araxis.com/merge/index.html\"><citetitle>Araxis</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Араксис Мерге је користан комерцијални алат за дифф и стапање фајлова и именика. Он ради троструко поређење у стапању и има синхронизациону везу за коришћење ако сте изменили ред функција. Скините га са <ulink url=\"http://www.araxis.com/merge/index.html\"><citetitle>Araxis</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6658
msgid "SciTE"
msgstr "СциТЕ"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6660
msgid "This text editor includes syntax colouring for unified diffs, making them much easier to read. Download it from <ulink url=\"http://www.scintilla.org/SciTEDownload.html\"><citetitle>Scintilla</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Овај текст уређивач укључује бојење синтаксе за уједињенњ дифф, чинећи их много лакшим за читање. Скините га са <ulink url=\"http://www.scintilla.org/SciTEDownload.html\"><citetitle>Scintilla</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6670
msgid "Notepad2"
msgstr "Нотепад2"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6672
msgid "Notepad2 is designed as a replacement for the standard Windows Notepad program, and is based on the Scintilla open-source edit control. As well as being good for viewing unified diffs, it is much better than the Windows notepad for most jobs. Download it for free <ulink url=\"http://www.flos-freeware.ch/notepad2.html\"><citetitle>here</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Нотепад2 је направљен као замена стандардног Виндоуз Нотепад програма и има за основу Сцинтила отворен-код контролу уређења. Како је добар за преглед јединсвених дифф, много је бољи од Виндоуз нотепада за већину посла. Скините га бесплатно са <ulink url=\"http://www.flos-freeware.ch/notepad2.html\"><citetitle>here</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6685
msgid "Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-progs\"/> for information on how to set up TortoiseSVN to use these tools."
msgstr "Прочитајте  <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-progs\"/> за информације како да се подеси ТортоисеСВН да користи ове алате."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6692
msgid "Adding New Files And Directories"
msgstr "Додавање нових фајлова и именика"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6694
msgid "add"
msgstr "додај"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6697
msgid "version new files"
msgstr "верзионисати нове фајлове"

#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6702
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6882
msgid "Explorer context menu for unversioned files"
msgstr "Експлореров контекст мени за неверзионисане фајлве"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6700
msgid "<placeholder-1/> If you created new files and/or directories during your development process then you need to add them to source control too. Select the file(s) and/or directory and use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> Ако сте креирали нове фајлове и/или именике у току процеса развоја тада вам је потребно да их додате у алат за контролу изверног кода такође. Изаберите фајл(ове) и/или именик и користите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Додај</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6714
msgid "After you added the files/directories to source control the file appears with a <literal>added</literal> icon overlay which means you first have to commit your working copy to make those files/directories available to other developers. Adding a file/directory does <emphasis>not</emphasis> affect the repository!"
msgstr "После додавања фајлова/именика контроли кода фајлови се појављују са <literal>додат</literal> прекривном иконом која значи да најпре треба да урежете вашу радну копију да учините ове фајлове/именике доступне другим сарадницима. Додавањем фајла/именика <emphasis>не</emphasis> не утиче на спремиште."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6723
msgid "Many Adds"
msgstr "Много додавања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6724
msgid "You can also use the Add command on already versioned folders. In that case, the add dialog will show you all unversioned files inside that versioned folder. This helps if you have many new files and need to add them all at once."
msgstr "Такође можете користити Додај команду на већ верзионисане именике. У том случају додај дијалог ће приказати све неверзионисане фајлове унутар верзионисаног именика. То вам помаже да ако имате пуно нових фајлова да их додате одједном."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6737
msgid "select the files you want to add"
msgstr "изаберите фајлове које желите да додате"

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6742
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7198
msgid "<action>right-drag</action> them to the new location inside the working copy"
msgstr "<action>десно-повлачити</action> њих у нову локацију унутар радне копије."

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6748
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7204
msgid "release the right mouse button"
msgstr "отпустите десно дугме миша"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6753
msgid "select <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>SVN Add files to this WC</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The files will then be copied to the working copy and added to version control."
msgstr "изаберите <menuchoice><guimenu>Контекст Мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>СВН Додај фајлове у РК</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Фајлови ће тада бити копирани у радну копију и додати у контролу верзија."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6732
msgid "To add files from outside your working copy you can use the drag-and-drop handler: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Да би се додали фалови ван ваше радне копије можете користити ухвати-и-вуци ручицу: <placeholder-1/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6765
msgid "You can also add files within a working copy simply by left-dragging and dropping them onto the commit dialog."
msgstr "Можете такође додати фајлове у оквиру радне копије једноставно помоћу левог-вучења и отпуштања у дијалог урезивања."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6769
msgid "If you add a file or folder by mistake, you can undo the addition before you commit using <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Undo add...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr "Ако додате фајл или именик грешком можете поништити додавање пре него урежете користећи <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Поништи додавање...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6779
msgid "Copying/Moving/Renaming Files and Folders"
msgstr "Копирање/Померање/Преименовање фајлова и именика"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6781
msgid "copy files"
msgstr "копирај фајлове"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6784
msgid "rename files"
msgstr "преименуј фајлове"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6787
msgid "move files"
msgstr "помери фајлове"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6790
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8019
msgid "branch"
msgstr "грана"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6793
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8022
msgid "tag"
msgstr "знак"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6795
msgid "It often happens that you already have the files you need in another project in your repository, and you simply want to copy them across. You could simply copy the files and add them as described above, but that would not give you any history. And if you subsequently fix a bug in the original files, you can only merge the fix automatically if the new copy is related to the original in Subversion."
msgstr "Често се дешава то да већ имате фајлове који су вам потребни у другом пројекту у вашем спремишту и једноставно желите да их копирате унутар. Можете једноставно копирати фајлове и додати их како је описано горе, али то вам неће дати историју. Ако субсеквентно фиксирате багове у оригиналним фајловима можете само стопити фиксирано аутоматски ако се нова копија односи на оригиналну Субверзију."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6803
msgid "The easiest way to copy files and folders from within a working copy is to use the right-drag menu. When you <action>right-drag</action> a file or folder from one working copy to another, or even within the same folder, a context menu appears when you release the mouse. <placeholder-1/> Now you can copy existing versioned content to a new location, possibly renaming it at the same time."
msgstr "Најлакши начин да се копирају фајлови и именици у оквиру радне копије је да се користи мени десно-повлачење. Када <action>десно-вучете</action> фајл или именик из једне радне копије у другу, ли чак у оквиру истог именика, контекст мени се појављује када отпустите миш. <placeholder-1/> Сада можете копирати постојећи верзионисани садржај у нову локацију, могуће преимеовањем у исто време."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6815
msgid "You can also copy or move versioned files within a working copy, or between two working copies, using the familiar cut-and-paste method. Use the standard Windows <action>Copy</action> or <action>Cut</action> to copy one or more versioned items to the clipboard. If the clipboard contains such versioned items, you can then use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Paste</guimenuitem></menuchoice> (note: not the standard Windows <action>Paste</action>) to copy or move those items to the new working copy location."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6827
msgid "You can copy files and folders from your working copy to another location in the repository using <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Branch/Tag</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Refer to <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-branch-1\"/> to find out more."
msgstr "Мжете копирати фајлове и именике из своје радне копије на другу локацију у спремишту користећи <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Грана/Знак</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Упоредите са <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-branch-1\"/> да нађете више о томе."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6836
msgid "You can locate an older version of a file or folder in the log dialog and copy it to a new location in the repository directly from the log dialog using <menuchoice><guimenu>Context menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create branch/tag from revision</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Refer to <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-showlog-2\"/> to find out more."
msgstr "Можете лоцирати старију верзију фајла или именика у дневник дијалогу и копирати их на нову локацију у именику спремишта директно из дневник дијалога користећи <menuchoice><guimenu>Контекст мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>Креирај грана/знак из ревизије</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Упореди са <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-showlog-2\"/> за више детаља. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6846
msgid "You can also use the repository browser to locate content you want, and copy it into your working copy directly from the repository, or copy between two locations within the repository. Refer to <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-repobrowser\"/> to find out more."
msgstr "Такође можете користити  претраживач спремишта да лоцирате садржај који желите и да га копирате у своју радну копију директно из спремишта, или да копирате између две локације унутар спремишта. Упоредите са <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-repobrowser\"/> за више детаља."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6853
msgid "Cannot copy between repositories"
msgstr "Не може да копира између спремишта"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6854
msgid "Whilst you can copy and files and folders <emphasis>within</emphasis> a repository, you <emphasis>cannot</emphasis> copy or move from one repository to another while preserving history using TortoiseSVN. Not even if the repositories live on the same server. All you can do is copy the content in its current state and add it as new content to the second repository."
msgstr "Мада можете копирати фајлове и именике  <emphasis>унутар</emphasis> спремишта, ви <emphasis>не можете</emphasis> копирати или померати из једног спремишта у друго док чувате историју користећи ТортоисеСВН. Чак ни ако спремиште живи на истом серверу. Све што мжете урадити је копирање садржаја у његовом текућем стању и додавање као нови садржај у друго спремиште."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6862
msgid "If you are uncertain whether two URLs on the same server refer to the same or different repositories, use the repo browser to open one URL and find out where the repository root is. If you can see both locations in one repo browser window then they are in the same repository."
msgstr "Ако сте несигурни да ли два УРЛ на истом серверу указују на исти или различита спремишта, користите репо претраживач да отворите један УРЛ и нађите где је корен спремишта. Ако можете да видите обе локације у једном репо претраживач прозору онда су они у истом спремишту."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6872
msgid "Ignoring Files And Directories"
msgstr "Занемаривање фајлова и именика"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6874
msgid "ignore"
msgstr "занемари"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6877
msgid "unversioned files/folders"
msgstr "разверзионисање фајлова/именика"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6880
msgid "<placeholder-1/> In most projects you will have files and folders that should not be subject to version control. These might include files created by the compiler, <filename>*.obj, *.lst</filename>, maybe an output folder used to store the executable. Whenever you commit changes, TortoiseSVN shows your unversioned files, which fills up the file list in the commit dialog. Of course you can turn off this display, but then you might forget to add a new source file."
msgstr "<placeholder-1/> У већини пројеката ви имате фајлове и именике који нису субјекат контроле верзија. Они могу укључивати фајлове креиране компајлером, <filename>*.obj, *.lst</filename>, можда излазни именик коришћен за смештање извршних фајлова. Кадагод урезујете измене, ТортоисеСВН приказује ваше неверзионисане фајлове који попуњавају листу у дијалогу урезивања. Свакако да можете искључити ово приказивање, али тада можете заборавити да додате нове фајлове изворног кода."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6893
msgid "The best way to avoid these problems is to add the derived files to the project's ignore list. That way they will never show up in the commit dialog, but genuine unversioned source files will still be flagged up."
msgstr "Најбољи начин да се избегну ови проблеми је да се развојни фајлови додају листи занемарених у пројекту. На тај начин они се никад не приказују у дијалогу урезивања, а прави неверзионисани фајлови изѕворног кода су још увек означени."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6899
msgid "If you <action>right click</action> on a single unversioned file, and select the command <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Add to Ignore List</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the context menu, a submenu appears allowing you to select just that file, or all files with the same extension. If you select multiple files, there is no submenu and you can only add those specific files/folders."
msgstr "Ако урадите <action>десни клик</action> на поједини неверзионисани фајл, и изаберете команду <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Додај Листи Занемарених</guimenuitem></menuchoice> из контекст менија, појавиће се субмени који вам омогућава да изаберете само тај фајл, или све фајлове са истом екстензијом. Ако изаберете више фајлова, нема субменија и можете само да додате те специфчне фајлове/именике. "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6911
msgid "If you want to remove one or more items from the ignore list, <action>right click</action> on those items and select <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Remove from Ignore List</guimenuitem></menuchoice> You can also access a folder's <literal>svn:ignore</literal> property directly. That allows you to specify more general patterns using filename globbing, described in the section below. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-propertypage\"/> for more information on setting properties directly. Please be aware that each ignore pattern has to be placed on a separate line. Separating them by spaces does not work."
msgstr "Ако желите да уклоните једну или више ставки из листе занемарених, <action>десни клик</action> на те ставке и изаберите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Уклони са Листе Занемарених</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Можете такође приступити именику <literal>svn:ignore</literal> особина директно. То вам омогућава да специфицирате много општији модел користећи глобирање имена фајлова, описано у следећем параграфу. Прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-propertypage\"/> за више информација о подешавању особина директно. Молим вас будите пажљиви јер сваки модел занемаривања мора да буде смештен у посебној линији. Одвајање размаком не ради."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6926
msgid "The Global Ignore List"
msgstr "Глобална листа занемаривања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6927
msgid "Another way to ignore files is to add them to the <firstterm>global ignore list</firstterm>. The big difference here is that the global ignore list is a client property. It applies to <emphasis>all</emphasis> Subversion projects, but on the client PC only. In general it is better to use the <filename>svn:ignore</filename> property where possible, because it can be applied to specific project areas, and it works for everyone who checks out the project. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-main\"/> for more information."
msgstr "Други нчин да се занемаре фајлови је да се додају у <firstterm>глобалну листу занемаривања</firstterm>. Велика разлика овде је да је глобална листа занемаривања је клијентска особина. Примењује се на  <emphasis>све</emphasis> Субверзионе пројекте, али на само на клијентовом ПЦ. Генерално је боље да се користи  <filename>svn:ignore</filename> особина када је могуће јер може бити примењена на специфичну област пројекта, и то ради за сваког ко преузме пројекат. Прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-main\"/> за више информација."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6940
msgid "Ignoring Versioned Items"
msgstr "Занемаривање верзионисаних ставки"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6941
msgid "Versioned files and folders can never be ignored - that's a feature of Subversion. If you versioned a file by mistake, read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-howto-unversion\"/> for instructions on how to <quote>unversion</quote> it."
msgstr "Верзионисани фајлови и именици не могу бити никад занемарени - то је особина Субверзије. Ако верзионишете фајл грешком прочитајте <xref linkend=\"tsvn-howto-unversion\"/> за инструкције како да га <quote>одверзионишете</quote>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6949
msgid "Pattern Matching in Ignore Lists"
msgstr "Хватање модела у листи занемаривања"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6951
msgid "globbing"
msgstr "глоббинг"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6954
msgid "pattern matching"
msgstr "хватање модела"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6963
msgid "*"
msgstr "*"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6965
msgid "Matches any string of characters, including the empty string (no characters)."
msgstr "Чини сличним сваки стринг карактера, укључујући празан стринг (без карактера)."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6972
msgid "?"
msgstr "?"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6974
msgid "Matches any single character."
msgstr "Хватање било ког појединог карактера."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6980
msgid "[...]"
msgstr "[...]"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6982
msgid "Matches any one of the characters enclosed in the square brackets. Within the brackets, a pair of characters separated by <quote>-</quote> matches any character lexically between the two. For example <literal>[AGm-p]</literal> matches any one of <literal>A</literal>, <literal>G</literal>, <literal>m</literal>, <literal>n</literal>, <literal>o</literal> or <literal>p</literal>."
msgstr "Чини сличним било који карактер затворен у средњој загради. У оквиру заграда, пар карактера одвојених са <quote>-</quote> чине сличним сваки карактер лексички између та два. На пример <literal>[AGm-p]</literal> чини сличним сваки од <literal>A</literal>, <literal>G</literal>, <literal>m</literal>, <literal>n</literal>, <literal>o</literal> or <literal>p</literal>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6956
msgid "Subversion's ignore patterns make use of filename globbing, a technique originally used in Unix to specify files using meta-characters as wildcards. The following characters have special meaning: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Субверзиони модел занемаривања  користи глобалисање имена фајлова као технику оригинално корићену у Униксу да се специфицирају фајлови користећи мета-карактере као џокере. Следећи карактери имају специјална значења:  <placeholder-1/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:6996
msgid "Subversion uses the <literal>/</literal> as the path delimiter in all internal pathnames, and all pattern matching is done against this style of path names. If you want to use a path delimiter in your ignore pattern, be sure to use <literal>/</literal>, and not the Windows backslash."
msgstr "Субверзија користи <literal>/</literal> као ограничавач путање у свим интерним именима путање, и сви модели спаривања су дати према том стилу имена фајлова. Ако желите да користите ограничавач путање у моделу занемаривања будите сигурни да користите <literal>/</literal>, а не Виндоуз обратну косу црту."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7002
msgid "Pattern matching is case sensitive, which can cause problems on Windows. You can force case insensitivity the hard way by pairing characters, eg. to ignore <literal>*.tmp</literal> regardless of case, you could use a pattern like <literal>*.[Tt][Mm][Pp]</literal>."
msgstr "Модел спаривања зависи од величине слова, што може узроковати проблем на Виндоузу. Можете фосирати независност од величине слова на тежи начин спаривањем карактера, тј. занемаривањем <literal>*.tmp</literal>  безобзира од величине слова, можете користити модел <literal>*.[Tt][Mm][Pp]</literal>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7009
msgid "Subversion uses this pattern matching against every path presented to it for action. These paths are generally relative to the directory being acted upon for import, add, commit, etc. The matching pattern therefore has to take account of the fact that there may or may not be path components before the filename."
msgstr "Субверзија користи модел спаривања према свакој путањи која јој се прикаже за акцију. Ове путање су уопштено релативне на именик активиран за увоз, додавање, урезивање, итд. Модел спаривања тада има да узме у обзир чињеницу да може или не може бити компоненти путање пре имена фајла."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7016
msgid "If directory names are present in a path, the matching algorithm will not trim them off, so pattern <literal>Fred.*</literal> will match <literal>Fred.c</literal> but not <literal>subdir/Fred.c</literal>. This is significant if you add a folder which contains some files that you want to be ignored, because those filenames will be preceded with the folder name when Subversion compares them with the ignore pattern."
msgstr "Ако је име именика присутно у путањи алгоритам спаривања неће га скресати тако да ће модел <literal>Fred.*</literal> спарити <literal>Fred.c</literal> али не <literal>subdir/Fred.c</literal>. Ово је значајно ако додате именик који садржи неке фајлове које желите да буду занемарени, јер та фајлимена су предвођена именом именика када их Субверзија пореди са моделом занемаривања."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7025
msgid "The <literal>/</literal> character is not treated in any special way for pattern matching purposes, so the pattern <literal>abc*xyz</literal> would match <literal>abcdxyz</literal> but also <literal>abcdir/subdir/anything/morexyz</literal>."
msgstr "Каракте <literal>/</literal> се не третира на било који специјални начин у сврхе модела спривања тако да модел <literal>abc*xyz</literal> спарује <literal>abcdxyz</literal> али такође <literal>abcdir/subdir/anything/morexyz</literal>."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7031
msgid "To ignore all <literal>CVS</literal> folders you should either specify a pattern of <literal>*CVS</literal> or better, the pair <literal>CVS */CVS</literal>. The first option works, but would also exclude something called <literal>ThisIsNotCVS</literal>. Using <literal>*/CVS</literal> alone will not work on an immediate child <literal>CVS</literal> folder, and <literal>CVS</literal> alone will not work on sub-folders."
msgstr "Да би се занемарили сви <literal>CVS</literal> именици треба да специфицирате модел <literal>*CVS</literal> или боље, пар <literal>CVS */CVS</literal>. Прва опција ради, али ће такође искључити нешто као  <literal>ThisIsNotCVS</literal>. Користећи <literal>*/CVS</literal> само неће радити на директни потомак <literal>CVS</literal> именик, и <literal>CVS</literal> сам неће радити на суб-именицима."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7040
msgid "If you want an official definition for globbing, you can find it in the IEEE specifications for the shell command language <ulink url=\"http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#tag_02_13\"><citetitle>Pattern Matching Notation</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Ако желите званичну дефиницију глобалисања наћићете је у ИЕЕЕ спецификацијама за командни језик шкољке  <ulink url=\"http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#tag_02_13\"><citetitle>Pattern Matching Notation</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7050
msgid "Deleting, Moving and Renaming"
msgstr "Брисање, померање и преименовање"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7056
msgid "Explorer context menu for versioned files"
msgstr "Експлореров контекст мени за верзионисане фајлове"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7051
msgid "Unlike CVS, Subversion allows renaming and moving of files and folders. So there are menu entries for delete and rename in the TortoiseSVN submenu. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Супротно ЦВС, Субверзија дозвољава преименовање и померање фајлова и именика. Тако да има мени улаза за брисање и преименовање у ТортоисеСВН субменију. <placeholder-1/>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7061
msgid "Deleting files and folders"
msgstr "Брисање фајлова и именика"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7063
msgid "delete"
msgstr "бриши"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7066
msgid "remove"
msgstr "уклони"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7068
msgid "Use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to remove files or folders from subversion."
msgstr "Користи <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Бриши</guimenuitem></menuchoice> да се уклоне фајлови и именици из субверзије."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7076
msgid "When you <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></menuchoice> a file, it is removed from your working copy immediately as well as being marked for deletion in the repository on next commit. The file's parent folder shows a <quote>deleted</quote> icon overlay. Up until you commit the change, you can get the file back using <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Revert</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on the parent folder."
msgstr "Када урадите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Бриши</guimenuitem></menuchoice> фајл, то уклони из ваше радне копије тренутно као што и маркира за брисање у спремишту при следећем урезивању. Предачки именик фајла приказује <quote>обрисан</quote> прекривну икону. Све док не урежете измене можете вратити фајлове назад користећи  <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Врати</guimenuitem></menuchoice>  на предачки именик."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7092
msgid "When you <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></menuchoice> a folder, it remains in your working copy, but the overlay changes to indicate that it is marked for deletion. Up until you commit the change, you can get the folder back using <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Revert</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on the folder itself. This difference in behaviour between files and folders is a part of Subversion, not TortoiseSVN."
msgstr "Када <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Бриши</guimenuitem></menuchoice> именик, остаје у вашој радној копији, али се прекривач мења да индицира да је маркиран за брисање. Све док не урежете измене можете вратити именик користећи <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВна Н</guimenu><guimenuitem>Врати</guimenuitem></menuchoice>  на сам именик. Ова разлика у понашању међу фајловима и именицима је део Субверзије, не ТортоисеСВН."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7109
msgid "If you want to delete an item from the repository, but keep it locally as an unversioned file/folder, use <menuchoice><guimenu>Extended Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Delete (keep local)</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. You have to hold the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key while right clicking on the item in the explorer list pane (right pane) in order to see this in the extended context menu."
msgstr "Ако желите да обришете ставку из спремишта, али да је задржите локално каоневерзионисани фајл/именик, користите <menuchoice><guimenu>Приширени Контекст Мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>Бриши (чувај локално)</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Треба да држите <keycap>Shift</keycap> тастер када десно кликнете на ставку у претраживачевом лист панелу (десни панел) да би га видели  у проширеном контекст менију."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7120
msgid "If a <emphasis>file</emphasis> is deleted via the explorer instead of using the TortoiseSVN context menu, the commit dialog shows those files and lets you remove them from version control too before the commit. However, if you update your working copy, Subversion will spot the missing file and replace it with the latest version from the repository. If you need to delete a version-controlled file, always use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></menuchoice> so that Subversion doesn't have to guess what you really want to do."
msgstr "Ако је <emphasis>фајл</emphasis> обрисан преко претраживача уместо коришћењем ТортоисеСВН контекст менија, дијалог урезивања приказује те фајлове и дозвољава вам да их уклоните из контроле верзија пре урезивања такође. Међутим, ако ажурирате вашу радну копију, Субверзија ће обележити фајл који недостаје и заменити га са задњом верзијом из спремишта. Ако вам треба да обришете верзија-контролисан фајл, увек користите <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Бриши</guimenuitem></menuchoice> тако да Субверзија не мора да погађа шта ви стварно желите да урадите."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7134
msgid "If a <emphasis>folder</emphasis> is deleted via the explorer instead of using the TortoiseSVN context menu, your working copy will be broken and you will be unable to commit. If you update your working copy, Subversion will replace the missing folder with the latest version from the repository and you can then delete it the correct way using <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr "Ако је <emphasis>именик</emphasis>  избрисан преко претраживача уместо користићи ТортоисеСВН контекст мени, ваша радна копија ће бити оштећена и ви нећети моћи да је урежете. Ако ажурирате вашу радну копију Субверзија ће заменити недостајући именик са задњом верзијом из спремишта и можете га тада обрисати на исправан начин користећи <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Обриши</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7147
msgid "Getting a deleted file or folder back"
msgstr "Враћање избрисаних фајлова и именика"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7148
msgid "If you have deleted a file or a folder and already committed that delete operation to the repository, then a normal <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Revert</guimenuitem></menuchoice> can't bring it back anymore. But the file or folder is not lost at all. If you know the revision the file or folder got deleted (if you don't, use the log dialog to find out) open the repository browser and switch to that revision. Then select the file or folder you deleted, right-click and select <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Copy to...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> as the target for that copy operation select the path to your working copy."
msgstr "Ако сте обрисали фајл или именик и већ сте урезали ту операцију брисања онда нормално <menuchoice><guimenu>ТортоисеСВН</guimenu><guimenuitem>Врати</guimenuitem></menuchoice> не може да то врати уопште. Али фајл или именик није изгубљен потпуно. Ако знате ревизију фајла или именика узмите обрисане (ако не, користите дневник дијалог да их нађете) отворите претраживач спремишта и пребаците на ту ревизију. Затим изаберите фајл или именик које сте обрисали, десни клик и изаберите  <menuchoice><guimenu>Контекст Мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>Копирај у...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> као циљ за ту операцију копираља изаберите путању у вашој радној копији."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7170
msgid "Moving files and folders"
msgstr "Померање фајлова и именика"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7172
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9473
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13210
msgid "rename"
msgstr "преименуј"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7175
msgid "move"
msgstr "помери"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7178
msgid "If you want to do a simple in-place rename of a file or folder, use <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rename...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Enter the new name for the item and you're done."
msgstr "Ако желите да урадите једноставно на-месту преименовање фајла или именика, користите <menuchoice><guimenu>Контекст Мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>Преименуј...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Унесите ново име за ставку и урадите."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7193
msgid "select the files or directories you want to move"
msgstr "избор фајлова или именика које желите да померите"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7209
msgid "in the popup menu select <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>SVN Move versioned files here</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
msgstr "у попап менију изаберите <menuchoice><guimenu>Контекст Мени</guimenu><guimenuitem>СВН Помери верзионисани фајл овде</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7187
msgid "If you want to move files around inside your working copy, perhaps to a different sub-folder, use the right-mouse drag-and-drop handler: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Ако желите да померите фајлове около унутар ваше радне копије, можда у различит суб-именик, користите десни-миш вуци-и-баци ручицу: <placeholder-1/>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7220
msgid "Commit the parent folder"
msgstr "урезивање предачког именика"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7221
msgid "Since renames and moves are done as a delete followed by an add you must commit the parent folder of the renamed/moved file so that the deleted part of the rename/move will show up in the commit dialog. If you don't commit the removed part of the rename/move, it will stay behind in the repository and when your co-workers update, the old file will not be removed. i.e. they will have <emphasis>both</emphasis> the old and the new copies."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7231
msgid "You <emphasis>must</emphasis> commit a folder rename before changing any of the files inside the folder, otherwise your working copy can get really messed up."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7237
msgid "You can also use the repository browser to move items around. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-repobrowser\"/> to find out more."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7242
msgid "Do Not SVN Move Externals"
msgstr "Немојте да СВН помера екстернале"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7243
msgid "You should <emphasis>not</emphasis> use the TortoiseSVN <guilabel>Move</guilabel> or <guilabel>Rename</guilabel> commands on a folder which has been created using <literal>svn:externals</literal>. This action would cause the external item to be deleted from its parent repository, probably upsetting many other people. If you need to move an externals folder you should use an ordinary shell move, then adjust the <literal>svn:externals</literal> properties of the source and destination parent folders."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7258
msgid "Changing case in a filename"
msgstr "Измена великих и малих слова у именима фајла"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7260
msgid "case change"
msgstr "измена великих и малих слова"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7263
msgid "Making case-only changes to a filename is tricky with Subversion on Windows, because for a short time during a rename, both filenames have to exist. As Windows has a case-insensitive file system, this does not work using the usual Rename command."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7269
msgid "Fortunately there are (at least) two possible methods to rename a file without losing its log history. It is important to rename it within subversion. Just renaming in the explorer will corrupt your working copy!"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7279
msgid "Commit the changes in your working copy."
msgstr "Урезивање измена у вашој радној копији."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7284
msgid "Rename the file from UPPERcase to upperCASE directly in the repository using the repository browser."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7290
msgid "Update your working copy."
msgstr "Ажурирање ваше радне копије."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7275
msgid "Solution A) (recommended) <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Решење А) (препоручено) <placeholder-1/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7300
msgid "Rename from UPPERcase to UPPERcase_ with the rename command in the TortoiseSVN submenu."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7306
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7316
msgid "Commit the changes."
msgstr "Урезивање промена."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7311
msgid "Rename from UPPERcase_ to upperCASE."
msgstr "Преименуј из УППЕРцасе_ у упперЦАСЕ."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7296
msgid "Solution B) <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Решење Б) <placeholder-1/>"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7324
msgid "Dealing with filename case conflicts"
msgstr "Рад са конфликтом величине слова у имену фајла"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7325
msgid "If the repository already contains two files with the same name but differing only in case (e.g. <filename>TEST.TXT</filename> and <filename>test.txt</filename>), you will not be able to update or checkout the parent directory on a Windows client. Whilst Subversion supports case-sensitive filenames, Windows does not."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7333
msgid "This sometimes happens when two people commit, from separate working copies, files which happen to have the same name, but with a case difference. It can also happen when files are committed from a system with a case-sensitive file system, like Linux."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7340
msgid "In that case, you have to decide which one of them you want to keep and delete (or rename) the other one from the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7345
msgid "Preventing two files with the same name"
msgstr "Предупредити два фајла са истим имено"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7346
msgid "There is a server hook script available at: <ulink url=\"http://svn.collab.net/repos/svn/trunk/contrib/hook-scripts/\"><citetitle>http://svn.collab.net/repos/svn/trunk/contrib/hook-scripts/</citetitle></ulink> that will prevent checkins which result in case conflicts."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7356
msgid "Repairing File Renames"
msgstr "Исправка преименовања фајлова"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7357
msgid "Sometimes your friendly IDE will rename files for you as part of a refactoring exercise, and of course it doesn't tell Subversion. If you try to commit your changes, Subversion will see the old filename as missing and the new one as an unversioned file. You could just check the new filename to get it added in, but you would then lose the history tracing, as Subversion does not know the files are related."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7365
msgid "A better way is to notify Subversion that this change is actually a rename, and you can do this within the <guilabel>Commit</guilabel> and <guilabel>Check for Modifications</guilabel> dialogs. Simply select both the old name (missing) and the new name (unversioned) and use <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Repair Move</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to pair the two files as a rename."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7379
msgid "Deleting Unversioned Files"
msgstr "Брисање неверзионисаних фајлова"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7380
msgid "Usually you set your ignore list such that all generated files are ignored in Subversion. But what if you want to clear all those ignored items to produce a clean build? Usually you would set that in your makefile, but if you are debugging the makefile, or changing the build system it is useful to have a way of clearing the decks."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7387
msgid "TortoiseSVN provides just such an option using <menuchoice><guimenu>Extended Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Delete unversioned items...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. You have to hold the <keycap>Shift</keycap> while right clicking on a folder in the explorer list pane (right pane) in order to see this in the extended context menu. This will produce a dialog which lists all unversioned files anywhere in your working copy. You can then select or deselect items to be removed."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7399
msgid "When such items are deleted, the recycle bin is used, so if you make a mistake here and delete a file that should have been versioned, you can still recover it."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7407
msgid "Undo Changes"
msgstr "Поништи измене"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7409
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13338
msgid "revert"
msgstr "врати"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7412
msgid "undo"
msgstr "поништи"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7427
msgid "Revert dialog"
msgstr "Врати дијалог"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7414
msgid "If you want to undo all changes you made in a file since the last update you need to select the file, <action>right click</action> to pop up the context menu and then select the command <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Revert</guimenuitem></menuchoice> A dialog will pop up showing you the files that you've changed and can revert. Select those you want to revert and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7431
msgid "If you want to undo a deletion or a rename, you need to use Revert on the parent folder as the deleted item does not exist for you to right-click on."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7436
msgid "If you want to undo the addition of an item, this appears in the context menu as <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Undo add...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This is really a revert as well, but the name has been changed to make it more obvious."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7446
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9148
msgid "The columns in this dialog can be customized in the same way as the columns in the <guilabel>Check for modifications</guilabel> dialog. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-wcstatus-2\"/> for further details."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7452
msgid "Undoing Changes which have been Committed"
msgstr "Поништавање измена које су урезане"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7453
msgid "<menuchoice><guimenuitem>Revert</guimenuitem></menuchoice> will only undo your local changes. It does <emphasis>not</emphasis> undo any changes which have already been committed. If you want to undo all the changes which were committed in a particular revision, read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-showlog\"/> for further information."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7464
msgid "Revert is Slow"
msgstr "Враћање је споро"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7465
msgid "When you revert changes you may find that the operation takes a lot longer than you expect. This is because the modified version of the file is sent to the recycle bin, so you can retrieve your changes if you reverted by mistake. However, if your recycle bin is full, Windows takes a long time to find a place to put the file. The solution is simple: either empty the recycle bin or deactivate the <guilabel>Use recycle bin when reverting</guilabel> box in TortoiseSVN's settings."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#. (entry)
#. (title)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7478
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13956
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15001
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15792
msgid "Cleanup"
msgstr "Чишћење"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7480
msgid "cleanup"
msgstr "чишћење"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7482
msgid "If a Subversion command cannot complete successfully, perhaps due to server problems, your working copy can be left in an inconsistent state. In that case you need to use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Cleanup</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on the folder. It is a good idea to do this at the top level of the working copy."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7493
msgid "Cleanup has another useful side effect. If a file date changes but its content doesn't, Subversion cannot tell whether it has really changed except by doing a byte-by-byte comparison with the pristine copy. If you have a lot of files in this state it makes acquiring status very slow, which will make many dialogs slow to respond. Executing a Cleanup on your working copy will repair these <quote>broken</quote> timestamps and restore status checks to full speed."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7504
msgid "Use Commit Timestamps"
msgstr "Користи временске маркере урезивања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7505
msgid "Some earlier releases of Subversion were affected by a bug which caused timestamp mismatch when you check out with the <guilabel>Use commit timestamps</guilabel> option checked. Use the Cleanup command to speed up these working copies."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7515
msgid "Project Settings"
msgstr "Подешавање пројекта"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7517
msgid "properties"
msgstr "особине"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7521
msgid "Explorer property page, Subversion tab"
msgstr "Власнички лист експлорера, Субверзиони таб"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7519
msgid "<placeholder-1/> Sometimes you want to have more detailed information about a file/directory than just the icon overlay. You can get all the information Subversion provides in the explorer properties dialog. Just select the file or directory and select <menuchoice><guimenu>Windows Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the context menu (note: this is the normal properties menu entry the explorer provides, not the one in the TortoiseSVN submenu!). In the properties dialog box TortoiseSVN has added a new property page for files/folders under Subversion control, where you can see all relevant information about the selected file/directory."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7541
msgid "Subversion Properties"
msgstr "Субверзионе особине"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7543
msgid "Subversion properties"
msgstr "Субверзионе особине"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7549
msgid "Subversion property page"
msgstr "Субверзиони власнички лист"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7547
msgid "<placeholder-1/> You can read and set the Subversion properties from the Windows properties dialog, but also from <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and within TortoiseSVN's status lists, from <menuchoice><guimenu>Context menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7564
msgid "You can add your own properties, or some properties with a special meaning in Subversion. These begin with <literal>svn:</literal>. <literal>svn:externals</literal> is such a property; see how to handle externals in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-import-4\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7571
msgid "svn:keywords"
msgstr "свн:кључнеречи"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7573
msgid "keywords"
msgstr "кључне речи"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7576
msgid "expand keywords"
msgstr "проширење кључних речи"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7586
msgid "Date of last known commit. This is based on information obtained when you update your working copy. It does <emphasis>not</emphasis> check the repository to find more recent changes."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7597
msgid "Revision of last known commit."
msgstr "Ревизија задње познатог урезвања."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7605
msgid "Author who made the last known commit."
msgstr "Аутор који је урадио задње познато урезивање."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7613
msgid "The full URL of this file in the repository."
msgstr "Пун УРЛ овог фајла у спремишту."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7621
msgid "A compressed combination of the previous four keywords."
msgstr "Компримована комбинација претходне четири кључне речи."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7578
msgid "Subversion supports CVS-like keyword expansion which can be used to embed filename and revision information within the file itself. Keywords currently supported are: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7629
msgid "To find out how to use these keywords, look at the <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.advanced.props.special.keywords.html\"><citetitle>svn:keywords section</citetitle></ulink> in the Subversion book, which gives a full description of these keywords and how to enable and use them."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7639
msgid "For more information about properties in Subversion see the <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.advanced.props.html\"><citetitle>Special Properties</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Даље информације о свнсерву могу се наћи на <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.advanced.props.html\"><citetitle>Специјалне особине</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7646
msgid "Adding and Editing Properties"
msgstr "Додавање и уређење особина."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7649
msgid "Adding properties"
msgstr "Додавање особина"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7647
msgid "<placeholder-1/> To add a new property, first click on <guilabel>Add...</guilabel>. Select the required property name from the combo box, or type in a name of your own choice, then enter a value in the box below. Properties which take multiple values, such as an ignore list, can be entered on multiple lines. Click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to add that property to the list."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7659
msgid "If you want to apply a property to many items at once, select the files/folders in explorer, then select <menuchoice><guimenu>Context menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7667
msgid "If you want to apply the property to <emphasis>every</emphasis> file and folder in the hierarchy below the current folder, check the <guilabel>Recursive</guilabel> checkbox."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7672
msgid "Some properties, for example <literal>svn:needs-lock</literal>, can only be applied to files, so the property name doesn't appear in the drop down list for folders. You can still apply such a property recursively to all files in a hierarchy, but you have to type in the property name yourself."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7679
msgid "If you wish to edit an existing property, select that property from the list of existing properties, then click on <guibutton>Edit...</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7683
msgid "If you wish to remove an existing property, select that property from the list of existing properties, then click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7687
msgid "The <literal>svn:externals</literal> property can be used to pull in other projects from the same repository or a completely different repository. For more information, read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-import-4\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7695
msgid "Exporting and Importing Properties"
msgstr "Извоз и увоз особина"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7696
msgid "Often you will find yourself applying the same set of properties many times, for example <literal>bugtraq:logregex</literal>. To simplify the process of copying properties from one project to another, you can use the Export/Import feature."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7702
msgid "From the file or folder where the properties are already set, use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, select the properties you wish to export and click on <guibutton>Export...</guibutton>. You will be prompted for a filename where the property names and values will be saved."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7712
msgid "From the folder(s) where you wish to apply these properties, use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and click on <guibutton>Import...</guibutton>. You will be prompted for a filename to import from, so navigate to the place you saved the export file previously and select it. The properties will be added to the folders non-recursively."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7723
msgid "If you want to add properties to a tree recursively, follow the steps above, then in the property dialog select each property in turn, click on <guibutton>Edit...</guibutton>, check the <guilabel>Apply property recursively</guilabel> box and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7730
msgid "The Import file format is binary and proprietary to TortoiseSVN. Its only purpose is to transfer properties using Import and Export, so there is no need to edit these files."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7737
msgid "Binary Properties"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7738
msgid "TortoiseSVN can handle binary property values using files. To read a binary property value, <guibutton>Save...</guibutton> to a file. To set a binary value, use a hex editor or other appropriate tool to create a file with the content you require, then <guibutton>Load...</guibutton> from that file."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7745
msgid "Although binary properties are not often used, they can be useful in some applications. For example if you are storing huge graphics files, or if the application used to load the file is huge, you might want to store a thumbnail as a property so you can obtain a preview quickly."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7753
msgid "Automatic property setting"
msgstr "Аутоматско подешавање особина"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7755
msgid "auto-props"
msgstr "ауто-особ"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7757
msgid "You can configure Subversion and TortoiseSVN to set properties automatically on files and folders when they are added to the repository. There are two ways of doing this."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7762
msgid "You can edit the subversion configuration file to enable this feature on your client. The <guilabel>General</guilabel> page of TortoiseSVN's settings dialog has an edit button to take you there directly. The config file is a simple text file which controls some of subversion's workings. You need to change two things: firstly in the section headed <literal>miscellany</literal> uncomment the line <literal>enable-auto-props = yes</literal>. Secondly you need to edit the section below to define which properties you want added to which file types. This method is a standard subversion feature and works with any subversion client. However it has to be defined on each client individually - there is no way to propagate these settings from the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7779
msgid "An alternative method is to set the <literal>tsvn:autoprops</literal> property on folders, as described in the next section. This method only works for TortoiseSVN clients, but it does get propagated to all working copies on update."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7785
msgid "Whichever method you choose, you should note that auto-props are only applied to files at the time they are added to the repository. Auto-props will never change the properties of files which are already versioned."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7791
msgid "If you want to be absolutely sure that new files have the correct properties applied, you should set up a repository pre-commit hook to reject commits where the required properties are not set."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7798
msgid "Commit properties"
msgstr "Урезивање особина"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7799
msgid "Subversion properties are versioned. After you change or add a property you have to commit your changes."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7805
msgid "Conflicts on properties"
msgstr "Конфликт у особинама"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7806
msgid "If there's a conflict on committing the changes, because another user has changed the same property, Subversion generates a <filename>.prej</filename> file. Delete this file after you have resolved the conflict."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7815
msgid "TortoiseSVN Project Properties"
msgstr "Особине ТортоисеСВН пројеката"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7817
msgid "project properties"
msgstr "особине пројекта"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7820
msgid "TortoiseSVN properties"
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН особине"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7827
msgid "<literal>tsvn:logminsize</literal> sets the minimum length of a log message for a commit. If you enter a shorter message than specified here, the commit is disabled. This feature is very useful for reminding you to supply a proper descriptive message for every commit. If this property is not set, or the value is zero, empty log messages are allowed."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7836
msgid "<literal>tsvn:lockmsgminsize</literal> sets the minimum length of a lock message. If you enter a shorter message than specified here, the lock is disabled. This feature is very useful for reminding you to supply a proper descriptive message for every lock you get. If this property is not set, or the value is zero, empty lock messages are allowed."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7847
msgid "<literal>tsvn:logwidthmarker</literal> is used with projects which require log messages to be formatted with some maximum width (typically 80 characters) before a line break. Setting this property to a non-zero will do 2 things in the log message entry dialog: it places a marker to indicate the maximum width, and it disables word wrap in the display, so that you can see whether the text you entered is too long. Note: this feature will only work correctly if you have a fixed-width font selected for log messages."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7860
msgid "<literal>tsvn:logtemplate</literal> is used with projects which have rules about log message formatting. The property holds a multi-line text string which will be inserted in the commit message box when you start a commit. You can then edit it to include the required information. Note: if you are also using <literal>tsvn:logminsize</literal>, be sure to set the length longer than the template or you will lose the protection mechanism."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7871
msgid "Subversion allows you to set <quote>autoprops</quote> which will be applied to newly added or imported files, based on the file extension. This depends on every client having set appropriate autoprops in their subversion configuration file. <literal>tsvn:autoprops</literal> can be set on folders and these will be merged with the user's local autoprops when importing or adding files. The format is the same as for subversion autoprops, e.g. <literal>*.sh = svn:eol-style=native;svn:executable</literal> sets two properties on files with the <literal>.sh</literal> extension."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7884
msgid "If there is a conflict between the local autoprops and <literal>tsvn:autoprops</literal>, the project settings take precedence because they are specific to that project."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7891
msgid "In the Commit dialog you have the option to paste in the list of changed files, including the status of each file (added, modified, etc). <literal>tsvn:logfilelistenglish</literal> defines whether the file status is inserted in English or in the localized language. If the property is not set, the default is <literal>true</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7902
msgid "TortoiseSVN can use spell checker modules which are also used by OpenOffice and Mozilla. If you have those installed this property will determine which spell checker to use, i.e. in which language the log messages for your project should be written. <literal>tsvn:projectlanguage</literal> sets the language module the spell checking engine should use when you enter a log message. You can find the values for your language on this page: <ulink url=\"http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms776260.aspx\"><citetitle>MSDN: Language Identifiers</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7916
msgid "You can enter this value in decimal, or in hexadecimal if prefixed with <literal>0x</literal>. For example English (US) can be entered as <literal>0x0409</literal> or <literal>1033</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7924
msgid "The property <literal>tsvn:logsummary</literal> is used to extract a portion of the log message which is then shown in the log dialog as the log message summary."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7929
msgid "The value of the <literal>tsvn:logsummary</literal> property must be set to a one line regex string which contains one regex group. Whatever matches that group is used as the summary."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7935
msgid "An example: <literal>\\[SUMMARY\\]:\\s+(.*)</literal> Will catch everything after <quote>[SUMMARY]</quote> in the log message and use that as the summary."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7943
msgid "When you want to add a new property, you can either pick one from the list in the combo box, or you can enter any property name you like. If your project uses some custom properties, and you want those properties to appear in the list in the combo box (to avoid typos when you enter a property name), you can create a list of your custom properties using <literal>tsvn:userfileproperties</literal> and <literal>tsvn:userdirproperties</literal>. Apply these properties to a folder. When you go to edit the properties of any child item, your custom properties will appear in the list of pre-defined property names."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7822
msgid "TortoiseSVN has a few special properties of its own, and these begin with <literal>tsvn:</literal>. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7959
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10432
msgid "Some <literal>tsvn:</literal> properties require a <literal>true/false</literal> value. TortoiseSVN also understands <literal>yes</literal> as a synonym for <literal>true</literal> and <literal>no</literal> as a synonym for <literal>false</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7965
msgid "TortoiseSVN can integrate with some bug tracking tools. This uses project properties that start with <literal>bugtraq:</literal>. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-bugtracker\"/> for further information."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7970
msgid "It can also integrate with some web-based repository browsers, using project properties that start with <literal>webviewer:</literal>. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-repoviewer\"/> for further information."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7976
msgid "Set the project properties on folders"
msgstr "Подешавање особина пројекта о именику"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7977
msgid "These special project properties must be set on <emphasis>folders</emphasis> for the system to work. When you commit a file or folder the properties are read from that folder. If the properties are not found there, TortoiseSVN will search upwards through the folder tree to find them until it comes to an unversioned folder, or the tree root (eg. <literal>C:\\</literal>) is found. If you can be sure that each user checks out only from e.g <filename>trunk/</filename> and not some sub-folder, then it is sufficient to set the properties on <filename>trunk/</filename>. If you can't be sure, you should set the properties recursively on each sub-folder. A property setting deeper in the project hierarchy overrides settings on higher levels (closer to <filename>trunk/</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7991
msgid "For project properties <emphasis>only</emphasis> you can use the <guilabel>Recursive</guilabel> checkbox to set the property to all sub-folders in the hierarchy, without also setting it on all files."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:7998
msgid "When you add new sub-folders using TortoiseSVN, any project properties present in the parent folder will automatically be added to the new child folder too."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8004
msgid "Although TortoiseSVN's project properties are extremely useful, they only work with TortoiseSVN, and some will only work in newer versions of TortoiseSVN. If people working on your project use a variety of Subversion clients, or possibly have old versions of TortoiseSVN, you may want to use repository hooks to enforce project policies. project properties can only help to implement a policy, they cannot enforce it."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8017
msgid "Branching / Tagging"
msgstr "Гранање/означавање"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8025
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9470
msgid "copy"
msgstr "копирај"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8028
msgid "mark release"
msgstr "маркирање ослобађања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8031
msgid "One of the features of version control systems is the ability to isolate changes onto a separate line of development. This line is known as a <firstterm>branch</firstterm>. Branches are often used to try out new features without disturbing the main line of development with compiler errors and bugs. As soon as the new feature is stable enough then the development branch is <firstterm>merged</firstterm> back into the main branch (trunk)."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8041
msgid "Another feature of version control systems is the ability to mark particular revisions (e.g. a release version), so you can at any time recreate a certain build or environment. This process is known as <firstterm>tagging</firstterm>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8047
msgid "Subversion does not have special commands for branching or tagging, but uses so-called <quote>cheap copies</quote> instead. Cheap copies are similar to hard links in Unix, which means that instead of making a complete copy in the repository, an internal link is created, pointing to a specific tree/revision. As a result branches and tags are very quick to create, and take up almost no extra space in the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8057
msgid "Creating a Branch or Tag"
msgstr "Креирање Гране или знака"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8062
msgid "The Branch/Tag Dialog"
msgstr "Грана/Знак дијалог"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8058
msgid "If you have imported your project with the recommended directory structure, creating a branch or tag version is very simple: <placeholder-1/> Select the folder in your working copy which you want to copy to a branch or tag, then select the command <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Branch/Tag...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8072
msgid ""
"The default destination URL for the new branch will be the source URL on which your working copy is based. You will need to edit that URL to the new path for your branch/tag. So instead of <screen>\n"
"    http://svn.collab.net/repos/ProjectName/trunk\n"
"</screen> you might now use something like <screen>\n"
"    http://svn.collab.net/repos/ProjectName/tags/Release_1.10\n"
"</screen> If you can't remember the naming convention you used last time, click the button on the right to open the repository browser so you can view the existing repository structure."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#. (listitem)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8093
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15047
msgid "HEAD revision in the repository"
msgstr "ГЛАВНА ревизија у спремишту"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8095
msgid "The new branch is copied directly in the repository from the HEAD revision. No data needs to be transferred from your working copy, and the branch is created very quickly."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8104
msgid "Specific revision in the repository"
msgstr "Одређена ревизија у спремишту"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8106
msgid "The new branch is copied directly in the repository but you can choose an older revision. This is useful if you forgot to make a tag when you released your project last week. If you can't remember the revision number, click the button on the right to show the revision log, and select the revision number from there. Again no data is transferred from your working copy, and the branch is created very quickly."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8121
msgid "The new branch is an identical copy of your local working copy. If you have updated some files to an older revision in your WC, or if you have made local changes, that is exactly what goes into the copy. Naturally this sort of complex tag may involve transferring data from your WC back to the repository if it does not exist there already."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8088
msgid "Now you have to select the source of the copy. Here you have three options: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8134
msgid "If you want your working copy to be switched to the newly created branch automatically, use the <guilabel>Switch working copy to new branch/tag</guilabel> checkbox. But if you do that, first make sure that your working copy does not contain modifications. If it does, those changes will be merged into the branch WC when you switch."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8142
msgid "Press <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to commit the new copy to the repository. Don't forget to supply a log message. Note that the copy is created <emphasis>inside the repository</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8147
msgid "Note that unless you opted to switch your working copy to the newly created branch, creating a Branch or Tag does <emphasis>not</emphasis> affect your working copy. Even if you create the branch from your WC, those changes are committed to the new branch, not to the trunk, so your WC may still be marked as modified with respect to the trunk."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8156
msgid "To Checkout or to Switch..."
msgstr "Преузети или пребацити..."

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8159
msgid "switch"
msgstr "замена"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8161
msgid "...that is (not really) the question. While a checkout downloads everything from the desired branch in the repository to your working directory, <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Switch...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> only transfers the changed data to your working copy. Good for the network load, good for your patience. :-)"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8177
msgid "<menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Checkout</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to make a fresh checkout in an empty folder. You can check out to any location on your local disk and you can create as many working copies from your repository as you like."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8189
msgid "Switch your current working copy to the newly created copy in the repository. Again select the top level folder of your project and use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Switch...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the context menu."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8199
msgid "In the next dialog enter the URL of the branch you just created. Select the <guilabel>Head Revision</guilabel> radio button and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Your working copy is switched to the new branch/tag."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8207
msgid "Switch works just like Update in that it never discards your local changes. Any changes you have made to your working copy which have not yet been committed will be merged when you do the Switch. If you do not want this to happen then you must either commit the changes before switching, or revert your working copy to an already-committed revision (typically HEAD)."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8217
msgid "If you want to work on trunk and branch, but don't want the expense of a fresh checkout, you can use Windows Explorer to make a copy of your trunk checkout in another folder, then <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Switch...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> that copy to your new branch."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8230
msgid "The Switch Dialog"
msgstr "Пребаци дијалог"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8172
msgid "To be able to work with your freshly generated branch or tag you have several ways to handle it. You can: <placeholder-1/><placeholder-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8239
msgid "Tags are typically used to create a static snapshot of the project at a particular stage. As such they not normally used for development - that's what branches are for, which is the reason we recommended the <filename>/trunk /branches /tags</filename> repository structure in the first place. Working on a tag revision is <emphasis>not a good idea</emphasis>, but because your local files are not write protected there is nothing to stop you doing this by mistake. However, if you try to commit to a path in the repository which contains <filename>/tags/</filename>, TortoiseSVN will warn you."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8255
msgid "It may be that you need to make further changes to a release which you have already tagged. The correct way to handle this is to create a new branch from the tag first and commit the branch. Do your Changes on this branch and then create a new tag from this new branch, e.g. <filename>Version_1.0.1</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8265
msgid "If you modify a working copy created from a branch and commit, then all changes go to the new branch and <emphasis>not</emphasis> the trunk. Only the modifications are stored. The rest remains a cheap copy."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8234
msgid "Although Subversion itself makes no distinction between tags and branches, the way they are typically used differs a bit. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8278
msgid "Merging"
msgstr "Спајање"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8281
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8406
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8482
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8515
msgid "merge"
msgstr "стопи"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8283
msgid "Where branches are used to maintain separate lines of development, at some stage you will want to merge the changes made on one branch back into the trunk, or vice versa."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8288
msgid "It is important to understand how branching and merging works in Subversion before you start using it, as it can become quite complex. It is highly recommended that you read the chapter <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.branchmerge.html\"><citetitle>Branching and Merging</citetitle></ulink> in the Subversion book, which gives a full description and many examples of how it is used."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8298
msgid "The next point to note is that merging <emphasis>always</emphasis> takes place within a working copy. If you want to merge changes <emphasis>into</emphasis> a branch, you have to have a working copy for that branch checked out, and invoke the merge wizard from that working copy using <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Merge...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8309
msgid "In general it is a good idea to perform a merge into an unmodified working copy. If you have made other changes in your WC, commit those first. If the merge does not go as you expect, you may want to revert the changes, and the <guilabel>Revert</guilabel> command will discard <emphasis>all</emphasis> changes including any you made before the merge."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8316
msgid "There are three common use cases for merging which are handled in slightly different ways, as described below. The first page of the merge wizard asks you to select the method you need."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8323
msgid "Unlike the command line client, the merge dialog merges all revisions of a range. For example, if you want to merge revisions 5-7, you have to specify \"5-7\" or \"5,6,7\". With the command line client, you would have to specify \"4-7\" to include revision 5 in the merge."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8333
msgid "Merge a range of revisions"
msgstr "Стопи опсег ревизија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8335
msgid "This method covers the case when you have made one or more revisions to a branch (or to the trunk) and you want to port those changes across to a different branch."
msgstr "Метода се користи у случају кад сте направили једну или више ревизија у грани (или главној грани) и желите пренети те измене у неку другу грану."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8340
msgid "What you are asking Subversion to do is this: <quote>Calculate the changes necessary to get [FROM] revision 1 of branch A [TO] revision 7 of branch A, and apply those changes to my working copy (of trunk or branch B).</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8349
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8479
msgid "Reintegrate a branch"
msgstr "Реинтегриши грану"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8351
msgid "This method covers the case when you have made a feature branch as discussed in the Subversion book. All trunk changes have been ported to the feature branch, week by week, and now the feature is complete you want to merge it back into the trunk. Because you have kept the feature branch synchronized with the trunk, the latest versions of branch and trunk will be absolutely identical except for your branch changes."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8360
msgid "This is a special case of the tree merge described below, and it requires only the URL to merge from (normally) your development branch. It uses the merge-tracking features of Subversion to calculate the correct revision ranges to use, and perform additional checks which ensure that the branch has been fully updated with trunk changes. This ensures that you don't accidentally undo work that others have committed to trunk since you last synchronized changes."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8370
msgid "After the merge, all branch development has been completely merged back into the main development line. The branch is now redundant and can be deleted."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8378
msgid "Merge two different trees"
msgstr "Стопи два различита стабла"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8380
msgid "This is a more general case of the reintegrate method. What you are asking Subversion to do is: <quote>Calculate the changes necessary to get [FROM] the head revision of the trunk [TO] the head revision of the branch, and apply those changes to my working copy (of the trunk).</quote> The net result is that trunk now looks exactly like the branch."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8388
msgid "If your server/repository does not support merge-tracking then this is the only way to merge a branch back to trunk. Another use case occurs when you are using vendor branches and you need to merge the changes following a new vendor drop into your trunk code. For more information read the chapter on <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.advanced.vendorbr.html\"><citetitle>vendor branches</citetitle></ulink> in the Subversion Book."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8403
msgid "Merging a Range of Revisions"
msgstr "Спајање опсега ревизија"

#. (secondary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8407
msgid "revision range"
msgstr "распон ревизија"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8411
msgid "The Merge Wizard - Select Revision Range"
msgstr "Чаробњак соајања - Избор опсега ревизија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8409
msgid "<placeholder-1/> In the <guilabel>From:</guilabel> field enter the full folder URL of the branch or tag containing the changes you want to port into your working copy. You may also click <guibutton>...</guibutton> to browse the repository and find the desired branch. If you have merged from this branch before, then just use the drop down list which shows a history of previously used URLs."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8424
msgid "In the <guilabel>Revision range to merge</guilabel> field enter the list of revisions you want to merge. This can be a single revision, a list of specific revisions separated by commas, or a range of revisions separated by a dash, or any combination of these."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8431
msgid "The easiest way to select the range of revisions you need is to click on <guibutton>Show Log</guibutton>, as this will list recent changes with their log comments. If you want to merge the changes from a single revision, just select that revision. If you want to merge changes from several revisions, then select that range (using the usual <keycap>Shift</keycap>-modifier). Click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and the list of revision numbers to merge will be filled in for you."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8442
msgid "If you want to merge changes back <emphasis>out</emphasis> of your working copy, to revert a change which has already been committed, select the revisions to revert and make sure the <guilabel>Reverse merge</guilabel> box is checked."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8448
msgid "If you have already merged some changes from this branch, hopefully you will have made a note of the last revision merged in the log message when you committed the change. In that case, you can use <guibutton>Show Log</guibutton> for the Working Copy to trace that log message. Use the end point of the last merge as the start point for this merge. For example, if you have merged revisions 37 to 39 last time, then the start point for this merge should be revision 39."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8459
msgid "If you are using the merge tracking features of Subversion, you do not need to remember which revisions have already been merged - Subversion will record that for you. If you leave the revision range blank, all revisions which have not yet been merged will be included. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-merge-tracking\"/> to find out more."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8467
msgid "If other people may be committing changes then be careful about using the HEAD revision. It may not refer to the revision you think it does if someone else made a commit after your last update."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8473
msgid "Click <guibutton>Next</guibutton> and go to <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-merge-options\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (secondary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8483
msgid "reintegrate"
msgstr "реинтеграција"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8487
msgid "The Merge Wizard - Reintegrate Merge"
msgstr "Чаробњак спајања - Реинтеграција спајања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8485
msgid "<placeholder-1/> To merge a feature branch back into the trunk you must start the merge wizard from within a working copy of the trunk."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8493
msgid "In the <guilabel>From URL:</guilabel> field enter the full folder URL of the branch that you want to merge back. You may also click <guibutton>...</guibutton> to browse the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8500
msgid "There are some conditions which apply to a reintegrate merge. Firstly, the server must support merge tracking. The working copy must be of depth infinite (no sparse checkouts), and it must not have any local modifications, switched items or items that have been updated to revisions other than HEAD. All changes to trunk made during branch development must have been merged across to the branch (or marked as having been merged). The range of revisions to merge will be calculated automatically."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8512
msgid "Merging Two Different Trees"
msgstr "Спајање два различита стабла"

#. (secondary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8516
msgid "two trees"
msgstr "два стабла"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8520
msgid "The Merge Wizard - Tree Merge"
msgstr "Чаробњак спајања - Спајање стабла"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8518
msgid "<placeholder-1/> If you are using this method to merge a feature branch back to trunk, you need to start the merge wizard from within a working copy of trunk."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8526
msgid "In the <guilabel>From:</guilabel> field enter the full folder URL of the <emphasis>trunk</emphasis>. This may sound wrong, but remember that the trunk is the start point to which you want to add the branch changes. You may also click <guibutton>...</guibutton> to browse the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8535
msgid "In the <guilabel>To:</guilabel> field enter the full folder URL of the feature branch."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8539
msgid "In both the <guilabel>From Revision</guilabel> field and the <guilabel>To Revision</guilabel> field, enter the last revision number at which the two trees were synchronized. If you are sure no-one else is making commits you can use the HEAD revision in both cases. If there is a chance that someone else may have made a commit since that synchronization, use the specific revision number to avoid losing more recent commits."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8549
msgid "You can also use <guibutton>Show Log</guibutton> to select the revision."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8555
msgid "Merge Options"
msgstr "Опције спајања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8557
msgid "This page of the wizard lets you specify advanced options, before starting the merge process. Most of the time you can just use the default settings."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8562
msgid "You can specify the depth to use for the merge, i.e. how far down into your working copy the merge should go. The depth terms used are described in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-checkout-depth\"/>. The default depth is <guilabel>Working copy</guilabel>, which uses the existing depth setting, and is almost always what you want."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8569
msgid "Most of the time you want merge to take account of the file's history, so that changes relative to a common ancestor are merged. Sometimes you may need to merge files which are perhaps related, but not in your repository. For example you may have imported versions 1 and 2 of a third party library into two separate directories. Although they are logically related, Subversion has no knowledge of this because it only sees the tarballs you imported. If you attempt to merge the difference between these two trees you would see a complete removal followed by a complete add. To make Subversion use only path-based differences rather than history-based differences, check the <guilabel>Ignore ancestry</guilabel> box. Read more about this topic in the Subversion book, <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.branchmerge.advanced.html#svn.branchmerge.advanced.ancestry\"><citetitle>Noticing or Ignoring Ancestry</citetitle></ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8586
msgid "You can specify the way that line ending and whitespace changes are handled. These options are described in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-diff-eol-whitespace\"/>. The default behaviour is to treat all whitespace and line-end differences as real changes to be merged."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8592
msgid "If you are using merge tracking and you want to mark a revision as having been merged, without actually doing the merge here, check the <guilabel>Only record the merge</guilabel> checkbox. There are two possible reasons you might want to do this. It may be that the merge is too complicated for the merge algorithms, so you code the changes by hand, then mark the change as merged so that the merge tracking algorithm is aware of it. Or you might want to prevent a particular revision from being merged. Marking it as already merged will prevent the merge occurring with merge-tracking-aware clients."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8603
msgid "Now everything is set up, all you have to do is click on the <guibutton>Merge</guibutton> button. If you want to preview the results <guibutton>Test Merge</guibutton> performs the merge operation, but does <emphasis>not</emphasis> modify the working copy at all. It shows you a list of the files that will be changed by a real merge, and notes those areas where conflicts will occur."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8611
msgid "The merge progress dialog shows each stage of the merge, with the revision ranges involved. This may indicate one more revision than you were expecting. For example if you asked to merge revision 123 the progress dialog will report <quote>Merging revisions 122 through 123</quote>. To understand this you need to remember that Merge is closely related to Diff. The merge process works by generating a list of differences between two points in the repository, and applying those differences to your working copy. The progress dialog is simply showing the start and end points for the diff."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8624
msgid "Reviewing the Merge Results"
msgstr "Преглед резултата спајања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8625
msgid "The merge is now complete. It's a good idea to have a look at the merge and see if it's as expected. Merging is usually quite complicated. Conflicts often arise if the branch has drifted far from the trunk."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8630
msgid "For Subversion clients and servers prior to 1.5, no merge information is stored and merged revisions have to be tracked manually. When you have tested the changes and come to commit this revision, your commit log message should <emphasis>always</emphasis> include the revision numbers which have been ported in the merge. If you want to apply another merge at a later time you will need to know what you have already merged, as you do not want to port a change more than once. For more information about this, refer to <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.4/svn.branchmerge.copychanges.html#svn.branchmerge.copychanges.bestprac\"><citetitle>Best Practices for Merging</citetitle></ulink> in the Subversion book."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8647
msgid "If your server and all clients are running Subversion 1.5 or higher, the merge tracking facility will record the revisions merged and avoid a revision being merged more than once. This makes your life much simpler as you can simply merge the entire revision range each time and know that only new revisions will actually be merged."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8654
msgid "Branch management is important. If you want to keep this branch up to date with the trunk, you should be sure to merge often so that the branch and trunk do not drift too far apart. Of course, you should still avoid repeated merging of changes, as explained above."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8661
msgid "If you have just merged a feature branch back into the trunk, the trunk now contains all the new feature code, and the branch is obsolete. You can now delete it from the repository if required."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8669
msgid "Subversion can't merge a file with a folder and vice versa - only folders to folders and files to files. If you click on a file and open up the merge dialog, then you have to give a path to a file in that dialog. If you select a folder and bring up the dialog, then you must specify a folder URL for the merge."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8679
msgid "Merge Tracking"
msgstr "Праћење спајања"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8681
msgid "merge tracking"
msgstr "праћење спајања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8689
msgid "You can avoid the danger of merging the same revision twice (repeated merge problem). Once a revision is marked as having been merged, future merges which include that revision in the range will skip over it."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8697
msgid "When you merge a branch back into trunk, the log dialog can show you the branch commits as part of the trunk log, giving better traceability of changes."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8704
msgid "When you show the log dialog from within the merge dialog, revisions already merged are shown in grey."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8710
msgid "When showing blame information for a file, you can choose to show the original author of merged revisions, rather than the person who did the merge."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8717
msgid "You can mark revisions as <emphasis>do not merge</emphasis> by including them in the list of merged revisions without actually doing the merge."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8683
msgid "Subversion 1.5 introduced facilities for merge tracking. When you merge changes from one tree into another, the revision numbers merged are stored and this information can be used for several different purposes. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8725
msgid "Merge tracking information is stored in the <literal>svn:mergeinfo</literal> property by the client when it performs a merge. When the merge is committed the server stores that information in a database, and when you request merge, log or blame information, the server can respond appropriately. For the system to work properly you must ensure that the server, the repository and all clients are upgraded. Earlier clients will not store the <literal>svn:mergeinfo</literal> property and earlier servers will not provide the information requested by new clients."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8735
msgid "Find out more about merge tracking from Subversion's <ulink url=\"http://subversion.tigris.org/merge-tracking/index.html\"><citetitle>Merge tracking documentation</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8743
msgid "Handling Conflicts during Merge"
msgstr "Руковање конфликтима у току спајања"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8746
msgid "merge conflicts"
msgstr "конфликти спајања"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8755
msgid "The Merge Conflict Callback Dialog"
msgstr "Конфликти спајања дијалог одговора"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8748
msgid "Merging does not always go smoothly. Sometimes there is a conflict, and if you are merging multiple ranges, you generally want to resolve the conflict before merging of the next range starts. TortoiseSVN helps you through this process by showing the <emphasis>merge conflict callback</emphasis> dialog. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8764
msgid "You may decide that your local changes are much more important, so you want to discard the version from the repository and keep your local version. Or you might discard your local changes in favour of the repository version. Either way, no attempt is made to merge the changes - you choose one or the other."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8774
msgid "Normally you will want to look at the conflicts and resolve them. In that case, choose the <guibutton>Edit Conflict</guibutton> which will start up your merge tool. When you are satisfied with the result, click <guibutton>Resolved</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8782
msgid "The last option is to postpone resolution and continue with merging. You can choose to do that for the current conflicted file, or for all files in the rest of the merge. However, if there are further changes in that file, it will not be possible to complete the merge."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8759
msgid "When a conflict occurs during the merge, you have three ways to handle it. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8792
msgid "If you do not want to use this interactive callback, there is a checkbox in the merge progress dialog <guilabel>Merge non-interactive</guilabel>. If this is set for a merge and the merge would result in a conflict, the file is marked as in conflict and the merge goes on. You will have to resolve the conflicts after the whole merge is finished. If it is not set, then before a file is marked as conflicted you get the chance to resolve the conflict <emphasis>during</emphasis> the merge. This has the advantage that if a file gets multiple merges (multiple revisions apply a change to that file), subsequent merges might succeed depending on which lines are affected. But of course you can't walk away to get a coffee while the merge is running ;)"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8807
msgid "Merge a Completed Branch"
msgstr "Спајање целе гране"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8810
msgid "merge reintegrate"
msgstr "стопи реинтегрирај"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8822
msgid "The Merge reintegrate Dialog"
msgstr "Дијалог реинтегрисаног спајања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8812
msgid "If you want to merge all changes from a feature branch back to trunk, then you can use the <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Merge reintegrate...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the extended context menu (hold down the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key while you right click on the file). <placeholder-1/> This dialog is very easy. All you have to do is set the options for the merge, as described in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-merge-options\"/>. The rest is done by TortoiseSVN automatically using merge tracking."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8831
msgid "Feature Branch Maintenance"
msgstr "Особина одржавања гране"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8832
msgid "When you develop a new feature on a separate branch it is a good idea to work out a policy for re-integration when the feature is complete. If other work is going on in <literal>trunk</literal> at the same time you may find that the differences become significant over time, and merging back becomes a nightmare."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8839
msgid "If the feature is relatively simple and development will not take long then you can adopt a simple approach, which is to keep the branch entirely separate until the feature is complete, then merge the branch changes back into trunk. In the merge wizard this would be a simple <guilabel>Merge a range of revisions</guilabel>, with the revision range being the revision span of the branch."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8847
msgid "If the feature is going to take longer and you need to account for changes in <literal>trunk</literal>, then you need to keep the branch synchronised. This simply means that periodically you merge trunk changes into the branch, so that the branch contains all the trunk changes <emphasis>plus</emphasis> the new feature. The synchronisation process uses <guilabel>Merge a range of revisions</guilabel>. When the feature is complete then you can merge it back to <literal>trunk</literal> using either <guilabel>Reintegrate a branch</guilabel> or <guilabel>Merge two different trees</guilabel>."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8862
msgid "Locking"
msgstr "Закључавање"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8864
msgid "locking"
msgstr "закључавање"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8867
msgid "readonly"
msgstr "само за читање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8877
msgid "You are using <quote>unmergeable</quote> files, for example, graphics files. If two people change the same file, merging is not possible, so one of you will lose their changes."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8885
msgid "Your company has always used a locking revision control system in the past and there has been a management decision that <quote>locking is best</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8869
msgid "Subversion generally works best without locking, using the <quote>Copy-Modify-Merge</quote> methods described earlier in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-basics-versioning-copymodifymerge\"/>. However there are a few instances when you may need to implement some form of locking policy. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8893
msgid "Firstly you need to ensure that your Subversion server is upgraded to at least version 1.2. Earlier versions do not support locking at all. If you are using <literal>file://</literal> access, then of course only your client needs to be updated."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8900
msgid "How Locking Works in Subversion"
msgstr "Како закључавање ради на Субверзији"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8901
msgid "By default, nothing is locked and anyone who has commit access can commit changes to any file at any time. Others will update their working copies periodically and changes in the repository will be merged with local changes."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8907
msgid "If you <firstterm>Get a Lock</firstterm> on a file, then only you can commit that file. Commits by all other users will be blocked until you release the lock. A locked file cannot be modified in any way in the repository, so it cannot be deleted or renamed either, except by the lock owner."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8914
msgid "However, other users will not necessarily know that you have taken out a lock. Unless they check the lock status regularly, the first they will know about it is when their commit fails, which in most cases is not very useful. To make it easier to manage locks, there is a new Subversion property <literal>svn:needs-lock</literal>. When this property is set (to any value) on a file, whenever the file is checked out or updated, the local copy is made read-only <emphasis>unless</emphasis> that working copy holds a lock for the file. This acts as a warning that you should not edit that file unless you have first acquired a lock. Files which are versioned and read-only are marked with a special overlay in TortoiseSVN to indicate that you need to acquire a lock before editing."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8930
msgid "Locks are recorded by working copy location as well as by owner. If you have several working copies (at home, at work) then you can only hold a lock in <emphasis>one</emphasis> of those working copies."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8936
msgid "If one of your co-workers acquires a lock and then goes on holiday without releasing it, what do you do? Subversion provides a means to force locks. Releasing a lock held by someone else is referred to as <firstterm>Breaking</firstterm> the lock, and forcibly acquiring a lock which someone else already holds is referred to as <firstterm>Stealing</firstterm> the lock. Naturally these are not things you should do lightly if you want to remain friends with your co-workers."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8946
msgid "Locks are recorded in the repository, and a lock token is created in your local working copy. If there is a discrepancy, for example if someone else has broken the lock, the local lock token becomes invalid. The repository is always the definitive reference."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8955
msgid "Getting a Lock"
msgstr "Закључавање"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8964
msgid "The Locking Dialog"
msgstr "Дијалог закључавања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8956
msgid "Select the file(s) in your working copy for which you want to acquire a lock, then select the command <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Get Lock...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. <placeholder-1/> A dialog appears, allowing you to enter a comment, so others can see why you have locked the file. The comment is optional and currently only used with Svnserve based repositories. If (and <emphasis>only</emphasis> if) you need to steal the lock from someone else, check the <guilabel>Steal lock</guilabel> box, then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8976
msgid "If you select a folder and then use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Get Lock...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> the lock dialog will open with <emphasis>every</emphasis> file in <emphasis>every</emphasis> sub-folder selected for locking. If you really want to lock an entire hierarchy, that is the way to do it, but you could become very unpopular with your co-workers if you lock them out of the whole project. Use with care ..."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8990
msgid "Releasing a Lock"
msgstr "Откључавање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:8991
msgid "To make sure you don't forget to release a lock you don't need any more, locked files are shown in the commit dialog and selected by default. If you continue with the commit, locks you hold on the selected files are removed, even if the files haven't been modified. If you don't want to release a lock on certain files, you can uncheck them (if they're not modified). If you want to keep a lock on a file you've modified, you have to enable the <guilabel>Keep locks</guilabel> checkbox before you commit your changes."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9002
msgid "To release a lock manually, select the file(s) in your working copy for which you want to release the lock, then select the command <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Release Lock</guimenuitem></menuchoice> There is nothing further to enter so TortoiseSVN will contact the repository and release the locks. You can also use this command on a folder to release all locks recursively."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9015
msgid "Checking Lock Status"
msgstr "Провера статуса закључавања"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9018
msgid "The Check for Modifications Dialog"
msgstr "Провера дијалога измена"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9016
msgid "<placeholder-1/> To see what locks you and others hold, you can use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Check for Modifications...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Locally held lock tokens show up immediately. To check for locks held by others (and to see if any of your locks are broken or stolen) you need to click on <guibutton>Check Repository</guibutton>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9031
msgid "From the context menu here, you can also get and release locks, as well as breaking and stealing locks held by others."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9036
msgid "Avoid Breaking and Stealing Locks"
msgstr "Избегавање разбијања и крађа катанца"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9037
msgid "If you break or steal someone else's lock without telling them, you could potentially cause loss of work. If you are working with unmergeable file types and you steal someone else's lock, once you release the lock they are free to check in their changes and overwrite yours. Subversion doesn't lose data, but you have lost the team-working protection that locking gave you."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9049
msgid "Making Non-locked Files Read-Only"
msgstr "Прављење незакључаних фајлова само за читање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9050
msgid "As mentioned above, the most effective way to use locking is to set the <literal>svn:needs-lock</literal> property on files. Refer to <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-propertypage\"/> for instructions on how to set properties. Files with this property set will always be checked out and updated with the read-only flag set unless your working copy holds a lock. <graphic fileref=\"../images/ReadOnlyIcon.png\"/> As a reminder, TortoiseSVN uses a special overlay to indicate this."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9060
msgid "If you operate a policy where every file has to be locked then you may find it easier to use Subversion's auto-props feature to set the property automatically every time you add new files. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-propertypage-auto-props\"/> for further information."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9069
msgid "The Locking Hook Scripts"
msgstr "Закачиве скрипте за закључавање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9070
msgid "When you create a new repository with Subversion 1.2 or higher, four hook templates are created in the repository <filename>hooks</filename> directory. These are called before and after getting a lock, and before and after releasing a lock."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9076
msgid "It is a good idea to install a <literal>post-lock</literal> and <literal>post-unlock</literal> hook script on the server which sends out an email indicating the file which has been locked. With such a script in place, all your users can be notified if someone locks/unlocks a file. You can find an example hook script <filename>hooks/post-lock.tmpl</filename> in your repository folder."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9084
msgid "You might also use hooks to disallow breaking or stealing of locks, or perhaps limit it to a named administrator. Or maybe you want to email the owner when one of their locks is broken or stolen."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9090
msgid "Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-repository-hooks\"/> to find out more."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9096
msgid "Creating and Applying Patches"
msgstr "Креирање и примена закрпа"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9098
msgid "patch"
msgstr "закрпа"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9104
msgid "unified diff"
msgstr "обједињена разлика"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9108
msgid "For open source projects (like this one) everyone has read access to the repository, and anyone can make a contribution to the project. So how are those contributions controlled? If just anyone could commit changes, the project would be permanently unstable and probably permanently broken. In this situation the change is managed by submitting a <firstterm>patch</firstterm> file to the development team, who do have write access. They can review the patch first, and then either submit it to the repository or reject it back to the author."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9119
msgid "Patch files are simply Unified-Diff files showing the differences between your working copy and the base revision."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9124
msgid "Creating a Patch File"
msgstr "Креирање фајла закрпе"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9125
msgid "First you need to make <emphasis>and test</emphasis> your changes. Then instead of using <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Commit...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on the parent folder, you select <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Patch...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9139
msgid "The Create Patch dialog"
msgstr "Креирање дијалога закрпе"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9142
msgid "you can now select the files you want included in the patch, just as you would with a full commit. This will produce a single file containing a summary of all the changes you have made to the selected files since the last update from the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9153
msgid "You can produce separate patches containing changes to different sets of files. Of course, if you create a patch file, make some more changes to the <emphasis>same</emphasis> files and then create another patch, the second patch file will include <emphasis>both</emphasis> sets of changes."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9159
msgid "Just save the file using a filename of your choice. Patch files can have any extension you like, but by convention they should use the <filename>.patch</filename> or <filename>.diff</filename> extension. You are now ready to submit your patch file."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9166
msgid "You can also save the patch to the clipboard instead of to a file. You might want to do this so that you can paste it into an email for review by others. Or if you have two working copies on one machine and you want to transfer changes from one to the other, a patch on the clipboard is a convenient way of doing this."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9175
msgid "Applying a Patch File"
msgstr "Примена фајла закрпе"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9176
msgid "Patch files are applied to your working copy. This should be done from the same folder level as was used to create the patch. If you are not sure what this is, just look at the first line of the patch file. For example, if the first file being worked on was <filename>doc/source/english/chapter1.xml</filename> and the first line in the patch file is <filename>Index: english/chapter1.xml</filename> then you need to apply the patch to the <filename>doc/source/</filename> folder. However, provided you are in the correct working copy, if you pick the wrong folder level, TortoiseSVN will notice and suggest the correct level."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9190
msgid "In order to apply a patch file to your working copy, you need to have at least read access to the repository. The reason for this is that the merge program must reference the changes back to the revision against which they were made by the remote developer."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9197
msgid "From the context menu for that folder, click on <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Apply Patch...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> This will bring up a file open dialog allowing you to select the patch file to apply. By default only <filename>.patch</filename> or <filename>.diff</filename> files are shown, but you can opt for <quote>All files</quote>. If you previously saved a patch to the clipboard, you can use <guibutton>Open from clipboard...</guibutton> in the file open dialog."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9211
msgid "Alternatively, if the patch file has a <filename>.patch</filename> or <filename>.diff</filename> extension, you can right click on it directly and select <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Apply Patch...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. In this case you will be prompted to enter a working copy location."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9221
msgid "These two methods just offer different ways of doing the same thing. With the first method you select the WC and browse to the patch file. With the second you select the patch file and browse to the WC."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9226
msgid "Once you have selected the patch file and working copy location, TortoiseMerge runs to merge the changes from the patch file with your working copy. A small window lists the files which have been changed. Double click on each one in turn, review the changes and save the merged files."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9233
msgid "The remote developer's patch has now been applied to your working copy, so you need to commit to allow everyone else to access the changes from the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9241
msgid "Who Changed Which Line?"
msgstr "Ко је изменио коју линију?"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9243
msgid "blame"
msgstr "окривити"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9246
msgid "annotate"
msgstr "обележи"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9249
msgid "praise"
msgstr "величина"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9252
msgid "Sometimes you need to know not only what lines have changed, but also who exactly changed specific lines in a file. That's when the <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Blame...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> command, sometimes also referred to as <firstterm>annotate</firstterm> command comes in handy."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9262
msgid "This command lists, for every line in a file, the author and the revision the line was changed."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9267
msgid "Blame for Files"
msgstr "Кривац за фајл"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9270
msgid "The Annotate / Blame Dialog"
msgstr "Белешка/Кривац дијалог"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9268
msgid "<placeholder-1/> If you're not interested in changes from earlier revisions you can set the revision from which the blame should start. Set this to <literal>1</literal>, if you want the blame for <emphasis>every</emphasis> revision."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9277
msgid "By default the blame file is viewed using <firstterm>TortoiseBlame</firstterm>, which highlights the different revisions to make it easier to read. If you wish to print or edit the blame file, select <guilabel>Use Text viewer to view blames</guilabel>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9283
msgid "You can specify the way that line ending and whitespace changes are handled. These options are described in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-diff-eol-whitespace\"/>. The default behaviour is to treat all whitespace and line-end differences as real changes, but if you want to ignore an indentation change and find the original author, you can choose an appropriate option here."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9290
msgid "Once you press <guibutton>OK</guibutton> TortoiseSVN starts retrieving the data to create the blame file. Please note: This can take several minutes to finish, depending on how much the file has changed and of course your network connection to the repository. Once the blame process has finished the result is written into a temporary file and you can view the results."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9300
msgid "TortoiseBlame"
msgstr "ТортозБламе"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9298
msgid "<placeholder-1/> TortoiseBlame, which is included with TortoiseSVN, makes the blame file easier to read. When you hover the mouse over a line in the blame info column, all lines with the same revision are shown with a darker background. Lines from other revisions which were changed by the same author are shown with a light background. The colouring may not work as clearly if you have your display set to 256 colour mode."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9311
msgid "If you <action>left click</action> on a line, all lines with the same revision are highlighted, and lines from other revisions by the same author are highlighted in a lighter colour. This highlighting is sticky, allowing you to move the mouse without losing the highlights. Click on that revision again to turn off highlighting."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9318
msgid "The revision comments (log message) are shown in a hint box whenever the mouse hovers over the blame info column. If you want to copy the log message for that revision, use the context menu which appears when you right click on the blame info column."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9324
msgid "You can search within the Blame report using <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This allows you to search for revision numbers, authors and the content of the file itself. Log messages are not included in the search - you should use the Log Dialog to search those."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9334
msgid "You can also jump to a specific line number using <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Go To Line...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9341
msgid "When the mouse is over the blame info columns, a context menu is available which helps with comparing revisions and examining history, using the revision number of the line under the mouse as a reference. <menuchoice><guimenu>Context menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Blame previous revision</guimenuitem></menuchoice> generates a blame report for the same file, but using the previous revision as the upper limit. This gives you the blame report for the state of the file just before the line you are looking at was last changed. <menuchoice><guimenu>Context menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show changes</guimenuitem></menuchoice> starts your diff viewer, showing you what changed in the referenced revision. <menuchoice><guimenu>Context menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show log</guimenuitem></menuchoice> displays the revision log dialog starting with the referenced revision."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9363
msgid "If you need a better visual indicator of where the oldest and newest changes are, select <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Color age of lines</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will use a colour gradient to show newer lines in red and older lines in blue. The default colouring is quite light, but you can change it using the TortoiseBlame settings."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9374
msgid "If you are using Merge Tracking, where lines have changed as a result of merging from another path, TortoiseBlame will show the revision and author of the last change in the original file rather than the revision where the merge took place. These lines are indicated by showing the revision and author in italics. If you do not want merged lines shown in this way, uncheck the <guilabel>Include merge info</guilabel> checkbox."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9383
msgid "If you want to see the paths involved in the merge, select <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Merge paths</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9390
msgid "The settings for TortoiseBlame can be accessed using <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Settings...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> on the TortoiseBlame tab. Refer to <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-tortoiseblame\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9401
msgid "Blame Differences"
msgstr "Разликеке окривљавања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9402
msgid "One of the limitations of the Blame report is that it only shows the file as it was in a particular revision, and shows the last person to change each line. Sometimes you want to know what change was made, as well as who made it. What you need here is a combination of the diff and blame reports."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9412
msgid "Blame Revisions"
msgstr "Кривац ревизија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9414
msgid "In the top pane, select 2 revisions, then select <menuchoice><guimenu>Context menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Blame revisions</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will fetch the blame data for the 2 revisions, then use the diff viewer to compare the two blame files."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9426
msgid "Blame Changes"
msgstr "Кривац промена"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9428
msgid "Select one revision in the top pane, then pick one file in the bottom pane and select <menuchoice><guimenu>Context menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Blame changes</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will fetch the blame data for the selected revision and the previous revision, then use the diff viewer to compare the two blame files."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9442
msgid "Compare and Blame with Working BASE"
msgstr "Упореди са радном ОСНОВОМ и окриви"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9444
msgid "Show the log for a single file, and in the top pane, select a single revision, then select <menuchoice><guimenu>Context menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compare and Blame with Working BASE</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will fetch the blame data for the selected revision, and for the file in the working BASE, then use the diff viewer to compare the two blame files."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9408
msgid "The revision log dialog includes several options which allow you to do this. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9462
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9486
msgid "The Repository Browser"
msgstr "Претраживач спремишта"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9464
msgid "repo-browser"
msgstr "репо-претраживач"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9467
msgid "server-side actions"
msgstr "акције серверске стране"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9476
msgid "server viewer"
msgstr "сервер прегледач"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9479
msgid "Sometimes you need to work directly on the repository, without having a working copy. That's what the <firstterm>Repository Browser</firstterm> is for. Just as the explorer and the icon overlays allow you to view your working copy, so the Repository Browser allows you to view the structure and status of the repository. <placeholder-1/> With the Repository Browser you can execute commands like copy, move, rename, ... directly on the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9492
msgid "The repository browser looks very similar to the Windows explorer, except that it is showing the content of the repository at a particular revision rather than files on your computer. In the left pane you can see a directory tree, and in the right pane are the contents of the selected directory. At the top of the Repository Browser Window you can enter the URL of the repository and the revision you want to browse."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9501
msgid "Just like Windows explorer, you can click on the column headings in the right pane if you want to set the sort order. And as in explorer there are context menus available in both panes."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9516
msgid "Save an unversioned copy of the file to your hard drive."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9521
msgid "Show the revision log for that file, or show a graph of all revisions so you can see where the file came from."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9527
msgid "Blame the file, to see who changed which line and when."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9532
msgid "Delete or rename the file."
msgstr "Избриши или преименуј фајл."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9537
msgid "Make a copy of the file, either to a different part of the repository, or to a working copy rooted in the same repository."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9543
msgid "View/Edit the file's properties."
msgstr "Види/Уреди особине фајла."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9506
msgid "The context menu for a file allows you to: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9553
msgid "Show the revision log for that folder, or show a graph of all revisions so you can see where the folder came from."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9559
msgid "Export the folder to a local unversioned copy on your hard drive."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9564
msgid "Checkout the folder to produce a local working copy on your hard drive."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9569
msgid "Create a new folder in the repository."
msgstr "Креирај нови именик у спремишту."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9574
msgid "Add files or folders directly to the repository."
msgstr "Додај фајлове или именике директно у спремиште."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9579
msgid "Delete or rename the folder."
msgstr "Избриши или преименуј именик."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9584
msgid "Make a copy of the folder, either to a different part of the repository, or to a working copy rooted in the same repository."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9590
msgid "View/Edit the folder's properties."
msgstr "Види/Уреди особине именика."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9595
msgid "Mark the folder for comparison. A marked folder is shown in bold."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9600
msgid "Compare the folder with a previously marked folder, either as a unified diff, or as a list of changed files which can then be visually diffed using the default diff tool. This can be particularly useful for comparing two tags, or trunk and branch to see what changed."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9549
msgid "The context menu for a folder allows you to: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9609
msgid "If you select two folders in the right pane, you can view the differences either as a unified-diff, or as a list of files which can be visually diffed using the default diff tool."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9614
msgid "If you select multiple folders in the right pane, you can checkout all of them at once into a common parent folder."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9618
msgid "If you select 2 tags which are copied from the same root (typically <literal>/trunk/</literal>), you can use <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Log...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to view the list of revisions between the two tag points."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9627
msgid "You can use <keycap>F5</keycap> to refresh the view as usual. This will refresh everything which is currently displayed. If you want to pre-fetch or refresh the information for nodes which have not been opened yet, use <keycap>Ctrl-F5</keycap>. After that, expanding any node will happen instantly without a network delay while the information is fetched."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9634
msgid "You can also use the repository browser for drag-and-drop operations. If you drag a folder from explorer into the repo-browser, it will be imported into the repository. Note that if you drag multiple items, they will be imported in separate commits."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9640
msgid "If you want to move an item within the repository, just <action>left drag</action> it to the new location. If you want to create a copy rather than moving the item, <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>-<action>left drag</action> instead. When copying, the cursor has a <quote>plus</quote> symbol on it, just as it does in Explorer."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9646
msgid "If you want to copy/move a file or folder to another location and also give it a new name at the same time, you can <action>right drag</action> or <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>-<action>right drag</action> the item instead of using <action>left drag</action>. In that case, a rename dialog is shown where you can enter a new name for the file or folder."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9653
msgid "Whenever you make changes in the repository using one of these methods, you will be presented with a log message entry dialog. If you dragged something by mistake, this is also your chance to cancel the action."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9658
msgid "Sometimes when you try to open a path you will get an error message in place of the item details. This might happen if you specified an invalid URL, or if you don't have access permission, or if there is some other server problem. If you need to copy this message to include it in an email, just right click on it and use <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Copy error message to clipboard</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or simply use <keycap>Ctrl+C</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9673
msgid "Revision Graphs"
msgstr ""

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9678
msgid "graph"
msgstr "граф"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9681
msgid "revision graph"
msgstr "ревизиони граф"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9685
msgid "A Revision Graph"
msgstr "Ревизиони граф"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9683
msgid "<placeholder-1/> Sometimes you need to know where branches and tags were taken from the trunk, and the ideal way to view this sort of information is as a graph or tree structure. That's when you need to use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Revision Graph...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9696
msgid "This command analyses the revision history and attempts to create a tree showing the points at which copies were taken, and when branches/tags were deleted."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9702
msgid "In order to generate the graph, TortoiseSVN must fetch all log messages from the repository root. Needless to say this can take several minutes even with a repository of a few thousand revisions, depending on server speed, network bandwidth, etc. If you try this with something like the <emphasis>Apache</emphasis> project which currently has over 500,000 revisions you could be waiting for some time."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9710
msgid "The good news is that if you are using Log Caching, you only have to suffer this delay once. After that, log data is held locally. Log caching is enabled in TortoiseSVN's settings."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9717
msgid "Revision Graph Nodes"
msgstr "Чвор ревизионог графа"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9722
msgid "Added file/folder"
msgstr "Додат фајл/именик"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9724
msgid "Items which have been added, or created by copying another file/folder are shown using a rounded rectangle."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9731
msgid "Deleted file/folder"
msgstr "Обрисан фајл/именик"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9733
msgid "Deleted items eg. a branch which is no longer required, are shown using an octagon (rectangle with corners cut off)."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9740
msgid "Branch tip revision"
msgstr "Грана тип ревизије"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9742
msgid "Where a branch (or trunk or tag) has been modified since the last branch node, this is shown using an ellipse. Shown when the <guilabel>Show HEAD revisions</guilabel> option is selected."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9751
msgid "Normal file/folder"
msgstr "Нормалан фајл/именик"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9753
msgid "All other items are shown using a plain rectangle."
msgstr "Све друге ставке су приказане користећи пун правоугаоник."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9718
msgid "The revision graph shows several types of node: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9760
msgid "Note that by default the graph only shows the points at which items were added or deleted. Showing every revision of a project will generate a very large graph for non-trivial cases. If you really want to see <emphasis>all</emphasis> revisions where changes were made, there is an option to do this in the <guilabel>View</guilabel> menu and on the toolbar."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9769
msgid "Changing the View"
msgstr "Измена погледа."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9777
msgid "Group branches"
msgstr "Група грана"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9779
msgid "The default behavior (grouping off) will use one row per revision and all rows are sorted strictly by revision. As a result, long-living branches occupy a whole column for only a few changes and the graph becomes very broad."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9785
msgid "This mode groups changes by branch, so that there is no global revision ordering: Consecutive revisions on a branch will be shown in (often) consecutive lines. Sub-branches, however, are arranged in such a way that later branches will be shown in the same column above older branches to keep the graph slim. As a result, a given row may contain changes from different revisions."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9797
msgid "Oldest on top"
msgstr "Најстарији на врху"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9799
msgid "Normally the graph shows the oldest revision at the bottom, and the tree grows upwards. Use this option to grow down from the top instead."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9807
msgid "Show HEAD revisions"
msgstr "Прикажи ГЛАВНЕ ревизије"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9809
msgid "This ensures that the latest revision on every branch is always shown on the graph."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9816
msgid "Exact copy sources"
msgstr "Тачна копија извора"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9818
msgid "When a branch/tag is made, the default behaviour is to show the branch as taken from the last node where a change was made. Strictly speaking this is inaccurate since the branches are often made from the current HEAD rather than a specific revision. So it is possible to show the more correct (but less useful) revision that was used to create the copy."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9830
msgid "Fold tags"
msgstr "Скупи ознаке"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9832
msgid "If you want to see a graph of software development, tagged releases may be of little interest to you. This option hides the nodes for tags and shows them instead in the tooltip for the node that they were copied from. A tag icon on the right side of the source node indicates that tags were made."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9843
msgid "Reduce cross lines"
msgstr "Смањи пресечне-линије"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9845
msgid "If the layout of the graph has produced a lot of crossing lines, use this option to clean it up. This may make the layout columns appear in less logical places, for example in a diagonal line rather than a column, and it may take a little time to optimise."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9856
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Филтер"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9858
msgid "Sometimes the revision graph contains more revisions than you want to see. This option opens a dialog which allows you to restrict the range of revisions displayed, and to hide particular paths by name."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9770
msgid "Because a revision graph is often quite complex, there are a number of features which can be used to tailor the view the way you want it. These are available in the <guilabel>View</guilabel> menu and from the toolbar. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9870
msgid "Using the Graph"
msgstr "Коришћење графа"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9871
msgid "To make it easier to navigate a large graph, use the overview window. This shows the entire graph in a small window, with the currently displayed portion highlighted. You can drag the highlighted area to change the displayed region."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9877
msgid "The revision date, author and comments are shown in a hint box whenever the mouse hovers over a revision box."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9881
msgid "If you select two revisions (Use <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>-<action>left click</action>), you can use the context menu to show the differences between these revisions. You can choose to show differences as at the branch creation points, but usually you will want to show the differences at the branch end points, i.e. at the HEAD revision."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9888
msgid "You can view the differences as a Unified-Diff file, which shows all differences in a single file with minimal context. If you opt to <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compare Revisions</guimenuitem></menuchoice> you will be presented with a list of changed files. <action>Double click</action> on a file name to fetch both revisions of the file and compare them using the visual difference tool."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9899
msgid "If you <action>right click</action> on a revision you can use <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Log</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to view the history."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9907
msgid "You can also merge changes in the selected revision(s) into a different working copy. A folder selection dialog allows you to choose the working copy to merge into, but after that there is no confirmation dialog, nor any opportunity to try a dry run. It is a good idea to merge into an unmodified working copy so that you can revert the changes if it doesn't work out! This is a useful feature if you want to merge selected revisions from one branch to another."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9918
msgid "Because Subversion cannot provide all the information required, a certain amount of interpretation is required, which can sometimes give strange results. Nevertheless, the output for the trunk will generally give useful results."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9928
msgid "If you want to check the server again for newer information, you can simply refresh the view using <keycap>F5</keycap>. If you are using the log cache (enabled by default), this will check the repository for newer commits and fetch only the new ones. If the log cache was in offline mode, this will also attempt to go back online."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9936
msgid "If you are using the log cache and you think the message content or author may have changed, you should use the log dialog to refresh the messages you need. Since the revision graph works from the repository root, we would have to invalidate the entire log cache, and refilling it could take a <emphasis>very</emphasis> long time."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9947
msgid "Exporting a Subversion Working Copy"
msgstr "Извоз Субверзионе радне копије"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9949
msgid "export"
msgstr "извоз"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9952
msgid "unversioned 'working copy'"
msgstr "неверзионисана 'радна копија'"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9954
msgid "Sometimes you may want a copy of your working tree without any of those <filename>.svn</filename> directories, e.g. to create a zipped tarball of your source, or to export to a web server. Instead of making a copy and then deleting all those <filename>.svn</filename> directories manually, TortoiseSVN offers the command <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Export...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Exporting from a URL and exporting from a working copy are treated slightly differently."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9969
msgid "The Export-from-URL Dialog"
msgstr "Извоз-из-УРЛ дијалог"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9967
msgid "<placeholder-1/> If you execute this command on an unversioned folder, TortoiseSVN will assume that the selected folder is the target, and open a dialog for you to enter the URL and revision to export from. This dialog has options to export only the top level folder, to omit external references, and to override the line end style for files which have the <literal>svn:eol-style</literal> property set."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9979
msgid "Of course you can export directly from the repository too. Use the Repository Browser to navigate to the relevant subtree in your repository, then use <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Export</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. You will get the <guilabel>Export from URL</guilabel> dialog described above."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9989
msgid "If you execute this command on your working copy you'll be asked for a place to save the <emphasis>clean</emphasis> working copy without the <filename>.svn</filename> folders. By default, only the versioned files are exported, but you can use the <guilabel>Export unversioned files too</guilabel> checkbox to include any other unversioned files which exist in your WC and not in the repository. External references using <literal>svn:externals</literal> can be omitted if required."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:9999
msgid "Another way to export from a working copy is to <action>right drag</action> the working copy folder to another location and choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>SVN Export here</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>SVN Export all here</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The second option includes the unversioned files as well."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10013
msgid "When exporting from a working copy, if the target folder already contains a folder of the same name as the one you are exporting, you will be given the option to overwrite the existing content, or to create a new folder with an automatically generated name, eg. <literal>Target (1)</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10021
msgid "Exporting single files"
msgstr "Извоз појединачног фајла"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10022
msgid "The export dialog does not allow exporting single files, even though Subversion can."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10026
msgid "To export single files with TortoiseSVN, you have to use the repository browser (<xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-repobrowser\"/>). Simply drag the file(s) you want to export from the repository browser to where you want them in the explorer, or use the context menu in the repository browser to export the files."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10035
msgid "Removing a working copy from version control"
msgstr "Избацивање радне копије из контроле верзија"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10037
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13685
msgid "unversion"
msgstr "неверзионисан"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10039
msgid "Sometimes you have a working copy which you want to convert back to a normal folder without the <literal>.svn</literal> directories. What you really need is an export-in-place command, that just removes the control directories rather than generating a new clean directory tree."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10046
msgid "The answer is surprisingly simple - export the folder to itself! TortoiseSVN detects this special case and asks if you want to make the working copy unversioned. If you answer <emphasis>yes</emphasis> the control directories will be removed and you will have a plain, unversioned directory tree."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10056
msgid "Relocating a working copy"
msgstr "Релоцирање радне копије"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10058
msgid "relocate"
msgstr "премести"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10061
msgid "URL changed"
msgstr "УРЛ измењен"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10064
msgid "repository URL changed"
msgstr "УРЛ спремишта измењен"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10067
msgid "server moved"
msgstr "сервер померен"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10070
msgid "moved server"
msgstr "померен сервер"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10075
msgid "The Relocate Dialog"
msgstr "Релоцирање дијалог"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10073
msgid "<placeholder-1/> If your repository has for some reason changed it's location (IP/URL). Maybe you're even stuck and can't commit and you don't want to checkout your working copy again from the new location and to move all your changed data back into the new working copy, <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Relocate</guimenuitem></menuchoice> is the command you are looking for. It basically does very little: it scans all <filename>entries</filename> files in the <filename>.svn</filename> folder and changes the URL of the entries to the new value."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10099
msgid "The IP address of the server has changed."
msgstr "ИП адреса сервера је промењена"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10102
msgid "The protocol has changed (e.g. http:// to https://)."
msgstr "Протокол је промењен (нпр. http:// to https://)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10105
msgid "The repository root path in the server setup has changed."
msgstr "Путања корена спремишта у сервер подешавању је измењена."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10093
msgid "<emphasis>This is a very infrequently used operation</emphasis>. The relocate command is <emphasis>only</emphasis> used if the URL of the repository root has changed. Possible reasons are: <placeholder-1/> Put another way, you need to relocate when your working copy is referring to the same location in the same repository, but the repository itself has moved."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10116
msgid "You want to move to a different Subversion repository. In that case you should perform a clean checkout from the new repository location."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10122
msgid "You want to switch to a different branch or directory within the same repository. To do that you should use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Switch...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-switch-1\"/> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10112
msgid "It does not apply if: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "То се не примењује ако је: <placeholder-1/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10134
msgid "If you use relocate in either of the cases above, it <emphasis>will corrupt your working copy</emphasis> and you will get many unexplainable error messages while updating, committing, etc. Once that has happened, the only fix is a fresh checkout."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10143
msgid "Integration with Bug Tracking Systems / Issue Trackers"
msgstr "Интеграција са системом за трагање за баговима / проблемски трагачи"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10145
msgid "bug tracking"
msgstr "баг тражење"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10148
msgid "bug tracker"
msgstr "баг трагач"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10151
msgid "issue tracker"
msgstr "проблем трагач"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10154
msgid "bugtracker"
msgstr "багтрагач"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10156
msgid "It is very common in Software Development for changes to be related to a specific bug or issue ID. Users of bug tracking systems (issue trackers) would like to associate the changes they make in Subversion with a specific ID in their issue tracker. Most issue trackers therefore provide a pre-commit hook script which parses the log message to find the bug ID with which the commit is associated. This is somewhat error prone since it relies on the user to write the log message properly so that the pre-commit hook script can parse it correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10169
msgid "When the user enters a log message, a well defined line including the issue number associated with the commit can be added automatically. This reduces the risk that the user enters the issue number in a way the bug tracking tools can't parse correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10175
msgid "Or TortoiseSVN can highlight the part of the entered log message which is recognized by the issue tracker. That way the user knows that the log message can be parsed correctly."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10182
msgid "When the user browses the log messages, TortoiseSVN creates a link out of each bug ID in the log message which fires up the browser to the issue mentioned."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10165
msgid "TortoiseSVN can help the user in two ways: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10191
msgid "Adding Issue Numbers to Log Messages"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10192
msgid "You can integrate a bug tracking tool of your choice in TortoiseSVN. To do this, you have to define some properties, which start with <literal>bugtraq:</literal>. They must be set on Folders: (<xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-propertypage\"/>)"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10207
msgid "Set this property to the URL of your bug tracking tool. It must be properly URI encoded and it has to contain <literal>%BUGID%</literal>. <literal>%BUGID%</literal> is replaced with the Issue number you entered. This allows TortoiseSVN to display a link in the log dialog, so when you are looking at the revision log you can jump directly to your bug tracking tool. You do not have to provide this property, but then TortoiseSVN shows only the issue number and not the link to it. e.g the TortoiseSVN project is using <systemitem class=\"url\">http://issues.tortoisesvn.net/?do=details&amp;id=%BUGID%</systemitem>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10222
msgid "You can also use relative URLs instead of absolute ones. This is useful when your issue tracker is on the same domain/server as your source repository. In case the domain name ever changes, you don't have to adjust the <literal>bugtraq:url</literal> property. There are two ways to specify a relative URL:"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10229
msgid "If it begins with the string <literal>^/</literal> it is assumed to be relative to the repository root. For example, <literal>^/../?do=details&amp;id=%BUGID%</literal> will resolve to <systemitem class=\"url\">http://tortoisesvn.net/?do=details&amp;id=%BUGID%</systemitem> if your repository is located on <systemitem class=\"url\">http://tortoisesvn.net/svn/trunk/</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10238
msgid "A URL beginning with the string <literal>/</literal> is assumed to be relative to the server's hostname. For example <literal>/?do=details&amp;id=%BUGID%</literal> will resolve to <systemitem class=\"url\">http://tortoisesvn.net/?do=details&amp;id=%BUGID%</systemitem> if your repository is located anywhere on <systemitem class=\"url\">http://tortoisesvn.net</systemitem>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10252
msgid "Set this to <literal>true</literal>, if you want TortoiseSVN to warn you because of an empty issue-number text field. Valid values are <literal>true/false</literal>. <emphasis> If not defined, <literal>false</literal> is assumed. </emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10198
msgid "There are two ways to integrate TortoiseSVN with issue trackers. One is based on simple strings, the other is based on <emphasis>regular expressions</emphasis>. The properties used by both approaches are: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10266
msgid "Issue Number in Text Box"
msgstr "Издавање бројева у текст боксу"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10275
msgid "This property activates the bug tracking system in <emphasis>Input field</emphasis> mode. If this property is set, then TortoiseSVN will prompt you to enter an issue number when you commit your changes. It's used to add a line at the end of the log message. It must contain <literal>%BUGID%</literal>, which is replaced with the issue number on commit. This ensures that your commit log contains a reference to the issue number which is always in a consistent format and can be parsed by your bug tracking tool to associate the issue number with a particular commit. As an example you might use <literal>Issue : %BUGID%</literal>, but this depends on your Tool."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10296
msgid "This property defines if the bug-ID is appended (true) to the end of the log message or inserted (false) at the start of the log message. Valid values are <literal>true/false</literal>. <emphasis> If not defined, <literal>true</literal> is assumed, so that existing projects don't break. </emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10311
msgid "This text is shown by TortoiseSVN on the commit dialog to label the edit box where you enter the issue number. If it's not set, <literal>Bug-ID / Issue-Nr:</literal> will be displayed. Keep in mind though that the window will not be resized to fit this label, so keep the size of the label below 20-25 characters."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10325
msgid "If set to <literal>true</literal> only numbers are allowed in the issue-number text field. An exception is the comma, so you can comma separate several numbers. Valid values are <literal>true/false</literal>. <emphasis> If not defined, <literal>true</literal> is assumed. </emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10267
msgid "In the simple approach, TortoiseSVN shows the user a separate input field where a bug ID can be entered. Then a separate line is appended/prepended to the log message the user entered. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10340
msgid "Issue Numbers Using Regular Expressions"
msgstr "Издавање бројева користећи регуларне изразе"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10352
msgid "This property activates the bug tracking system in <emphasis>Regex</emphasis> mode. It contains either a single regular expressions, or two regular expressions separated by a newline."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10358
msgid "If two expressions are set, then the first expression is used as a pre-filter to find expressions which contain bug IDs. The second expression then extracts the bare bug IDs from the result of the first regex. This allows you to use a list of bug IDs and natural language expressions if you wish. e.g. you might fix several bugs and include a string something like this: <quote>This change resolves issues #23, #24 and #25</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10368
msgid "If you want to catch bug IDs as used in the expression above inside a log message, you could use the following regex strings, which are the ones used by the TortoiseSVN project: <literal>[Ii]ssues?:?(\\s*(,|and)?\\s*#\\d+)+</literal> and <literal>(\\d+)</literal>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10375
msgid "The first expression picks out <quote>issues #23, #24 and #25</quote> from the surrounding log message. The second regex extracts plain decimal numbers from the output of the first regex, so it will return <quote>23</quote>, <quote>24</quote> and <quote>25</quote> to use as bug IDs."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10382
msgid "Breaking the first regex down a little, it must start with the word <quote>issue</quote>, possibly capitalised. This is optionally followed by an <quote>s</quote> (more than one issue) and optionally a colon. This is followed by one or more groups each having zero or more leading whitespace, an optional comma or <quote>and</quote> and more optional space. Finally there is a mandatory <quote>#</quote> and a mandatory decimal number."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10391
msgid "If only one expression is set, then the bare bug IDs must be matched in the groups of the regex string. Example: <literal>[Ii]ssue(?:s)? #?(\\d+)</literal> This method is required by a few issue trackers, e.g. trac, but it is harder to construct the regex. We recommend that you only use this method if your issue tracker documentation tells you to."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10400
msgid "If you are unfamiliar with regular expressions, take a look at the introduction at <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression\"><citetitle>http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression</citetitle></ulink>, and the online documentation and tutorial at <ulink url=\"http://www.regular-expressions.info/\"><citetitle>http://www.regular-expressions.info/</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10341
msgid "In the approach with <emphasis>regular expressions</emphasis>, TortoiseSVN doesn't show a separate input field but marks the part of the log message the user enters which is recognized by the issue tracker. This is done while the user writes the log message. This also means that the bug ID can be anywhere inside a log message! This method is much more flexible, and is the one used by the TortoiseSVN project itself. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10416
msgid "If both the <literal>bugtraq:message</literal> and <literal>bugtraq:logregex</literal> properties are set, <literal>logregex</literal> takes precedence."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10421
msgid "Even if you don't have an issue tracker with a pre-commit hook parsing your log messages, you still can use this to turn the issues mentioned in your log messages into links!"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10426
msgid "And even if you don't need the links, the issue numbers show up as a separate column in the log dialog, making it easier to find the changes which relate to a particular issue."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10439
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10593
msgid "Set the Properties on Folders"
msgstr "Подешавабје особина именика"

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10440
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10594
msgid "These properties must be set on folders for the system to work. When you commit a file or folder the properties are read from that folder. If the properties are not found there, TortoiseSVN will search upwards through the folder tree to find them until it comes to an unversioned folder, or the tree root (eg. <literal>C:\\</literal>) is found. If you can be sure that each user checks out only from e.g <filename>trunk/</filename> and not some sub-folder, then it's enough if you set the properties on <filename>trunk/</filename>. If you can't be sure, you should set the properties recursively on each sub-folder. A property setting deeper in the project hierarchy overrides settings on higher levels (closer to <filename>trunk/</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10454
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10608
msgid "For <literal>tsvn:</literal> properties <emphasis>only</emphasis> you can use the <guilabel>Recursive</guilabel> checkbox to set the property to all sub-folders in the hierarchy, without also setting it on all files."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10461
msgid "This issue tracker integration is not restricted to TortoiseSVN; it can be used with any Subversion client. For more information, read the full <ulink url=\"http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk/doc/issuetrackers.txt\"><citetitle>Issue Tracker Integration Specification</citetitle></ulink> in the TortoiseSVN source repository. (<xref linkend=\"tsvn-preface-source\"/> explains how to access the repository)."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10472
msgid "Getting Information from the Issue Tracker"
msgstr "Добијање информација од поблем трагача"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10473
msgid "The previous section deals with adding issue information to the log messages. But what if you need to get information from the issue tracker? The commit dialog has a Windows COM interface which allows integration an external program that can talk to your tracker. Typically you might want to query the tracker to get a list of open issues assigned to you, so that you can pick the issues that are being addressed in this commit."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10482
msgid "Any such interface is of course highly specific to your system, so we cannot provide this part, and describing how to create such a program is beyond the scope of this manual. The interface definition and sample programs can be obtained from the <literal>contrib</literal> folder in the <ulink url=\"http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk/contrib/issue-tracker-plugins\"><citetitle>TortoiseSVN repository</citetitle></ulink>. (<xref linkend=\"tsvn-preface-source\"/> explains how to access the repository)."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10501
msgid "Example issue tracker query dialog"
msgstr "Пример дијалога захтева проблем трагача"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10493
msgid "For illustration purposes, let's suppose that your system administrator has provided you with an issue tracker plugin which you have installed, and that you have set up some of your working copies to use the plugin in TortoiseSVN's settings dialog. When you open the commit dialog from a working copy to which the plugin has been assigned, you will see a new button at the top of the dialog. <placeholder-1/> In this example you can select one or more open issues. The plugin can then generate specially formatted text which it adds to your log message."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10511
msgid "Integration with Web-based Repository Viewers"
msgstr "Интеграција са Веб-заснованом прегледачу спремишта"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10513
msgid "web view"
msgstr "веб види"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10516
msgid "repo viewer"
msgstr "реп прегледач"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10519
msgid "ViewCS"
msgstr "ВидиЦС"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10521
msgid "There are several web-based repository viewers available for use with Subversion such as <ulink url=\"http://www.viewvc.org/\"><citetitle>ViewVC</citetitle></ulink> and <ulink url=\"http://websvn.tigris.org/\"><citetitle>WebSVN</citetitle></ulink>. TortoiseSVN provides a means to link with these viewers."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10533
msgid "You can integrate a repo viewer of your choice in TortoiseSVN. To do this, you have to define some properties which define the linkage. They must be set on Folders: (<xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-propertypage\"/>)"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10543
msgid "Set this property to the URL of your repo viewer to view all changes in a specific revision. It must be properly URI encoded and it has to contain <literal>%REVISION%</literal>. <literal>%REVISION%</literal> is replaced with the revision number in question. This allows TortoiseSVN to display a context menu entry in the log dialog <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>View revision in webviewer</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10562
msgid "Set this property to the URL of your repo viewer to view changes to a specific file in a specific revision. It must be properly URI encoded and it has to contain <literal>%REVISION%</literal> and <literal>%PATH%</literal>. <literal>%PATH%</literal> is replaced with the path relative to the repository root. This allows TortoiseSVN to display a context menu entry in the log dialog <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>View revision and path in webviewer</guimenuitem></menuchoice> For example, if you right-click in the log dialog bottom pane on a file entry <literal>/trunk/src/file</literal> then the <literal>%PATH%</literal> in the URL will be replaced with <literal>/trunk/src/file</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10584
msgid "You can also use relative URLs instead of absolute ones. This is useful in case your web viewer is on the same domain/server as your source repository. In case the domain name ever changes, you don't have to adjust the <literal>webviewer:revision</literal> and <literal>webviewer:pathrevision</literal> property. The format is the same as for the <literal>bugtraq:url</literal> property. See <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-bugtracker\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10617
msgid "TortoiseSVN's Settings"
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН поставке"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10619
msgid "settings"
msgstr "подешавање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10621
msgid "To find out what the different settings are for, just leave your mouse pointer a second on the editbox/checkbox... and a helpful tooltip will popup."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10630
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr "Генерално подешавање"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10632
msgid "sounds"
msgstr "звуци"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10636
msgid "The Settings Dialog, General Page"
msgstr "Дијалог подешавања, општа страница"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10634
msgid "<placeholder-1/> This dialog allows you to specify your preferred language, and the Subversion-specific settings."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10644
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Језик"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10646
msgid "Selects your user interface language. What else did you expect?"
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10653
msgid "Automatically check for newer versions every week"
msgstr "Аутоматски провери новије верзије једном недељно"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10655
msgid "If checked, TortoiseSVN will contact its download site once a week to see if there is a newer version of the program available. Use <guibutton>Check now</guibutton> if you want an answer right away. The new version will not be downloaded; you simply receive an information dialog telling you that the new version is available."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10666
msgid "System sounds"
msgstr "Системски звуци"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10672
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Грешка"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10677
msgid "Notice"
msgstr "Белешка"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10682
msgid "Warning"
msgstr "Упозорење"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10668
msgid "TortoiseSVN has three custom sounds which are installed by default. <placeholder-1/> You can select different sounds (or turn these sounds off completely) using the Windows Control Panel. <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> is a shortcut to the Control Panel."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10694
msgid "Global ignore pattern"
msgstr "Глобални узорак изостављања"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10697
msgid "exclude pattern"
msgstr "искључи модел"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10700
msgid "global ignore"
msgstr "глобално занемаривање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10702
msgid "Global ignore patterns are used to prevent unversioned files from showing up e.g. in the commit dialog. Files matching the patterns are also ignored by an import. Ignore files or directories by typing in the names or extensions. Patterns are separated by spaces e.g. <literal>*/bin */obj *.bak *.~?? *.jar *.[Tt]mp</literal>. Remember that these patterns may be used against paths which include N levels of parent directory. Setting ignore patterns for anything other than simple file extensions is not as trivial as it first appears, so be sure to read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-ignore-glob\"/> for more information on the pattern-matching syntax, and how paths are checked."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10716
msgid "Note that the ignore patterns you specify here will also affect other Subversion clients running on your PC, including the command line client."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10722
msgid "If you use the Subversion configuration file to set a <literal>global-ignores</literal> pattern, it will override the settings you make here. The Subversion configuration file is accessed using the <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> as described below."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10730
msgid "This ignore pattern will affect all your projects. It is not versioned, so it will not affect other users. By contrast you can also use the versioned <literal>svn:ignore</literal> property to exclude files or directories from version control. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-ignore\"/> for more information."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10742
msgid "Set file dates to the <quote>last commit time</quote>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10744
msgid "This option tells TortoiseSVN to set the file dates to the last commit time when doing a checkout or an update. Otherwise TortoiseSVN will use the current date. If you are developing software it is generally best to use the current date because build systems normally look at the date stamps to decide which files need compiling. If you use <quote>last commit time</quote> and revert to an older file revision, your project may not compile as you expect it to."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10758
msgid "Subversion configuration file"
msgstr "Субверзијин конфигурациони фајл"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10760
msgid "Use <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> to edit the Subversion configuration file directly. Some settings cannot be modified directly by TortoiseSVN, and need to be set here instead. For more information about the Subversion <filename>config</filename> file see the <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.advanced.confarea.html\"><citetitle>Runtime Configuration Area</citetitle></ulink>. The section on <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.advanced.props.html#svn.advanced.props.auto\"><citetitle>Automatic Property Setting</citetitle></ulink> is of particular interest, and that is configured here. Note that Subversion can read configuration information from several places, and you need to know which one takes priority. Refer to <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.advanced.confarea.html#svn.advanced.confarea.windows-registry\"><citetitle>Configuration and the Windows Registry</citetitle></ulink> to find out more."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10785
msgid "Use <filename>_svn</filename> instead of <filename>.svn</filename> directories"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10787
msgid "VS.NET when used with web projects can't handle the <literal>.svn</literal> folders that Subversion uses to store its internal information. This is not a bug in Subversion. The bug is in VS.NET and the frontpage extensions it uses. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-asp-dot-net\"/> to find out more about this issue."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10794
msgid "If you want to change the behaviour of Subversion and TortoiseSVN, you can use this checkbox to set the environment variable which controls this."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10799
msgid "You should note that changing this option will not automatically convert existing working copies to use the new admin directory. You will have to do that yourself using a script (See our FAQ) or simply check out a fresh working copy."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10809
msgid "Context Menu Settings"
msgstr "Подешавање контекстног менија"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10813
msgid "The Settings Dialog, Context Menu Page"
msgstr "Дијалог подешавања, Конетекст мени страна"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10811
msgid "<placeholder-1/> This page allows you to specify which of the TortoiseSVN context menu entries will show up in the main context menu, and which will appear in the TortoiseSVN submenu. By default most items are unchecked and appear in the submenu."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10821
msgid "There is a special case for <guilabel>Get Lock</guilabel>. You can of course promote it to the top level using the list above, but as most files don't need locking this just adds clutter. However, a file with the <literal>svn:needs-lock</literal> property needs this action every time it is edited, so in that case it is very useful to have at the top level. Checking the box here means that when a file is selected which has the <literal>svn:needs-lock</literal> property set, <guilabel>Get Lock</guilabel> will always appear at the top level."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10833
msgid "TortoiseSVN Dialog Settings 1"
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН дијалог подешавање 1"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10837
msgid "The Settings Dialog, Dialogs 1 Page"
msgstr "Подешавање дијалога, дијалог 1 страна"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10835
msgid "<placeholder-1/> This dialog allows you to configure some of TortoiseSVN's dialogs the way you like them."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10845
msgid "Default number of log messages"
msgstr "Уобичајен број порука дневника"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10847
msgid "Limits the number of log messages that TortoiseSVN fetches when you first select <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Log</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Useful for slow server connections. You can always use <guibutton>Show All</guibutton> or <guibutton>Next 100</guibutton> to get more messages."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10861
msgid "Font for log messages"
msgstr "Писмо за поруке дневника"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10863
msgid "Selects the font face and size used to display the log message itself in the middle pane of the Revision Log dialog, and when composing log messages in the Commit dialog."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10872
msgid "Short date / time format in log messages"
msgstr "Кратак облик датум/време у дневнику порука"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10874
msgid "If the standard long messages use up too much space on your screen use the short format."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10881
msgid "Progress Dialog"
msgstr "Дијалог напредовања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10883
msgid "TortoiseSVN can automatically close all progress dialogs when the action is finished without error. This setting allows you to select the conditions for closing the dialogs. The default (recommended) setting is <guilabel>Close manually</guilabel> which allows you to review all messages and check what has happened. However, you may decide that you want to ignore some types of message and have the dialog close automatically if there are no critical changes."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10894
msgid "<guilabel>Auto-close if no merges, adds or deletes</guilabel> means that the progress dialog will close if there were simple updates, but if changes from the repository were merged with yours, or if any files were added or deleted, the dialog will remain open. It will also stay open if there were any conflicts or errors during the operation."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10902
msgid "<guilabel>Auto-close if no merges, adds or deletes for local operations</guilabel> means that the progress dialog will close as for <guilabel>Auto-close if no merges, adds or deletes</guilabel> but only for local operations like adding files or reverting changes. For remote operations the dialog will stay open."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10910
msgid "<guilabel>Auto-close if no conflicts</guilabel> relaxes the criteria further and will close the dialog even if there were merges, adds or deletes. However, if there were any conflicts or errors, the dialog remains open."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10917
msgid "<guilabel>Auto-close if no errors</guilabel> always closes the dialog even if there were conflicts. The only condition that keeps the dialog open is an error condition, which occurs when Subversion is unable to complete the task. For example, an update fails because the server is inaccessible, or a commit fails because the working copy is out-of-date."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10929
msgid "Use URL of WC as the default <quote>From:</quote> URL"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10931
msgid "In the merge dialog, the default behaviour is for the <guilabel>From:</guilabel> URL to be remembered between merges. However, some people like to perform merges from many different points in their hierarchy, and find it easier to start out with the URL of the current working copy. This can then be edited to refer to a parallel path on another branch."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10943
msgid "Default checkout path"
msgstr "Уобичајена путања преузимања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10945
msgid "You can specify the default path for checkouts. If you keep all your checkouts in one place, it is useful to have the drive and folder pre-filled so you only have to add the new folder name to the end."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10954
msgid "Default checkout URL"
msgstr "Уобичајен УРЛ преузимања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10956
msgid "You can also specify the default URL for checkouts. If you often checkout sub-projects of some very large project, it can be useful to have the URL pre-filled so you only have to add the sub-project name to the end."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10967
msgid "TortoiseSVN Dialog Settings 2"
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН дијалог пдешавања 2"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10971
msgid "The Settings Dialog, Dialogs 2 Page"
msgstr "Дијалог подешавања, Дијалог 2 страница"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10977
msgid "Recurse into unversioned folders"
msgstr "Рекурзија у неверзионисаним именицима "

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10979
msgid "If this box is checked (default state), then whenever the status of an unversioned folder is shown in the <guilabel>Add</guilabel>, <guilabel>Commit</guilabel> or <guilabel>Check for Modifications</guilabel> dialog, every child file and folder is also shown. If you uncheck this box, only the unversioned parent is shown. Unchecking reduces clutter in these dialogs. In that case if you select an unversioned folder for Add, it is added recursively."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10993
msgid "Use auto-completion of file paths and keywords"
msgstr "Користи аутокомплетирање фајл путања и кључних речи"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:10995
msgid "The commit dialog includes a facility to parse the list of filenames being committed. When you type the first 3 letters of an item in the list, the auto-completion box pops up, and you can press Enter to complete the filename. Check the box to enable this feature."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11005
msgid "Timeout in seconds to stop the auto-completion parsing"
msgstr "Кашњење у скундама да се заустави анализирање за аутокомплетирање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11007
msgid "The auto-completion parser can be quite slow if there are a lot of large files to check. This timeout stops the commit dialog being held up for too long. If you are missing important auto-completion information, you can extend the timeout."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11016
msgid "Only use spellchecker when <literal>tsvn:projectlanguage</literal> is set"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11018
msgid "If you don't wish to use the spellchecker for all commits, check this box. The spellchecker will still be enabled where the project properties require it."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11026
msgid "Max. items to keep in the log message history"
msgstr "Макс. ставки за чување у историји дневника порука"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11028
msgid "TortoiseSVN stores the last 25 log messages you entered for each repository. You can customize the number stored here. If you have many different repositories, you may wish to reduce this to avoid filling your registry."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11037
msgid "Re-open commit and branch/tag dialog after a commit failed"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11039
msgid "When a commit fails for some reason (working copy needs updating, pre-commit hook rejects commit, network error, etc), you can select this option to keep the commit dialog open ready to try again. However, you should be aware that this can lead to problems. If the failure means you need to update your working copy, and that update leads to conflicts you must resolve those first."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11050
msgid "Select items automatically"
msgstr "Одабери ставке аутоматски"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11052
msgid "The normal behaviour in the commit dialog is for all modified (versioned) items to be selected for commit automatically. If you prefer to start with nothing selected and pick the items for commit manually, uncheck this box."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11061
msgid "Contact the repository on startup"
msgstr "Контактирај спремиште при покретања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11063
msgid "The Check for Modifications dialog checks the working copy by default, and only contacts the repository when you click <guibutton>Check repository</guibutton>. If you always want to check the repository, you can use this setting to make that action happen automatically."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11073
msgid "Show Lock dialog before locking files"
msgstr "Прикажи дијалог закључавања пре закључавања фајлова"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11075
msgid "When you select one or more files and then use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Lock</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to take out a lock on those files, on some projects it is customary to write a lock message explaining why you have locked the files. If you do not use lock messages, you can uncheck this box to skip that dialog and lock the files immediately."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11087
msgid "If you use the lock command on a folder, you are always presented with the lock dialog as that also gives you the option to select files for locking."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11092
msgid "If your project is using the <literal>tsvn:lockmsgminsize</literal> property, you will see the lock dialog regardless of this setting because the project <emphasis>requires</emphasis> lock messages."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11102
msgid "TortoiseSVN Colour Settings"
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН подешавање боја"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11106
msgid "The Settings Dialog, Colours Page"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11104
msgid "<placeholder-1/> This dialog allows you to configure the text colours used in TortoiseSVN's dialogs the way you like them."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11114
msgid "Possible or real conflict / obstructed"
msgstr "Могућ или стварни сукоб / спречен"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11116
msgid "A conflict has occurred during update, or may occur during merge. Update is obstructed by an existing unversioned file/folder of the same name as a versioned one."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11121
msgid "This colour is also used for error messages in the progress dialogs."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11127
msgid "Added files"
msgstr "Додати фајлови"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11129
msgid "Items added to the repository."
msgstr "Ставке додате у спремиште"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11135
msgid "Missing / deleted / replaced"
msgstr "Недостаје / обрисано / замењено"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11137
msgid "Items deleted from the repository, missing from the working copy, or deleted from the working copy and replaced with another file of the same name."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11145
msgid "Merged"
msgstr "Стопљено"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11147
msgid "Changes from the repository successfully merged into the WC without creating any conflicts."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11154
msgid "Modified / copied"
msgstr "Промењено / копирано"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11156
msgid "Add with history, or paths copied in the repository. Also used in the log dialog for entries which include copied items."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11164
msgid "Deleted node"
msgstr "Обрисани чвор"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11166
msgid "An item which has been deleted from the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11172
msgid "Added node"
msgstr "Додат чвор"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11174
msgid "An item which has been added to the repository, by an add, copy or move operation."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11181
msgid "Renamed node"
msgstr "Преименовани чвор"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11183
msgid "An item which has been renamed within the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11189
msgid "Replaced node"
msgstr "Замењен чвор"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11191
msgid "The original item has been deleted and a new item with the same name replaces it."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11201
msgid "Icon Overlay Settings"
msgstr "Икона прекривач подешавање"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11205
msgid "The Settings Dialog, Icon Overlays Page"
msgstr "Дијалог подешавања, Икона прекривачи страница"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11203
msgid "<placeholder-1/> This page allows you to choose the items for which TortoiseSVN will display icon overlays."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11211
msgid "By default, overlay icons and context menus will appear in all open/save dialogs as well as in Windows Explorer. If you want them to appear <emphasis>only</emphasis> in Windows Explorer, check the <guilabel>Show overlays and context menu only in explorer</guilabel> box."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11217
msgid "Ignored items and Unversioned items are not usually given an overlay. If you want to show an overlay in these cases, just check the boxes."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11221
msgid "You can also choose to mark folders as modified if they contain unversioned items. This could be useful for reminding you that you have created new files which are not yet versioned. This option is only available when you use the <emphasis>default</emphasis> status cache option (see below)."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11236
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Уобичајено"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11238
msgid "Caches all status information in a separate process (<filename>TSVNCache.exe</filename>). That process watches all drives for changes and fetches the status again if files inside a working copy get modified. The process runs with the least possible priority so other programs don't get hogged because of it. That also means that the status information is not <emphasis>real time</emphasis> but it can take a few seconds for the overlays to change."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11249
msgid "Advantage: the overlays show the status recursively, i.e. if a file deep inside a working copy is modified, all folders up to the working copy root will also show the modified overlay. And since the process can send notifications to the shell, the overlays on the left tree view usually change too."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11257
msgid "Disadvantage: the process runs constantly, even if you're not working on your projects. It also uses around 10-50 MB of RAM depending on number and size of your working copies."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11265
msgid "Shell"
msgstr "Шкољка"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11267
msgid "Caching is done directly inside the shell extension dll, but only for the currently visible folder. Each time you navigate to another folder, the status information is fetched again."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11273
msgid "Advantage: needs only very little memory (around 1 MB of RAM) and can show the status in <emphasis>real time</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11277
msgid "Disadvantage: Since only one folder is cached, the overlays don't show the status recursively. For big working copies, it can take more time to show a folder in explorer than with the default cache. Also the mime-type column is not available."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11287
msgid "None"
msgstr "Ништа"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11289
msgid "With this setting, the TortoiseSVN does not fetch the status at all in Explorer. Because of that, files don't get an overlay and folders only get a 'normal' overlay if they're versioned. No other overlays are shown, and no extra columns are available either."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11296
msgid "Advantage: uses absolutely no additional memory and does not slow down the Explorer at all while browsing."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11300
msgid "Disadvantage: Status information of files and folders is not shown in Explorer. To see if your working copies are modified, you have to use the <quote>Check for modifications</quote> dialog."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11228
msgid "Since it takes quite a while to fetch the status of a working copy, TortoiseSVN uses a cache to store the status so the explorer doesn't get hogged too much when showing the overlays. You can choose which type of cache TortoiseSVN should use according to your system and working copy size here: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11309
msgid "The next group allows you to select which classes of storage should show overlays. By default, only hard drives are selected. You can even disable all icon overlays, but where's the fun in that?"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11314
msgid "Network drives can be very slow, so by default icons are not shown for working copies located on network shares."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11318
msgid "USB Flash drives appear to be a special case in that the drive type is identified by the device itself. Some appear as fixed drives, and some as removable drives."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11323
msgid "The <guilabel>Exclude Paths</guilabel> are used to tell TortoiseSVN those paths for which it should <emphasis>not</emphasis> show icon overlays and status columns. This is useful if you have some very big working copies containing only libraries which you won't change at all and therefore don't need the overlays. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11331
msgid "<filename>f:\\development\\SVN\\Subversion</filename> will disable the overlays <emphasis>only</emphasis> on that specific folder. You still can see the overlays on all files and folder inside that folder."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11336
msgid "<filename>f:\\development\\SVN\\Subversion*</filename> will disable the overlays on <emphasis>all</emphasis> files and folders whose path starts with <filename>f:\\development\\SVN\\Subversion</filename>. That means you won't see overlays for any files and folders below that path."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11343
msgid "The same applies to the <guilabel>Include Paths</guilabel>. Except that for those paths the overlays are shown even if the overlays are disabled for that specific drive type, or by an exclude path specified above."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11348
msgid ""
"Users sometimes ask how these three settings interact, and the definitive answer is: <screen>\n"
"if (path is in include list)\n"
"  show overlays\n"
"if (path is allowed drive type) AND (path is not in exclude list)\n"
"  show overlays\n"
"</screen> The include list <emphasis>always</emphasis> makes the overlays show. Otherwise, overlays are shown for all marked drive types <emphasis>unless</emphasis> the path is excluded."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11361
msgid "TSVNCache.exe also uses these paths to restrict its scanning. If you want it to look only in particular folders, disable all drive types and include only the folders you specifically want to be scanned."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11367
msgid "Exclude <literal>SUBST</literal> Drives"
msgstr ""

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11369
msgid "SUBST drives"
msgstr "СУБСТ дискови"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11371
msgid ""
"It is often convenient to use a <literal>SUBST</literal> drive to access your working copies, e.g. using the command <screen>\n"
"subst T: C:\\TortoiseSVN\\trunk\\doc\n"
"</screen> However this can cause the overlays not to update, as <literal>TSVNCache</literal> will only receive one notification when a file changes, and that is normally for the original path. This means that your overlays on the <literal>subst</literal> path may never be updated."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11383
msgid "An easy way to work around this is to exclude the original path from showing overlays, so that the overlays show up on the <literal>subst</literal> path instead."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11389
msgid "Sometimes you will exclude areas that contain working copies, which saves TSVNCache from scanning and monitoring for changes, but you still want a visual indication that such folders are versioned. The <guilabel>Show excluded folders as 'normal'</guilabel> checkbox allows you to do this. With this option, versioned folders in any excluded area (drive type not checked, or specifically excluded) will show up as normal and up-to-date, with a green check mark. This reminds you that you are looking at a working copy, even though the folder overlays may not be correct. Files do not get an overlay at all. Note that the context menus still work, even though the overlays are not shown."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11402
msgid "As a special exception to this, drives <literal>A:</literal> and <literal>B:</literal> are never considered for the <guilabel>Show excluded folders as 'normal'</guilabel> option. This is because Windows is forced to look on the drive, which can result in a delay of several seconds when starting Explorer, even if your PC does have a floppy drive."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11411
msgid "Icon Set Selection"
msgstr "Скуп подешавања икона"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11415
msgid "The Settings Dialog, Icon Set Page"
msgstr "Дијалог подешавања, Подешавање икона страница"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11413
msgid "<placeholder-1/> You can change the overlay icon set to the one you like best. Note that if you change overlay set, you may have to restart your computer for the changes to take effect."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11426
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Мрежна подешавања"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11428
msgid "proxy server"
msgstr "прокси сервер"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11432
msgid "The Settings Dialog, Network Page"
msgstr "Дијалог подешавања, Мрежна страница"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11430
msgid "<placeholder-1/> Here you can configure your proxy server, if you need one to get through your company's firewall."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11438
msgid "If you need to set up per-repository proxy settings, you will need to use the Subversion <filename>servers</filename> file to configure this. Use <guibutton>Edit</guibutton> to get there directly. Consult the <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.advanced.confarea.html\"><citetitle>Runtime Configuration Area</citetitle></ulink> for details on how to use this file."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11448
msgid "You can also specify which program TortoiseSVN should use to establish a secure connection to a svn+ssh repository. We recommend that you use TortoisePlink.exe. This is a version of the popular Plink program, and is included with TortoiseSVN, but it is compiled as a Windowless app, so you don't get a DOS box popping up every time you authenticate."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11456
msgid "You must specify the full path to the executable. For TortoisePlink.exe this is the standard TortoiseSVN bin directory. Use the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to help locate it."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11461
msgid "One side-effect of not having a window is that there is nowhere for any error messages to go, so if authentication fails you will simply get a message saying something like <quote>Unable to write to standard output</quote>. For this reason we recommend that you first set up using standard Plink. When everything is working, you can use TortoisePlink with exactly the same parameters."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11470
msgid "TortoisePlink does not have any documentation of its own because it is just a minor variant of Plink. Find out about command line parameters from the <ulink url=\"http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/\"><citetitle>PuTTY website</citetitle></ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11478
msgid "To avoid being prompted for a password repeatedly, you might also consider using a password caching tool such as Pageant. This is also available for download from the PuTTY website."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11483
msgid "Finally, setting up SSH on server and clients is a non-trivial process which is beyond the scope of this help file. However, you can find a guide in the TortoiseSVN FAQ listed under <ulink url=\"http://tortoisesvn.net/ssh_howto\"><citetitle>Subversion/TortoiseSVN SSH How-To</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11493
msgid "External Program Settings"
msgstr "Спољашњи програм подешавања"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11496
msgid "The Settings Dialog, Diff Viewer Page"
msgstr "Дијалог подешавања, Разл прегледач страница"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11494
msgid "<placeholder-1/> Here you can define your own diff/merge programs that TortoiseSVN should use. The default setting is to use TortoiseMerge which is installed alongside TortoiseSVN."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11504
msgid "Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-diff-tools\"/> for a list of some of the external diff/merge programs that people are using with TortoiseSVN."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11509
msgid "Diff Viewer"
msgstr "Разл прегледач"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11524
msgid "The original file without your changes"
msgstr "Оригиналан фајл без ваших измена"

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11532
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11641
msgid "The window title for the base file"
msgstr "Виндоуз наслов основног фајла"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11540
msgid "Your own file, with your changes"
msgstr "Ваш лични фајл, са вашим изменама"

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11548
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11657
msgid "The window title for your file"
msgstr "Виндоуз наслов за ваш фајл"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11511
msgid "An external diff program may be used for comparing different revisions of files. The external program will need to obtain the filenames from the command line, along with any other command line options. TortoiseSVN uses substitution parameters prefixed with <literal>%</literal>. When it encounters one of these it will substitute the appropriate value. The order of the parameters will depend on the Diff program you use. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11555
msgid "The window titles are not pure filenames. TortoiseSVN treats that as a name to display and creates the names accordingly. So e.g. if you're doing a diff from a file in revision 123 with a file in your working copy, the names will be <filename>filename : revision 123</filename> and <filename>filename : working copy</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11565
msgid ""
"For example, with ExamDiff Pro: <screen>\n"
"C:\\Path-To\\ExamDiff.exe %base %mine --left_display_name:%bname\n"
"    --right_display_name:%yname\n"
"</screen> or with KDiff3: <screen>\n"
"C:\\Path-To\\kdiff3.exe %base %mine --L1 %bname --L2 %yname\n"
"</screen> or with WinMerge: <screen>\n"
"C:\\Path-To\\WinMerge.exe -e -ub -dl %bname -dr %yname %base %mine\n"
"</screen> or with Araxis: <screen>\n"
"C:\\Path-To\\compare.exe /max /wait /title1:%bname /title2:%yname\n"
"    %base %mine\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11585
msgid "If you use the <literal>svn:keywords</literal> property to expand keywords, and in particular the <emphasis>revision</emphasis> of a file, then there may be a difference between files which is purely due to the current value of the keyword. Also if you use <literal>svn:eol-style = native</literal> the BASE file will have pure <literal>LF</literal> line endings whereas your file will have <literal>CR-LF</literal> line endings. TortoiseSVN will normally hide these differences automatically by first parsing the BASE file to expand keywords and line endings before doing the diff operation. However, this can take a long time with large files. If <guilabel>Convert files when diffing against BASE</guilabel> is unchecked then TortoiseSVN will skip pre-processing the files."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11599
msgid "You can also specify a different diff tool to use on Subversion properties. Since these tend to be short simple text strings, you may want to use a simpler more compact viewer."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11604
msgid "If you have configured an alternate diff tool, you can access TortoiseMerge <emphasis>and</emphasis> the third party tool from the context menus. <menuchoice><guimenu>Context menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Diff</guimenuitem></menuchoice> uses the primary diff tool, and <keycap>Shift</keycap>+ <menuchoice><guimenu>Context menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Diff</guimenuitem></menuchoice> uses the secondary diff tool."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11622
msgid "Merge Tool"
msgstr "Алат спајања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11632
msgid "the original file without your or the others changes"
msgstr "Оригинални фајл без ваших или других измена"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11649
msgid "your own file, with your changes"
msgstr "ваш лични фајл, са вашим изменама"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11665
msgid "the file as it is in the repository"
msgstr "фајл какав је у спремишту"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11673
msgid "The window title for the file in the repository"
msgstr "Виндоуз наслов фајла у спремишту"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11681
msgid "the conflicted file, the result of the merge operation"
msgstr "фајл са конфликтом, резултат операције сајања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11690
msgid "The window title for the merged file"
msgstr "Виндоуз наслов за стопљен фајл"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11624
msgid "An external merge program used to resolve conflicted files. Parameter substitution is used in the same way as with the Diff Program. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11697
msgid ""
"For example, with Perforce Merge: <screen>\n"
"C:\\Path-To\\P4Merge.exe %base %theirs %mine %merged\n"
"</screen> or with KDiff3: <screen>\n"
"C:\\Path-To\\kdiff3.exe %base %mine %theirs -o %merged\n"
"    --L1 %bname --L2 %yname --L3 %tname\n"
"</screen> or with Araxis: <screen>\n"
"C:\\Path-To\\compare.exe /max /wait /3 /title1:%tname /title2:%bname\n"
"    /title3:%yname %theirs %base %mine %merged /a2\n"
"</screen> or with WinMerge (2.8 or later): <screen>\n"
"C:\\Path-To\\WinMerge.exe %merged\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11719
msgid "Diff/Merge Advanced Settings"
msgstr "Разл/Стопи напредно подешавање"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11723
msgid "The Settings Dialog, Diff/Merge Advanced Dialog"
msgstr "Дијалог подешавања, Разл/Стопи напредни дијалог"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11721
msgid "<placeholder-1/> In the advanced settings, you can define a different diff and merge program for every file extension. For instance you could associate Photoshop as the <quote>Diff</quote> Program for <filename>.jpg</filename> files :-) You can also associate the <literal>svn:mime-type</literal> property with a diff or merge program."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11732
msgid "To associate using a file extension, you need to specify the extension. Use <literal>.bmp</literal> to describe Windows bitmap files. To associate using the <literal>svn:mime-type</literal> property, specify the mime type, including a slash, for example <literal>text/xml</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11741
msgid "Unified Diff Viewer"
msgstr "Обједињени Разл прегледач"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11743
msgid "A viewer program for unified-diff files (patch files). No parameters are required. The <guilabel>Default</guilabel> option is to check for a file association for <filename>.diff</filename> files, and then for <filename>.txt</filename> files. If you don't have a viewer for <filename>.diff</filename> files, you will most likely get NotePad."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11752
msgid "The original Windows NotePad program does not behave well on files which do not have standard CR-LF line-endings. Since most unified diff files have pure LF line-endings, they do not view well in NotePad. However, you can download a free NotePad replacement <ulink url=\"http://www.flos-freeware.ch/notepad2.html\"><citetitle>Notepad2</citetitle></ulink> which not only displays the line-endings correctly, but also colour codes the added and removed lines."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11768
msgid "Saved Data Settings"
msgstr "Счвани подаци подешавање"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11771
msgid "The Settings Dialog, Saved Data Page"
msgstr "Дијалог подешавања, Сачувани подаци страница"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11769
msgid "<placeholder-1/> For your convenience, TortoiseSVN saves many of the settings you use, and remembers where you have been lately. If you want to clear out that cache of data, you can do it here."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11780
msgid "URL history"
msgstr "УРЛ историја"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11782
msgid "Whenever you checkout a working copy, merge changes or use the repository browser, TortoiseSVN keeps a record of recently used URLs and offers them in a combo box. Sometimes that list gets cluttered with outdated URLs so it is useful to flush it out periodically."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11789
msgid "If you want to remove a single item from one of the combo boxes you can do that in-place. Just click on the arrow to drop the combo box down, move the mouse over the item you want to remove and type <keycap>Shift+Del</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11798
msgid "Log messages (Input dialog)"
msgstr "Поруке дневника (Улазни дијалог)"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11800
msgid "TortoiseSVN stores recent commit log messages that you enter. These are stored per repository, so if you access many repositories this list can grow quite large."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11808
msgid "Log messages (Show log dialog)"
msgstr "Поруке дневника (Прикажи дијалог дневника)"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11810
msgid "TortoiseSVN caches log messages fetched by the Show Log dialog to save time when you next show the log. If someone else edits a log message and you already have that message cached, you will not see the change until you clear the cache. Log message caching is enabled on the <guilabel>Log Cache</guilabel> tab."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11821
msgid "Dialog sizes and positions"
msgstr "Дијалог величина и позиције"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11823
msgid "Many dialogs remember the size and screen position that you last used."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11830
msgid "Authentication data"
msgstr "Аутентификациони податак"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11832
msgid "When you authenticate with a Subversion server, the username and password are cached locally so you don't have to keep entering them. You may want to clear this for security reasons, or because you want to access the repository under a different username ... does John know you are using his PC?"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11839
msgid "If you want to clear authentication data for one particular server only, read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-general-auth\"/> for instructions on how to find the cached data."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11847
msgid "Action log"
msgstr "Дневник акција"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11849
msgid "TortoiseSVN keeps a log of everything written to its progress dialogs. This can be useful when, for example, you want to check what happened in a recent update command."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11854
msgid "The log file is limited in length and when it grows too big the oldest content is discarded. By default 4000 lines are kept, but you can customize that number."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11859
msgid "From here you can view the log file content, and also clear it."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11868
msgid "Log Caching"
msgstr "Кеш дневника"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11870
msgid "log cache"
msgstr "кеш дневника"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11874
msgid "The Settings Dialog, Log Cache Page"
msgstr "Дијалог подешавања, Кеш дневника страница"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11872
msgid "<placeholder-1/> This dialog allows you to configure the log caching feature of TortoiseSVN, which retains a local copy of log messages and changed paths to avoid time-consuming downloads from the server. Using the log cache can dramatically speed up the log dialog and the revision graph. Another useful feature is that the log messages can still be accessed when offline."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11887
msgid "Enable log caching"
msgstr "Омогући кеш дневника"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11889
msgid "Enables log caching whenever log data is requested. If checked, data will be retrieved from the cache when available, and any messages not in the cache will be retrieved from the server and added to the cache."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11895
msgid "If caching is disabled, data will always be retrieved directly from the server and not stored locally."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11902
msgid "If the repository cannot be contacted"
msgstr "Ако спремиште не може бити спојено"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11904
msgid "If you are working offline, or if the repository server is down, the log cache can still be used to supply log messages already held in the cache. Of course the cache may not be up-to-date, so there are options to allow you to select whether this feature should be used."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11911
msgid "When log data is being taken from the cache without contacting the server, the dialog using those message will show the offline state in its title bar."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11919
msgid "Timeout before updating the HEAD revision"
msgstr "Истекло време пре ажурирања ГЛАВНЕ ревизије"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11921
msgid "When you invoke the log dialog you will normally want to contact the server to check for any newer log messages. If the timeout set here is non-zero then the server will only be contacted when the timeout has elapsed since the last time contact. This can reduce server round-trips if you open the log dialog frequently and the server is slow, but the data shown may not be completely up-to-date. If you want to use this feature we suggest using a value of 300 (5 minutes) as a compromise."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11936
msgid "Below the settings you can see a list of the repositories that are cached locally, and the space used for the cache. If you select one of the repositories you can then use the buttons underneath."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11943
msgid "Log Cache Statistics"
msgstr "Статистика кеша  дневника"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11946
msgid "The Settings Dialog, Log Cache Statistics"
msgstr "Дијалог подешавања, Кеш дневника статистика"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11955
msgid "RAM"
msgstr "РАМ"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11957
msgid "The amount of memory required to service this cache."
msgstr "Износ меморије потребне за опслуживање кеша"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11963
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Диск"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11965
msgid "The amount of disk space used for the cache. Data is compressed, so disk usage is generally fairly modest."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11972
msgid "Connection"
msgstr "Веза"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11974
msgid "Shows whether the repository was available last time the cache was used."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11981
msgid "Last update"
msgstr "Задње ажурирање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11983
msgid "The last time the cache content was changed."
msgstr "Последњи пут када је промењен садржај кеша"

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11989
msgid "Last head update"
msgstr "Задње главно ажурирање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11991
msgid "The last time we requested the HEAD revision from the server."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11998
msgid "Authors"
msgstr "Аутори"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12000
msgid "The number of different authors with messages recorded in the cache."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12007
msgid "Paths"
msgstr "Путање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12009
msgid "The number of paths listed, as you would see using <literal>svn log -v</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12016
msgid "Skip ranges"
msgstr "Прескочи распоне"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12018
msgid "The number of revision ranges which we have not fetched, simply because they haven't been requested. This is a measure of the number of holes in the cache."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12026
msgid "Max revision"
msgstr "Макс. ревизија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12028
msgid "The highest revision number stored in the cache."
msgstr "Највиши ревизиони број смештен у кеш."

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12034
msgid "Revision count"
msgstr "Број ревизија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12036
msgid "The number of revisions stored in the cache. This is another measure of cache completeness."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:11944
msgid "<placeholder-1/> Click on the <guibutton>Details</guibutton> button to see detailed statistics for a particular cache. Many of the fields shown here are mainly of interest to the developers of TortoiseSVN, so they are not all described in detail. <placeholder-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12045
msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> to completely refresh the cache and fill in any holes. For a large repository this could be very time consuming, but useful if you are about to go offline and want the best available cache."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12051
msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Export</guibutton> button to export the entire cache as a set of CSV files. This could be useful if you want to process the log data using an external program, although it is mainly useful to the developers."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12057
msgid "Click on <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> to remove all cached data for the selected repositories. This does not disable caching for the repository so the next time you request log data, a new cache will be created."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12064
msgid "Client Side Hook Scripts"
msgstr "Закачив скрипт клијентске стране"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12068
msgid "client hooks"
msgstr "клијентска закачаљка"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12075
msgid "The Settings Dialog, Hook Scripts Page"
msgstr "Дијалог подешавања, Закачив скрипт страница"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12073
msgid "<placeholder-1/> This dialog allows you to set up hook scripts which will be executed automatically when certain Subversion actions are performed. As opposed to the hook scripts explained in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-repository-hooks\"/>, these scripts are executed locally on the client."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12083
msgid "One application for such hooks might be to call a program like <literal>SubWCRev.exe</literal> to update version numbers after a commit, and perhaps to trigger a rebuild."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12088
msgid "For various security and implementation reasons, hook scripts are defined locally on a machine, rather than as project properties. You define what happens, no matter what someone else commits to the repository. Of course you can always choose to call a script which is itself under version control."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12096
msgid "The Settings Dialog, Configure Hook Scripts"
msgstr "Дијалог подешавања, Конфигурација закачивог скрипта"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12094
msgid "<placeholder-1/> To add a new hook script, simply click <guibutton>Add</guibutton> and fill in the details."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12106
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12176
msgid "Start-commit"
msgstr "Старт-урезивања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12108
msgid "Called before the commit dialog is shown. You might want to use this if the hook modifies a versioned file and affects the list of files that need to be committed and/or commit message."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12117
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12180
msgid "Pre-commit"
msgstr "Пре-урезивање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12119
msgid "Called after the user clicks <guibutton>OK</guibutton> in the commit dialog, and before the actual commit begins."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12126
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12184
msgid "Post-commit"
msgstr "Пост-урезивање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12128
msgid "Called after the commit finishes (whether successful or not)."
msgstr "Позива се после завршетка урезивања (било да је успешно или не)."

#. (term)
#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12134
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12188
msgid "Start-update"
msgstr "Старт-ажурирања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12136
msgid "Called before the update-to-revision dialog is shown."
msgstr "Позиван пре него је приказан ажурирај-до-ревизије  дијалог."

#. (term)
#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12142
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12192
msgid "Pre-update"
msgstr "Пре-ажурирај"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12144
msgid "Called before the actual Subversion update begins."
msgstr "Позивана пре него актуелно Субверзоно ажурирање почне. "

#. (term)
#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12150
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12196
msgid "Post-update"
msgstr "Пост-ажурирање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12152
msgid "Called after the update finishes (whether successful or not)."
msgstr "Позивано после завршетка ажурирања (било успешно или не)."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12102
msgid "There are currently six types of hook script available <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12159
msgid "A hook is defined for a particular working copy path. You only need to specify the top level path; if you perform an operation in a sub-folder, TortoiseSVN will automatically search upwards for a matching path."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12164
msgid "Next you must specify the command line to execute, starting with the path to the hook script or executable. This could be a batch file, an executable file or any other file which has a valid windows file association, eg. a perl script."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12170
msgid "The command line includes several parameters which get filled in by TortoiseSVN. The parameters passed depend upon which hook is called. Each hook has its own parameters which are passed in the following order: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12207
msgid "A path to a temporary file which contains all the paths for which the operation was started. Each path is on a separate line in the temp file."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12217
msgid "The depth with which the commit/update is done."
msgstr "Дубина са којом је урезивање/ажурирање урађено"

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12227
msgid "svn_depth_unknown"
msgstr "свн_дубина_непозната"

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12235
msgid "svn_depth_exclude"
msgstr "свн_дубина_искључена"

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12243
msgid "svn_depth_empty"
msgstr "свн_дубина_празна"

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12251
msgid "svn_depth_files"
msgstr "свн_дубина_фајлова"

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12259
msgid "svn_depth_immediates"
msgstr "свн_дубина_тренутни"

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12267
msgid "svn_depth_infinity"
msgstr "свн_дубина_бесконачно"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12220
msgid "Possible values are: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr "Могуће вредности су: <placeholder-1/>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12278
msgid "Path to a file containing the log message for the commit. The file contains the text in UTF-8 encoding. After successful execution of the start-commit hook, the log message is read back, giving the hook a chance to modify it."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12290
msgid "The repository revision to which the update should be done or after a commit completes."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12299
msgid "Path to a file containing the error message. If there was no error, the file will be empty."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12308
msgid "The current working directory with which the script is run. This is set to the common root directory of all affected paths."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12201
msgid "The meaning of each of these parameters is described here: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12316
msgid "Note that although we have given these parameters names for convenience, you do not have to refer to those names in the hook settings. All parameters listed for a particular hook are always passed, whether you want them or not ;-)"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12322
msgid "If you want the Subversion operation to hold off until the hook has completed, check <guilabel>Wait for the script to finish</guilabel>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12326
msgid "Normally you will want to hide ugly DOS boxes when the script runs, so <guilabel>Hide the script while running</guilabel> is checked by default."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12330
msgid "Sample client hook scripts can be found in the <literal>contrib</literal> folder in the <ulink url=\"http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk/contrib/hook-scripts\"><citetitle>TortoiseSVN repository</citetitle></ulink>. (<xref linkend=\"tsvn-preface-source\"/> explains how to access the repository)."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12338
msgid "Issue Tracker Integration"
msgstr "Интеграција проблем трагача"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12341
msgid "TortoiseSVN can use a COM plugin to query issue trackers when in the commit dialog. The use of such plugins is described in <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-bugtracker-ref\"/>. If your system administrator has provided you with a plugin, which you have already installed and registered, this is the place to specify how it integrates with your working copy."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12351
msgid "The Settings Dialog, Issue Tracker Integration Page"
msgstr "Дијалог подешавања, Страница интеграције проблем трагача"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12349
msgid "<placeholder-1/> Click on <guibutton>Add...</guibutton> to use the plugin with a particular working copy. Here you can specify the working copy path, choose which plugin to use from a drop down list of all registered issue tracker plugins, and any parameters to pass. The parameters will be specific to the plugin, but might include your user name on the issue tracker so that the plugin can query for issues which are assigned to you."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12371
msgid "This property specifies the COM UUID of the IBugTraqProvider, for example <literal>{91974081-2DC7-4FB1-B3BE-0DE1C8D6CE4E}</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12380
msgid "This property specifies the parameters passed to the IBugTraqProvider."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12362
msgid "If you want all users to use the same COM plugin for your project, you can specify the plugin also with the properties <literal>bugtraq:provideruuid</literal> and <literal>bugtraq:providerparams</literal>. <placeholder-1/> Please check the documentation of your IBugTraqProvider plugin to find out what to specify in these two properties."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12393
msgid "TortoiseBlame Settings"
msgstr "ТортозБламе подешавање"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12396
msgid "The Settings Dialog, TortoiseBlame Page"
msgstr "Дијалог подешавања, ТортозБламе страница"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12394
msgid "<placeholder-1/> The settings used by TortoiseBlame are controlled from the main context menu, not directly with TortoiseBlame itself."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12404
msgid "Colors"
msgstr "Боје"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12406
msgid "TortoiseBlame can use the background colour to indicate the age of lines in a file. You set the endpoints by specifying the colours for the newest and oldest revisions, and TortoiseBlame uses a linear interpolation between these colours according to the repository revision indicated for each line."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12416
msgid "Font"
msgstr "Писмо"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12418
msgid "You can select the font used to display the text, and the point size to use. This applies both to the file content, and to the author and revision information shown in the left pane."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12426
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "Табови"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12428
msgid "Defines how many spaces to use for expansion when a tab character is found in the file content."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12437
msgid "Registry Settings"
msgstr "Подешавање регистра"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12439
msgid "registry"
msgstr "регистри"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12441
msgid "A few infrequently used settings are available only by editing the registry directly."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12449
msgid "You can specify a different location for the Subversion configuration file using registry location <literal>HKCU\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\ConfigDir</literal>. This will affect all TortoiseSVN operations."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12458
msgid "Cache tray icon"
msgstr "Икона кеш кутије"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12460
msgid "To add a cache tray icon for the TSVNCache program, create a <literal>DWORD</literal> key with a value of 1 at <literal>HKCU\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\CacheTrayIcon</literal>. This is really only useful for developers as it allows you to terminate the program gracefully."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12470
msgid "Filenames without extensions in auto-completion list"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12472
msgid "The auto-completion list shown in the commit message editor displays the names of files listed for commit. To also include these names with extensions removed, create a <literal>DWORD</literal> key with a value of 1 at <literal>HKCU\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\AutocompleteRemovesExtensions</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12482
msgid "Explorer columns everywhere"
msgstr "Експлорер колумне било где"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12484
msgid "The extra columns the TortoiseSVN adds to the details view in Windows Explorer are normally only active in a working copy. If you want those to be accessible everywhere, not just in working copies, create a <literal>DWORD</literal> key with a value of 1 at <literal>HKCU\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\ColumnsEveryWhere</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12495
msgid "Merge log separator"
msgstr "Стопи сепаратор дневника"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12497
msgid "When you merge revisions from another branch, and merge tracking information is available, the log messages from the revisions you merge will be collected to make up a commit log message. A pre-defined string is used to separate the individual log messages of the merged revisions. If you prefer, you can create a <literal>SZ</literal> key at <literal>HKCU\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\MergeLogSeparator</literal> containing a separator string of your choice."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12510
msgid "Always blame changes with TortoiseMerge"
msgstr "Увек окриви измене са ТортоисеМерге"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12512
msgid "TortoiseSVN allows you to assign external diff viewer. Most such viewers, however, are not suited for change blaming (<xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-blame-diffs\"/>), so you might wish to fall back to TortoiseMerge in this case. To do so, create a <literal>DWORD</literal> key with a value of 1 at <literal>HKCU\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\DiffBlamesWithTortoiseMerge</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (term)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12523
msgid "Current revision highlighting for folders in log dialog"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12525
msgid "The log dialog highlights the current working copy revision when the log is shown for a file. To do the same thing for a folder requires a working copy crawl, which can be a slow operation for large working copies. If you want to enable this feature you must create a <literal>DWORD</literal> registry key with value 1 at <literal>HKCU\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\RecursiveLogRev</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12539
msgid "Subversion Working Folders"
msgstr ""

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12541
msgid ".svn folder"
msgstr ".свн именик"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12544
msgid "_svn folder"
msgstr "_свн именик"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12546
msgid "VS.NET 2003 when used with web projects can't handle the <literal>.svn</literal> folders that Subversion uses to store its internal information. This is not a bug in Subversion. The bug is in VS.NET 2003 and the frontpage extensions it uses."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12553
msgid "Note that the bug is fixed in VS2005 and later versions."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12557
msgid "As of Version 1.3.0 of Subversion and TortoiseSVN, you can set the environment variable <literal>SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK</literal>. If that variable is set, then Subversion will use <literal>_svn</literal> folders instead of <literal>.svn</literal> folders. You must restart your shell for that environment variable to take effect. Normally that means rebooting your PC. To make this easier, you can now do this from the general settings page using a simple checkbox - refer to <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-settings-main\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12567
msgid "For more information, and other ways to avoid this problem in the first place, check out the article about this in our <ulink url=\"http://tortoisesvn.net/aspdotnethack\"><citetitle>FAQ</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12577
msgid "Final Step"
msgstr "Финални корак"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12583
msgid "Donate!"
msgstr "Донирајте!"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12584
msgid "Even though TortoiseSVN and TortoiseMerge are free, you can support the developers by sending in patches and play an active role in the development. You can also help to cheer us up during the endless hours we spend in front of our computers."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12590
msgid "While working on TortoiseSVN we love to listen to music. And since we spend many hours on the project we need a <emphasis>lot</emphasis> of music. Therefore we have set up some wish-lists with our favourite music CDs and DVDs: <ulink url=\"http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/donate.html\"><citetitle>http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/donate.html</citetitle></ulink> Please also have a look at the list of people who contributed to the project by sending in patches or translations."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12604
msgid "The SubWCRev Program"
msgstr "СубВЦРев програм"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12606
msgid "version extraction"
msgstr "издвајање верзије"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12609
msgid "SubWCRev"
msgstr "СубВЦРев"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12612
msgid "COM"
msgstr "ЦОМ"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12615
msgid "version number in files"
msgstr "број верзије у фајловима"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12618
msgid "SubWCRev is Windows console program which can be used to read the status of a Subversion working copy and optionally perform keyword substitution in a template file. This is often used as part of the build process as a means of incorporating working copy information into the object you are building. Typically it might be used to include the revision number in an <quote>About</quote> box."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12632
msgid "The SubWCRev Command Line"
msgstr "СубВЦРев командна линија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12633
msgid "SubWCRev reads the Subversion status of all files in a working copy, excluding externals by default. It records the highest commit revision number found, and the commit timestamp of that revision, It also records whether there are local modifications in the working copy, or mixed update revisions. The revision number, update revision range and modification status are displayed on stdout."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12641
msgid ""
"SubWCRev.exe is called from the command line or a script, and is controlled using the command line parameters. <screen>\n"
"SubWCRev WorkingCopyPath [SrcVersionFile DstVersionFile] [-nmdfe]\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12648
msgid "<literal>WorkingCopyPath</literal> is the path to the working copy being checked. You can only use SubWCRev on working copies, not directly on the repository. The path may be absolute or relative to the current working directory."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12654
msgid "If you want SubWCRev to perform keyword substitution, so that fields like repository revision and URL are saved to a text file, you need to supply a template file <literal>SrcVersionFile</literal> and an output file <literal>DstVersionFile</literal> which contains the substituted version of the template."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12670
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12755
msgid "List of available command line switches"
msgstr "Листа доступних прекидача командне линије"

#. (entry)
#. (entry)
#. (title)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12676
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13964
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15059
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16075
msgid "Switch"
msgstr "Замена"

#. (entry)
#. (entry)
#. (entry)
#. (entry)
#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12677
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12762
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12970
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14220
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14629
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Опис"

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12685
msgid "ERRORLEVEL 7"
msgstr "НИВОГРЕШКЕ 7"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12683
msgid "If this switch is given, SubWCRev will exit with <placeholder-1/> if the working copy contains local modifications. This may be used to prevent building with uncommitted changes present."
msgstr ""

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12694
msgid "ERRORLEVEL 8"
msgstr "НИВОГРЕШКЕ 8"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12692
msgid "If this switch is given, SubWCRev will exit with <placeholder-1/> if the working copy contains mixed revisions. This may be used to prevent building with a partially updated working copy."
msgstr ""

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12703
msgid "ERRORLEVEL 9"
msgstr "НИВОГРЕШКЕ 9"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12701
msgid "If this switch is given, SubWCRev will exit with <placeholder-1/> if the destination file already exists."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12709
msgid "If this switch is given, SubWCRev will include the last-changed revision of folders. The default behaviour is to use only files when getting the revision numbers."
msgstr ""

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12721
msgid "svn:externals"
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12718
msgid "If this switch is given, SubWCRev will examine directories which are included with <placeholder-1/>, but only if they are from the same repository. The default behaviour is to ignore externals."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12728
msgid "If this switch is given, SubWCRev will output the revision numbers in HEX."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12735
msgid "If this switch is given, SubWCRev will output the revision numbers in HEX, with '0X' prepended."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12663
msgid "There are a number of optional switches which affect the way SubWCRev works. If you use more than one, they must be specified as a single group, eg. <literal>-nm</literal>, not <literal>-n -m</literal>. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12750
msgid "Keyword Substitution"
msgstr "Замена кључних речи"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12761
msgid "Keyword"
msgstr "Кључна реч"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12768
msgid "Replaced with the highest commit revision in the working copy."
msgstr "Замењено највишом урезаном ревизијом у радној копији."

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12779
msgid "yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss"
msgstr "yyyy-мм-дд хх:мм:сс"

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12781
msgid "strftime()"
msgstr "стрфтиме()"

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12783
msgid "$WCDATE=%a %b %d %I:%M:%S %p$"
msgstr "$WЦДАТЕ=%a %b %d %I:%M:%S %p$"

#. (citetitle)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12786
msgid "online reference"
msgstr "онлајн референце"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12775
msgid "Replaced with the commit date/time of the highest commit revision. By default, international format is used: <placeholder-1/>. Alternatively, you can specify a custom format which will be used with <placeholder-2/>, for example: <placeholder-3/>. For a list of available formatting characters, look at the <ulink url=\"http://www.cppreference.com/stddate/strftime.html\"><placeholder-4/></ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12792
msgid "Replaced with the current system date/time. This can be used to indicate the build time. Time formatting is as described above."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12800
msgid "Replaced with the update revision range in the working copy. If the working copy is in a consistent state, this will be a single revision. If the working copy contains mixed revisions, either due to being out of date, or due to a deliberate update-to-revision, then the range will be shown in the form 100:200"
msgstr ""

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12813
msgid "$WCMIXED?TText:FText$"
msgstr "$WЦМИXЕД?ТТеxт:ФТеxт$"

#. (literal)
#. (literal)
#. (literal)
#. (literal)
#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12814
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12822
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12849
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12857
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12866
msgid "TText"
msgstr "ТТекст"

#. (literal)
#. (literal)
#. (literal)
#. (literal)
#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12815
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12823
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12850
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12859
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12867
msgid "FText"
msgstr "ФТекст"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12812
msgid "<placeholder-1/> is replaced with <placeholder-2/> if there are mixed update revisions, or <placeholder-3/> if not."
msgstr ""

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12821
msgid "$WCMODS?TText:FText$"
msgstr "$WЦМОДС?ТТеxт:ФТеxт$"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12820
msgid "<placeholder-1/> is replaced with <placeholder-2/> if there are local modifications, or <placeholder-3/> if not."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12828
msgid "Replaced with the repository URL of the working copy path passed to SubWCRev."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12835
msgid "Replaced with the current time and date"
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12841
msgid "Replaced with the current time and date in standard format"
msgstr ""

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12848
msgid "$WCINSVN?TText:FText$"
msgstr "$WЦИНСВН?ТТеxт:ФТеxт$"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12847
msgid "<placeholder-1/> is replaced with <placeholder-2/> if the entry is versioned, or <placeholder-3/> if not."
msgstr ""

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12856
msgid "$WCNEEDSLOCK?TText:FText$"
msgstr "$WЦНЕЕДСЛОЦК?ТТеxт:ФТеxт$"

#. (literal)
#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12858
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13039
msgid "svn:needs-lock"
msgstr "свн:тражи-кључ"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12855
msgid "<placeholder-1/> is replaced with <placeholder-2/> if the entry has the <placeholder-3/> property set, or <placeholder-4/> if not."
msgstr ""

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12865
msgid "$WCISLOCKED?TText:FText$"
msgstr "$WЦИСЛОЦКЕД?ТТеxт:ФТеxт$"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12864
msgid "<placeholder-1/> is replaced with <placeholder-2/> if the entry is locked, or <placeholder-3/> if not."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12872
msgid "Replaced with the lock date"
msgstr "Замењеном са датум кључем"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12878
msgid "Replaced with the name of the lock owner"
msgstr "Замењено именом власника кључа"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12884
msgid "Replaced with the comment of the lock"
msgstr "Замењено коментаром кључа"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12751
msgid "If a source and destination files are supplied, SubWCRev copies source to destination, performing keyword substitution as follows: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12897
msgid "Keyword Example"
msgstr "Пример кључне речи"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12898
msgid "The example below shows how keywords in a template file are substituted in the output file."
msgstr ""

#. (programlisting)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12902
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"// Test file for SubWCRev: testfile.tmpl\n"
"\n"
"char *Revision = \"$WCREV$\";\n"
"char *Modified = \"$WCMODS?Modified:Not modified$\";\n"
"char *Date     = \"$WCDATE$\";\n"
"char *Range    = \"$WCRANGE$\";\n"
"char *Mixed    = \"$WCMIXED?Mixed revision WC:Not mixed$\";\n"
"char *URL      = \"$WCURL$\";\n"
"\n"
"#if $WCMODS?1:0$\n"
"#error Source is modified\n"
"#endif\n"
"\n"
"// End of file\n"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12918
msgid "After running <literal>SubWCRev.exe path\\to\\workingcopy testfile.tmpl testfile.txt</literal>, the output file <literal>testfile.txt</literal> would looks like this:"
msgstr ""

#. (programlisting)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12922
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"// Test file for SubWCRev: testfile.txt\n"
"\n"
"char *Revision = \"3701\";\n"
"char *Modified = \"Modified\";\n"
"char *Date     = \"2005/06/15 11:15:12\";\n"
"char *Range    = \"3699:3701\";\n"
"char *Mixed    = \"Mixed revision WC\";\n"
"char *URL      = \"http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/...\n"
"trunk/src/SubWCRev\";\n"
"\n"
"#if 1\n"
"#error Source is modified\n"
"#endif\n"
"\n"
"// End of file\n"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12940
msgid "A file like this will be included in the build so you would expect it to be versioned. Be sure to version the template file, not the generated file, otherwise each time you regenerate the version file you need to commit the change, which in turn means the version file needs to be updated."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12953
msgid "COM interface"
msgstr "ЦОМ интерфејс"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12955
msgid "COM SubWCRev interface"
msgstr "ЦОМ СубВЦРев интерфејс"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12963
msgid "COM/automation methods supported"
msgstr "ЦОМ/аутоматизација методе подржане"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12969
msgid "Method"
msgstr "Метод"

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12982
msgid "-f"
msgstr "-ф"

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12985
msgid "-e"
msgstr "-е"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12976
msgid "This method traverses the working copy gathering the revision information. Naturally you must call this before you can access the information using the remaining methods. The first parameter is the path. The second parameter should be true if you want to include folder revisions. Equivalent to the <placeholder-1/> command line switch. The third parameter should be true if you want to include svn:externals. Equivalent to the <placeholder-2/> command line switch."
msgstr ""

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12993
msgid "$WCREV$"
msgstr "$WЦРЕВ$"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12991
msgid "The highest commit revision in the working copy. Equivalent to <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13000
msgid "$WCDATE$"
msgstr "$WЦДАТЕ$"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12998
msgid "The commit date/time of the highest commit revision. Equivalent to <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13005
msgid "The author of the highest commit revision, that is, the last person to commit changes to the working copy."
msgstr ""

#. (literal)
#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13012
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13016
msgid "$WCRANGE$"
msgstr "$WЦРАНГЕ$"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13012
msgid "The minimum update revision, as shown in <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13016
msgid "The maximum update revision, as shown in <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13020
msgid "True if there are local modifications"
msgstr "Тачно ако постоји локална измена"

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13026
msgid "GetWCInfo"
msgstr "ГетВЦИнфо"

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13027
msgid "$WCURL$"
msgstr "$WЦУРЛ$"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13024
msgid "Replaced with the repository URL of the working copy path used in <placeholder-1/>. Equivalent to <placeholder-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13032
msgid "True if the item is versioned."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13038
msgid "True if the item has the <placeholder-1/> property set."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13045
msgid "True if the item is locked."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13051
msgid "String representing the date when the lock was created, or an empty string if the item is not locked."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13058
msgid "String representing the lock owner, or an empty string if the item is not locked."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13065
msgid "The message entered when the lock was created."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:12957
msgid "If you need to access Subversion revision information from other programs, you can use the COM interface of SubWCRev. The object to create is <literal>SubWCRev.object</literal>, and the following methods are supported: <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (programlisting)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13075
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"// testCOM.js - javascript file\n"
"// test script for the SubWCRev COM/Automation-object\n"
"\n"
"filesystem = new ActiveXObject(\"Scripting.FileSystemObject\");\n"
"\n"
"subwcrevObject1 = new ActiveXObject(\"SubWCRev.object\");\n"
"subwcrevObject2 = new ActiveXObject(\"SubWCRev.object\");\n"
"subwcrevObject3 = new ActiveXObject(\"SubWCRev.object\");\n"
"subwcrevObject4 = new ActiveXObject(\"SubWCRev.object\");\n"
"\n"
"subwcrevObject1.GetWCInfo(filesystem.GetAbsolutePathName(\".\"), 1, 1);\n"
"subwcrevObject2.GetWCInfo(filesystem.GetAbsolutePathName(\"..\"), 1, 1);\n"
"subwcrevObject3.GetWCInfo(filesystem.GetAbsolutePathName(\"SubWCRev.cpp\"), 1, 1);\n"
"subwcrevObject4.GetWCInfo(filesystem.GetAbsolutePathName(\"..\\\\..\"), 1, 1);\n"
"\n"
"wcInfoString1 = \"Revision = \" + subwcrevObject1.Revision + \n"
"\t\t\t\t\"\\n"
"Min Revision = \" + subwcrevObject1.MinRev + \n"
"\t\t\t\t\"\\n"
"Max Revision = \" + subwcrevObject1.MaxRev + \n"
"\t\t\t\t\"\\n"
"Date = \" + subwcrevObject1.Date + \n"
"\t\t\t\t\"\\n"
"URL = \" + subwcrevObject1.Url + \"\\n"
"Author = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject1.Author + \"\\n"
"HasMods = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject1.HasModifications + \"\\n"
"IsSvnItem = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject1.IsSvnItem + \"\\n"
"NeedsLocking = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject1.NeedsLocking + \"\\n"
"IsLocked = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject1.IsLocked + \"\\n"
"LockCreationDate = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject1.LockCreationDate + \"\\n"
"LockOwner = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject1.LockOwner + \"\\n"
"LockComment = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject1.LockComment;\n"
"wcInfoString2 = \"Revision = \" + subwcrevObject2.Revision + \n"
"\t\t\t\t\"\\n"
"Min Revision = \" + subwcrevObject2.MinRev + \n"
"\t\t\t\t\"\\n"
"Max Revision = \" + subwcrevObject2.MaxRev + \n"
"\t\t\t\t\"\\n"
"Date = \" + subwcrevObject2.Date + \n"
"\t\t\t\t\"\\n"
"URL = \" + subwcrevObject2.Url + \"\\n"
"Author = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject2.Author + \"\\n"
"HasMods = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject2.HasModifications + \"\\n"
"IsSvnItem = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject2.IsSvnItem + \"\\n"
"NeedsLocking = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject2.NeedsLocking + \"\\n"
"IsLocked = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject2.IsLocked + \"\\n"
"LockCreationDate = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject2.LockCreationDate + \"\\n"
"LockOwner = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject2.LockOwner + \"\\n"
"LockComment = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject2.LockComment;\n"
"wcInfoString3 = \"Revision = \" + subwcrevObject3.Revision + \n"
"\t\t\t\t\"\\n"
"Min Revision = \" + subwcrevObject3.MinRev + \n"
"\t\t\t\t\"\\n"
"Max Revision = \" + subwcrevObject3.MaxRev + \n"
"\t\t\t\t\"\\n"
"Date = \" + subwcrevObject3.Date + \n"
"\t\t\t\t\"\\n"
"URL = \" + subwcrevObject3.Url + \"\\n"
"Author = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject3.Author + \"\\n"
"HasMods = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject3.HasModifications + \"\\n"
"IsSvnItem = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject3.IsSvnItem + \"\\n"
"NeedsLocking = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject3.NeedsLocking + \"\\n"
"IsLocked = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject3.IsLocked + \"\\n"
"LockCreationDate = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject3.LockCreationDate + \"\\n"
"LockOwner = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject3.LockOwner + \"\\n"
"LockComment = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject3.LockComment;\n"
"wcInfoString4 = \"Revision = \" + subwcrevObject4.Revision + \n"
"\t\t\t\t\"\\n"
"Min Revision = \" + subwcrevObject4.MinRev + \n"
"\t\t\t\t\"\\n"
"Max Revision = \" + subwcrevObject4.MaxRev + \n"
"\t\t\t\t\"\\n"
"Date = \" + subwcrevObject4.Date + \n"
"\t\t\t\t\"\\n"
"URL = \" + subwcrevObject4.Url + \"\\n"
"Author = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject4.Author + \"\\n"
"HasMods = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject4.HasModifications + \"\\n"
"IsSvnItem = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject4.IsSvnItem + \"\\n"
"NeedsLocking = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject4.NeedsLocking + \"\\n"
"IsLocked = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject4.IsLocked + \"\\n"
"LockCreationDate = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject4.LockCreationDate + \"\\n"
"LockOwner = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject4.LockOwner + \"\\n"
"LockComment = \" + \n"
"\t\t\t\tsubwcrevObject4.LockComment;\n"
"\n"
"WScript.Echo(wcInfoString1);\n"
"WScript.Echo(wcInfoString2);\n"
"WScript.Echo(wcInfoString3);\n"
"WScript.Echo(wcInfoString4);\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13073
msgid "The following example shows how the interface might be used. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13154
msgid "Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)"
msgstr "Често постављана питања (ЧПП)"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13156
msgid "FAQ"
msgstr "ЧПП"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13159
msgid "Because TortoiseSVN is being developed all the time it is sometimes hard to keep the documentation completely up to date. We maintain an <ulink url=\"http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/faq.html\"><citetitle>online FAQ</citetitle></ulink> which contains a selection of the questions we are asked the most on the TortoiseSVN mailing lists <email>dev@tortoisesvn.tigris.org</email> and <email>users@tortoisesvn.tigris.org</email>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13171
msgid "We also maintain a project <ulink url=\"http://issues.tortoisesvn.net\"><citetitle>Issue Tracker</citetitle></ulink> which tells you about some of the things we have on our To-Do list, and bugs which have already been fixed. If you think you have found a bug, or want to request a new feature, check here first to see if someone else got there before you."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13181
msgid "If you have a question which is not answered anywhere else, the best place to ask it is on one of the mailing lists. <email>users@tortoisesvn.tigris.org</email> is the one to use if you have questions about using TortoiseSVN. If you want to help out with the development of TortoiseSVN, then you should take part in discussions on <email>dev@tortoisesvn.tigris.org</email>."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13197
msgid "How Do I..."
msgstr "Како да ја..."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13199
msgid "This appendix contains solutions to problems/questions you might have when using TortoiseSVN."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13205
msgid "Move/copy a lot of files at once"
msgstr "Помери/копирај много фајлова ођедном"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13207
msgid "moving"
msgstr "премештање"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13213
msgid "reorganize"
msgstr "реорганизуј"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13215
msgid "Moving/Copying single files can be done by using <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Rename...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. But if you want to move/copy a lot of files, this way is just too slow and too much work."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13224
msgid "The recommended way is by <action>right-dragging</action> the files to the new location. Simply <action>right-click</action> on the files you want to move/copy without releasing the mouse button. Then drag the files to the new location and release the mouse button. A context menu will appear where you can either choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>SVN Copy versioned files here</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. or <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>SVN Move versioned files here</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13247
msgid "Force users to enter a log message"
msgstr "Форсирати кориснике да унесу поруке дневника"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13249
msgid "log message"
msgstr "порука дневника"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13252
msgid "commit message"
msgstr "порука урезивања"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13255
msgid "empty message"
msgstr "празна порука"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13257
msgid "There are two ways to prevent users from committing with an empty log message. One is specific to TortoiseSVN, the other works for all Subversion clients, but requires access to the server directly."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13263
msgid "Hook-script on the server"
msgstr "Закачив скрипт на серверу"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13264
msgid "If you have direct access to the repository server, you can install a pre-commit hook script which rejects all commits with an empty or too short log message."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13269
msgid "In the repository folder on the server, there's a sub-folder <filename>hooks</filename> which contains some example hook scripts you can use. The file <filename>pre-commit.tmpl</filename> contains a sample script which will reject commits if no log message is supplied, or the message is too short. The file also contains comments on how to install/use this script. Just follow the instructions in that file."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13279
msgid "This method is the recommended way if your users also use other Subversion clients than TortoiseSVN. The drawback is that the commit is rejected by the server and therefore users will get an error message. The client can't know before the commit that it will be rejected. If you want to make TortoiseSVN have the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button disabled until the log message is long enough then please use the method described below."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13290
msgid "Project properties"
msgstr "Особине пројекта"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13291
msgid "TortoiseSVN uses properties to control some of its features. One of those properties is the <literal>tsvn:logminsize</literal> property."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13295
msgid "If you set that property on a folder, then TortoiseSVN will disable the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button in all commit dialogs until the user has entered a log message with at least the length specified in the property."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13300
msgid "For detailed information on those project properties, please refer to <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-propertypage\"/>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13307
msgid "Update selected files from the repository"
msgstr "Ажурирање изабраних фајлова из спремишта"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13311
msgid "Normally you update your working copy using <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Update</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. But if you only want to pick up some new files that a colleague has added without merging in any changes to other files at the same time, you need a different approach."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13321
msgid "Use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Check for Modifications</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. and click on <guibutton>Check repository</guibutton> to see what has changed in the repository. Select the files you want to update locally, then use the context menu to update just those files."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13333
msgid "Roll back (Undo) revisions in the repository"
msgstr "Врати назад (поништи) ревизије у спремишту"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13335
msgid "rollback"
msgstr "премотавање"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13341
msgid "undo commit"
msgstr "поништавање урезивања"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13344
msgid "undo change"
msgstr "поништавање измена"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13347
msgid "Use the revision log dialog"
msgstr "Користи дијалог дневника ревизија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13348
msgid "The easiest way to revert the changes from a single revision, or from a range of revisions, is to use the revision log dialog. This is also the method to use of you want to discard recent changes and make an earlier revision the new HEAD."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13357
msgid "Select the file or folder in which you need to revert the changes. If you want to revert all changes, this should be the top level folder."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13364
msgid "Select <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Log</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to display a list of revisions. You may need to use <guibutton>Show All</guibutton> or <guibutton>Next 100</guibutton> to show the revision(s) you are interested in."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13377
msgid "Select the revision you wish to revert. If you want to undo a range of revisions, select the first one and hold the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key while selecting the last one. Note that for multiple revisions, the range must be unbroken with no gaps. <action>Right click</action> on the selected revision(s), then select <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Revert changes from this revision</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13392
msgid "Or if you want to make an earlier revision the new HEAD revision, <action>right click</action> on the selected revision, then select <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Revert to this revision</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will discard <emphasis>all</emphasis> changes after the selected revision."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13405
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13462
msgid "You have reverted the changes within your working copy. Check the results, then commit the changes."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13411
msgid "Use the merge dialog"
msgstr "Користи дијалог спајања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13412
msgid "To undo a larger range of revisions, you can use the Merge dialog. The previous method uses merging behind the scenes; this method uses it explicitly."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13419
msgid "In your working copy select <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Merge</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13428
msgid "In the <guilabel>From:</guilabel> field enter the full folder URL of the branch or tag containing the changes you want to revert in your working copy. This should come up as the default URL."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13436
msgid "In the <guilabel>From Revision</guilabel> field enter the revision number that you are currently at. If you are sure there is no-one else making changes, you can use the HEAD revision."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13444
msgid "make sure the <guilabel>Use \"From:\" URL</guilabel> checkbox is checked."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13450
msgid "In the <guilabel>To Revision</guilabel> field enter the revision number that you want to revert to, namely the one <emphasis>before</emphasis> the first revision to be reverted."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13457
msgid "Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to complete the merge."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13468
msgid "Use <literal>svndumpfilter</literal>"
msgstr "Користи <literal>свндумпфилтер</literal>"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13469
msgid "Since TortoiseSVN never loses data, your <quote>rolled back</quote> revisions still exist as intermediate revisions in the repository. Only the HEAD revision was changed to a previous state. If you want to make revisions disappear completely from your repository, erasing all trace that they ever existed, you have to use more extreme measures. Unless there is a really good reason to do this, it is <emphasis>not recommended</emphasis>. One possible reason would be that someone committed a confidential document to a public repository."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13480
msgid "The only way to remove data from the repository is to use the Subversion command line tool <literal>svnadmin</literal>. You can find a description of how this works in the <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.reposadmin.maint.html\"><citetitle>Repository Maintenance</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr "Једини начин да се избаце подаци из спремишта је да се алат Субверзионе командне линије <literal>svnadmin</literal>. Можете наћи опис како ово ради у <ulink url=\"http://svnbook.red-bean.com/en/1.5/svn.reposadmin.maint.html\"><citetitle>Одржавање спремишта</citetitle></ulink>."

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13491
msgid "Compare two revisions of a file"
msgstr "Упореди две ревизије фајла"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13493
msgid "compare files"
msgstr "упореди фајлове"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13496
msgid "changes"
msgstr "измене"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13498
msgid "If you want to compare two revisions in a file's history, for example revisions 100 and 200 of the same file, just use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Log</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to list the revision history for that file. Pick the two revisions you want to compare then use <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compare Revisions</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13512
msgid "If you want to compare the same file in two different trees, for example the trunk and a branch, you can use the repository browser to open up both trees, select the file in both places, then use <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compare Revisions</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13522
msgid "If you want to compare two trees to see what has changed, for example the trunk and a tagged release, you can use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Revision Graph</guimenuitem></menuchoice> Select the two nodes to compare, then use <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compare HEAD Revisions</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. This will show a list of changed files, and you can then select individual files to view the changes in detail. Alternatively use <menuchoice><guimenu>Context Menu</guimenu><guimenuitem>Unified Diff of HEAD Revisions</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to see a summary of all differences, with minimal context."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13545
msgid "Include a common sub-project"
msgstr "Укључи сличан суб-пројекат"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13547
msgid "common projects"
msgstr "слични пројекти"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13553
msgid "vendor projects"
msgstr "дистрибутерски пројекти"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13555
msgid "Sometimes you will want to include another project within your working copy, perhaps some library code. You don't want to make a duplicate of this code in your repository because then you would lose connection with the original (and maintained) code. Or maybe you have several projects which share core code. There are at least 3 ways of dealing with this."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13565
msgid "Use svn:externals"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13566
msgid "Set the <literal>svn:externals</literal> property for a folder in your project. This property consists of one or more lines; each line has the name of a sub-folder which you want to use as the checkout folder for common code, and the repository URL that you want to be checked out there. For full details refer to <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-import-4\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13574
msgid "Commit the new folder. Now when you update, Subversion will pull a copy of that project from its repository into your working copy. The sub-folders will be created automatically if required. Each time you update your main working copy, you will also receive the latest version of all external projects."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13593
msgid "Of the three methods described, this is the only one which needs no setup on the client side. Once externals are specified in the folder properties, all clients will get populated folders when they update."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13601
msgid "Use a nested working copy"
msgstr "Користи угњеждену радну копију"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13602
msgid "Create a new folder within your project to contain the common code, but do not add it to Subversion"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13606
msgid "Select <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Checkout</guimenuitem></menuchoice> for the new folder and checkout a copy of the common code into it. You now have a separate working copy nested within your main working copy."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13616
msgid "The two working copies are independent. When you commit changes to the parent, changes to the nested WC are ignored. Likewise when you update the parent, the nested WC is not updated."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13623
msgid "Use a relative location"
msgstr "Користи релативну локацију"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13624
msgid ""
"If you use the same common core code in several projects, and you do not want to keep multiple working copies of it for every project that uses it, you can just check it out to a separate location which is related to all the other projects which use it. For example: <screen>\n"
"C:\\Projects\\Proj1\n"
"C:\\Projects\\Proj2\n"
"C:\\Projects\\Proj3\n"
"C:\\Projects\\Common\n"
"</screen> and refer to the common code using a relative path, eg. <filename>..\\..\\Common\\DSPcore</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13639
msgid ""
"If your projects are scattered in unrelated locations you can use a variant of this, which is to put the common code in one location and use drive letter substitution to map that location to something you can hard code in your projects, eg. Checkout the common code to <filename>D:\\Documents\\Framework</filename> or <filename>C:\\Documents and Settings\\{login}\\My Documents\\framework</filename> then use <screen>\n"
"SUBST X: \"D:\\Documents\\framework\"\n"
"</screen> to create the drive mapping used in your source code. Your code can then use absolute locations. <screen>\n"
"#include \"X:\\superio\\superio.h\"\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13657
msgid "This method will only work in an all-PC environment, and you will need to document the required drive mappings so your team know where these mysterious files are. This method is strictly for use in closed development environments, and not recommended for general use."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13667
msgid "Create a shortcut to a repository"
msgstr "Креирај скраћеницу за спремиште"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13669
msgid "shortcut"
msgstr "скраћеница"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13671
msgid ""
"If you frequently need to open the repository browser at a particular location, you can create a desktop shortcut using the automation interface to TortoiseProc. Just create a new shortcut and set the target to: <screen>\n"
"TortoiseProc.exe /command:repobrowser /path:\"url/to/repository\"\n"
"</screen> Of course you need to include the real repository URL."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13683
msgid "Ignore files which are already versioned"
msgstr ""

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13688
msgid "remove versioning"
msgstr "уклони верзионисање"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13691
msgid "detach from repository"
msgstr "откачи од спремишта"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13693
msgid "If you accidentally added some files which should have been ignored, how do you get them out of version control without losing them? Maybe you have your own IDE configuration file which is not part of the project, but which took you a long time to set up just the way you like it."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13700
msgid "If you have not yet committed the add, then all you have to do is use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Revert...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to undo the add. You should then add the file(s) to the ignore list so they don't get added again later by mistake."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13715
msgid "Hold the <keycap>Shift</keycap> key to get the extended context menu and use <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Delete (keep local)</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to mark the file/folder for deletion from the repository without losing the local copy."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13727
msgid "<menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Commit</guimenuitem></menuchoice> the parent folder."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13736
msgid "Add the file/folder to the ignore list so you don't get into the same trouble again."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13710
msgid "If the files are already in the repository, you have to do a little more work. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13745
msgid "Unversion a working copy"
msgstr "Неверзионисана радна копија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13746
msgid "If you have a working copy which you want to convert back to a plain folder tree without the <literal>.svn</literal> directories, you can simply export it to itself. Read <xref linkend=\"tsvn-dug-export-unversion\"/> to find out how."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13754
msgid "Remove a working copy"
msgstr "Уклони радну копију"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13755
msgid "If you have a working copy which you no longer need, how do you get rid of it cleanly? Easy - just delete it in Windows Explorer! Working copies are private local entities, and they are self-contained."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13763
msgid "Useful Tips For Administrators"
msgstr "Корисни савети за администраторе"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13765
msgid "This appendix contains solutions to problems/questions you might have when you are responsible for deploying TortoiseSVN to multiple client computers."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13772
msgid "Deploy TortoiseSVN via group policies"
msgstr "Распоређивање ТортоисеСВН преко групне полисе"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13774
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13899
msgid "group policies"
msgstr "групне полисе"

#. (primary)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13777
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15883
msgid "GPO"
msgstr "ГПО"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13780
msgid "msi"
msgstr "мси"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13783
msgid "domain controller"
msgstr "контролор домена"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13786
msgid "deploy"
msgstr "распоређивање"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13788
msgid "The TortoiseSVN installer comes as an MSI file, which means you should have no problems adding that MSI file to the group policies of your domain controller."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13793
msgid "A good walk-through on how to do that can be found in the knowledge base article 314934 from Microsoft: <ulink url=\"http://support.microsoft.com/?kbid=314934\"><citetitle>http://support.microsoft.com/?kbid=314934</citetitle></ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13800
msgid "Versions 1.3.0 and later of TortoiseSVN must be installed under <emphasis>Computer Configuration</emphasis> and not under <emphasis>User Configuration</emphasis>. This is because those versions need the new CRT and MFC DLLs, which can only be deployed <emphasis>per computer</emphasis> and not <emphasis>per user</emphasis>. If you really must install TortoiseSVN on a per user basis, then you must first install the MFC and CRT package version 8 from Microsoft on each computer you want to install TortoiseSVN as per user."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13812
msgid "Redirect the upgrade check"
msgstr "Преусмеравање провере надоградње"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13814
msgid "upgrade check"
msgstr "провера надоградње"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13817
msgid "check new version"
msgstr "провера нове верзије"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13820
msgid "version"
msgstr "верзија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13822
msgid "TortoiseSVN checks if there's a new version available every few days. If there is a newer version available, a dialog shows up informing the user about that."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13828
msgid "The upgrade dialog"
msgstr "дијалог надоградње"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13831
msgid "If you're responsible for a lot of users in your domain, you might want your users to use only versions you have approved and not have them install always the latest version. You probably don't want that upgrade dialog to show up so your users don't go and upgrade immediately."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13837
msgid ""
"Versions 1.4.0 and later of TortoiseSVN allow you to redirect that upgrade check to your intranet server. You can set the registry key <filename>HKCU\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\UpdateCheckURL</filename> (string value) to an URL pointing to a text file in your intranet. That text file must have the following format: <screen>\n"
"1.4.1.6000\n"
"A new version of TortoiseSVN is available for you to download!\n"
"http://192.168.2.1/downloads/TortoiseSVN-1.4.1.6000-svn-1.4.0.msi\n"
"</screen> The first line in that file is the version string. You must make sure that it matches the exact version string of the TortoiseSVN installation package. The second line is a custom text, shown in the upgrade dialog. You can write there whatever you want. Just note that the space in the upgrade dialog is limited. Too long messages will get truncated! The third line is the URL to the new installation package. This URL is opened when the user clicks on the custom message label in the upgrade dialog. You can also just point the user to a web page instead of the MSI file directly. The URL is opened with the default web browser, so if you specify a web page, that page is opened and shown to the user. If you specify the MSI package, the browser will ask the user to save the MSI file locally."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13862
msgid "Setting the <literal>SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK</literal> environment variable"
msgstr ""

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13864
msgid "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"
msgstr "СВН_АСП_ДОТ_НЕТ_ХАЦК"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13867
msgid "VS2003"
msgstr "ВС2003"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13870
msgid "ASP projects"
msgstr "АСП пројекти"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13872
msgid "As of version 1.4.0 and later, the TortoiseSVN installer doesn't provide the user with the option to set the <literal>SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK</literal> environment variable anymore, since that caused many problems and confusions with users which always install <emphasis>everything</emphasis> no matter if they know what it is for."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13880
msgid ""
"But that option is only hidden for the user. You still can force the TortoiseSVN installer to set that environment variable by setting the <literal>ASPDOTNETHACK</literal> property to TRUE. For example, you can start the installer like this: <screen>\n"
"msiexec /i TortoiseSVN-1.4.0.msi ASPDOTNETHACK=TRUE\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13891
msgid "Disable context menu entries"
msgstr "Онемугући улаз контекстног менија"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13893
msgid "context menu entries"
msgstr "улази контекстног менија"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13896
msgid "disable functions"
msgstr "функције онемогућавања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13901
msgid "As of version 1.5.0 and later, TortoiseSVN allows you to disable (actually, hide) context menu entries. Since this is a feature which should not be used lightly but only if there is a compelling reason, there is no GUI for this and it has to be done directly in the registry. This can be used to disable certain commands for users who should not use them. But please note that only the context menu entries in the <emphasis>explorer</emphasis> are hidden, and the commands are still available through other means, e.g. the command line or even other dialogs in TortoiseSVN itself!"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13911
msgid "The registry keys which hold the information on which context menus to show are <filename>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\ContextMenuEntriesMaskLow</filename> and <filename>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\ContextMenuEntriesMaskHigh</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13916
msgid "Each of these registry entries is a <literal>DWORD</literal> value, with each bit corresponding to a specific menu entry. A set bit means the corresponding menu entry is deactivated."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13923
msgid "Menu entries and their values"
msgstr "Улази менија и њихове вредности"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13929
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Вредност"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13930
msgid "Menu entry"
msgstr "Улази менија"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13936
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14753
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15783
msgid "Checkout"
msgstr "Преузимање"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13940
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14771
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16089
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Ажурирање"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13944
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14810
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15809
msgid "Commit"
msgstr "Урезивање"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13948
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15122
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15726
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Додавање"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13952
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14979
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16022
msgid "Revert"
msgstr "Врати на старо"

#. (entry)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13960
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16010
msgid "Resolve"
msgstr "Реши"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13972
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15083
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15864
msgid "Export"
msgstr "Извези"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13976
msgid "Create Repository here"
msgstr "Креирај спремиште овде"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13980
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15035
msgid "Branch/Tag"
msgstr "Грана/знак"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13984
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15066
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15936
msgid "Merge"
msgstr "Стопи"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13988
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14973
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15843
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Обриши"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13992
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14967
msgid "Rename"
msgstr "Преименуј"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:13996
msgid "Update to revision"
msgstr "Ажурирај према ревизији"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14000
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14857
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15855
msgid "Diff"
msgstr "Разл"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14004
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14878
msgid "Show Log"
msgstr "Прикажи дневник"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14008
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14953
msgid "Edit Conflicts"
msgstr "Уреди сукоб"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14012
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15108
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15982
msgid "Relocate"
msgstr "Премести"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14016
msgid "Check for modifications"
msgstr "Провера измена"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14020
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr "Занемари"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14024
msgid "Repository Browser"
msgstr "Претраживач спремишта"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14028
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15142
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15747
msgid "Blame"
msgstr "Кривац"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14032
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15168
msgid "Create Patch"
msgstr "Изради закрпу"

#. (entry)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14036
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15178
msgid "Apply Patch"
msgstr "Примена закрпа"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14040
msgid "Revision graph"
msgstr "Ревизиони граф"

#. (entry)
#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14044
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15908
msgid "Lock"
msgstr "Закључавање"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14048
msgid "Remove Lock"
msgstr "Уклони кључ"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14052
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "Особине"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14056
msgid "Diff with URL"
msgstr "Разл са  УРЛ"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14060
msgid "Delete unversioned items"
msgstr "Обриши неверзионисане ставке "

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14064
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Поставке"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14068
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Помоћ"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14072
msgid "About"
msgstr "О"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14078
msgid ""
"Example: to disable the <quote>Relocate</quote> the <quote>Delete unversioned items</quote> and the <quote>Settings</quote> menu entries, add the values assigned to the entries like this: <screen>\n"
"  0x0000000000080000\n"
"+ 0x0000000080000000\n"
"+ 0x2000000000000000\n"
"= 0x2000000080080000\n"
"</screen> The lower <literal>DWORD</literal> value (<literal>0x80080000</literal>) must then be stored in <filename>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\ContextMenuEntriesMaskLow</filename>, the higher <literal>DWORD</literal> value (<literal>0x20000000</literal>) in <filename>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\TortoiseSVN\\ContextMenuEntriesMaskHigh</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14095
msgid "To enable the menu entries again, simply delete the two registry keys."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14101
msgid "Automating TortoiseSVN"
msgstr "Аутоматизовање ТортоисеСВН"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14103
msgid "Since all commands for TortoiseSVN are controlled through command line parameters, you can automate it with batch scripts or start specific commands and dialogs from other programs (e.g. your favourite text editor)."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14109
msgid "Remember that TortoiseSVN is a GUI client, and this automation guide shows you how to make the TortoiseSVN dialogs appear to collect user input. If you want to write a script which requires no input, you should use the official Subversion command line client instead."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14121
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14751
msgid "TortoiseSVN Commands"
msgstr "ТортоисеСВН команде"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14123
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14596
msgid "automation"
msgstr "утоматизовање"

#. (primary)
#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14126
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14599
msgid "command line"
msgstr "командна линија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14128
msgid "The TortoiseSVN GUI program is called <literal>TortoiseProc.exe</literal>. All commands are specified with the parameter <option>/command:abcd</option> where <literal>abcd</literal> is the required command name. Most of these commands need at least one path argument, which is given with <option>/path:\"some\\path\"</option>. In the following table the command refers to the <option>/command:abcd</option> parameter and the path refers to the <option>/path:\"some\\path\"</option> parameter."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14137
msgid "Since some of the commands can take a list of target paths (e.g. committing several specific files) the <option>/path</option> parameter can take several paths, separated by a <literal>*</literal> character."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14142
msgid "TortoiseSVN uses temporary files to pass multiple arguments between the shell extension and the main program. From TortoiseSVN 1.5.0 on and later, <option>/notempfile</option> parameter is obsolete and there is no need to add it anymore."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14148
msgid "The progress dialog which is used for commits, updates and many more commands usually stays open after the command has finished until the user presses the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button. This can be changed by checking the corresponding option in the settings dialog. But using that setting will close the progress dialog, no matter if you start the command from your batch file or from the TortoiseSVN context menu."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14156
msgid "To specify a different location of the configuration file, use the parameter <option>/configdir:\"path\\to\\config\\directory\"</option>. This will override the default path, including any registry setting."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14167
msgid "<option>/closeonend:0</option> don't close the dialog automatically"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14172
msgid "<option>/closeonend:1</option> auto close if no errors"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14177
msgid "<option>/closeonend:2</option> auto close if no errors and conflicts"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14182
msgid "<option>/closeonend:3</option> auto close if no errors, conflicts and merges"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14187
msgid "<option>/closeonend:4</option> auto close if no errors, conflicts and merges for local operations"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14161
msgid "To close the progress dialog at the end of a command automatically without using the permanent setting you can pass the <option>/closeonend</option> parameter. <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14194
msgid "The table below lists all the commands which can be accessed using the TortoiseProc.exe command line. As described above, these should be used in the form <literal>/command:abcd</literal>. In the table, the <literal>/command</literal> prefix is omitted to save space."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14213
msgid "List of available commands and options"
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14219
msgid "Command"
msgstr "Команда"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14226
msgid "Shows the about dialog. This is also shown if no command is given."
msgstr ""

#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14234
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14245
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14253
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14260
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14272
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14289
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14297
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14305
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14312
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14321
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14327
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14334
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14335
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14337
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14343
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14359
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14367
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14388
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14395
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14405
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14411
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14444
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14450
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14463
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14472
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14478
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14486
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14521
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14531
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14538
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14545
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14554
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14571
msgid "/path"
msgstr "/путања"

#. (option)
#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14237
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14413
msgid "/startrev:xxx"
msgstr "/стартрев:xxx"

#. (option)
#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14238
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14414
msgid "/endrev:xxx"
msgstr "/ендрев:xxx"

#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14239
msgid "/strict"
msgstr "/стрицт"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14233
msgid "Opens the log dialog. The <placeholder-1/> specifies the file or folder for which the log should be shown. Three additional options can be set: <placeholder-2/>, <placeholder-3/> and <placeholder-4/>"
msgstr ""

#. (option)
#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14246
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14369
msgid "/url"
msgstr "/урл"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14244
msgid "Opens the checkout dialog. The <placeholder-1/> specifies the target directory and the <placeholder-2/> specifies the URL to checkout from."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14252
msgid "Opens the import dialog. The <placeholder-1/> specifies the directory with the data to import."
msgstr ""

#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14261
msgid "/rev"
msgstr "/рев"

#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14264
msgid "/rev:1234"
msgstr "/рев:1234"

#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14265
msgid "/nonrecursive"
msgstr "/нонрецурсиве"

#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14266
msgid "/ignoreexternals"
msgstr "/игнорееxтерналс"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14259
msgid "Updates the working copy in <placeholder-1/> to HEAD. If the option <placeholder-2/> is given then a dialog is shown to ask the user to which revision the update should go. To avoid the dialog specify a revision number <placeholder-3/>. Other options are <placeholder-4/> and <placeholder-5/>."
msgstr ""

#. (option)
#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14274
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14371
msgid "/logmsg"
msgstr "/логмсг"

#. (option)
#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14277
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14374
msgid "/logmsgfile:path"
msgstr "/логмсгфиле:патх"

#. (option)
#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14278
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14375
msgid "path"
msgstr "путања"

#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14282
msgid "/bugid:\"the bug id here\""
msgstr "/бугид:\"баг ид овде\""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14271
msgid "Opens the commit dialog. The <placeholder-1/> specifies the target directory or the list of files to commit. You can also specify the <placeholder-2/> switch to pass a predefined log message to the commit dialog. Or, if you don't want to pass the log message on the command line, use <placeholder-3/>, where <placeholder-4/> points to a file containing the log message. To pre-fill the bug ID box (in case you've set up integration with bug trackers properly), you can use the <placeholder-5/> to do that."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14288
msgid "Adds the files in <placeholder-1/> to version control."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14295
msgid "Reverts local modifications of a working copy. The <placeholder-1/> tells which items to revert."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14303
msgid "Cleans up interrupted or aborted operations and unlocks the working copy in <placeholder-1/>."
msgstr ""

#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14313
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14398
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14564
msgid "/noquestion"
msgstr "/ноqуестион"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14310
msgid "Marks a conflicted file specified in <placeholder-1/> as resolved. If <placeholder-2/> is given, then resolving is done without asking the user first if it really should be done."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14320
msgid "Creates a repository in <placeholder-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14326
msgid "Opens the switch dialog. The <placeholder-1/> specifies the target directory."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14333
msgid "Exports the working copy in <placeholder-1/> to another directory. If the <placeholder-2/> points to an unversioned directory, a dialog will ask for an URL to export to the directory in <placeholder-3/>."
msgstr ""

#. (option)
#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14346
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14349
msgid "/fromurl:URL"
msgstr "/фромурл:УРЛ"

#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14347
msgid "/revrange:string"
msgstr "/ревранге:стринг"

#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14350
msgid "/tourl:URL"
msgstr "/тоурл:УРЛ"

#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14351
msgid "/fromrev:xxx"
msgstr "/фромрев:xxx"

#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14352
msgid "/torev:xxx"
msgstr "/торев:xxx"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14342
msgid "Opens the merge dialog. The <placeholder-1/> specifies the target directory. For merging a revision range, the following options are available: <placeholder-2/>, <placeholder-3/>. For merging two repository trees, the following options are available: <placeholder-4/>, <placeholder-5/>, <placeholder-6/> and <placeholder-7/>. These pre-fill the relevant fields in the merge dialog."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14358
msgid "Opens the merge all dialog. The <placeholder-1/> specifies the target directory."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14365
msgid "Brings up the branch/tag dialog. The <placeholder-1/> is the working copy to branch/tag from. And the <placeholder-2/> is the target URL. You can also specify the <placeholder-3/> switch to pass a predefined log message to the branch/tag dialog. Or, if you don't want to pass the log message on the command line, use <placeholder-4/>, where <placeholder-5/> points to a file containing the log message."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14381
msgid "Opens the settings dialog."
msgstr "Отвара дијалог подешавања."

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14387
msgid "Removes the file(s) in <placeholder-1/> from version control."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14394
msgid "Renames the file in <placeholder-1/>. The new name for the file is asked with a dialog. To avoid the question about renaming similar files in one step, pass <placeholder-2/>."
msgstr ""

#. (option)
#. (option)
#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14407
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14409
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14415
msgid "/path2"
msgstr "/патх2"

#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14415
msgid "/blame"
msgstr "/кривац"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14403
msgid "Starts the external diff program specified in the TortoiseSVN settings. The <placeholder-1/> specifies the first file. If the option <placeholder-2/> is set, then the diff program is started with those two files. If <placeholder-3/> is omitted, then the diff is done between the file in <placeholder-4/> and its BASE. To explicitly set the revision numbers use <placeholder-5/> and <placeholder-6/>. If <placeholder-7/> is set and <placeholder-8/> is not set, then the diff is done by first blaming the files with the given revisions."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14423
msgid "Depending on the URLs and revisions to compare, this either shows a unified diff (if the option <option>unified</option> is set), a dialog with a list of files that have changed or if the URLs point to files starts the diff viewer for those two files."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14430
msgid "The options <option>url1</option>, <option>url2</option>, <option>revision1</option> and <option>revision2</option> must be specified. The options <option>pegrevision</option>, <option>ignoreancestry</option>, <option>blame</option> and <option>unified</option> are optional."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14441
msgid "Starts the conflict editor specified in the TortoiseSVN settings with the correct files for the conflicted file in <placeholder-1/>."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14449
msgid "Opens the relocate dialog. The <placeholder-1/> specifies the working copy path to relocate."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14456
msgid "Opens the help file."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14462
msgid "Opens the check-for-modifications dialog. The <placeholder-1/> specifies the working copy directory."
msgstr ""

#. (option)
#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14474
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14476
msgid "/rev:xxx"
msgstr "/рев:xxx"

#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14479
msgid "/projectpropertiespath:path/to/wc"
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14469
msgid "Starts the repository browser dialog, pointing to the URL of the working copy given in <placeholder-1/> or <placeholder-2/> points directly to an URL. An additional option <placeholder-3/> can be used to specify the revision which the repository browser should show. If the <placeholder-4/> is omitted, it defaults to HEAD. If <placeholder-5/> points to an URL, the <placeholder-6/> specifies the path from where to read and use the project properties."
msgstr ""

#. (literal)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14487
msgid "svn:ignore"
msgstr "свн:игноре"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14485
msgid "Adds all targets in <placeholder-1/> to the ignore list, i.e. adds the <placeholder-2/> property to those files."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14494
msgid "Opens the blame dialog for the file specified in <option>/path</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14498
msgid "If the options <option>/startrev</option> and <option>/endrev</option> are set, then the dialog asking for the blame range is not shown but the revision values of those options are used instead."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14505
msgid "If the option <option>/line:nnn</option> is set, TortoiseBlame will open with the specified line number showing."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14510
msgid "The options <option>/ignoreeol</option>, <option>/ignorespaces</option> and <option>/ignoreallspaces</option> are also supported."
msgstr ""

#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14522
msgid "/savepath:path"
msgstr "/савепатх:патх"

#. (option)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14523
msgid "/revision:xxx"
msgstr "/ревисион:xxx"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14519
msgid "Saves a file from an URL or working copy path given in <placeholder-1/> to the location given in <placeholder-2/>. The revision is given in <placeholder-3/>. This can be used to get a file with a specific revision."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14529
msgid "Creates a patch file for the path given in <placeholder-1/>."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14536
msgid "Shows the revision graph for the path given in <placeholder-1/>."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14543
msgid "Locks a file or all files in a directory given in <placeholder-1/>. The 'lock' dialog is shown so the user can enter a comment for the lock."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14552
msgid "Unlocks a file or all files in a directory given in <placeholder-1/>."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14559
msgid "Rebuilds the windows icon cache. Only use this in case the windows icons are corrupted. A side effect of this (which can't be avoided) is that the icons on the desktop get rearranged. To suppress the message box, pass <placeholder-1/>."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14569
msgid "Shows the properties dialog for the path given in <placeholder-1/>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14578
msgid ""
"Examples (which should be entered on one line): <screen>\n"
"TortoiseProc.exe /command:commit\n"
"                 /path:\"c:\\svn_wc\\file1.txt*c:\\svn_wc\\file2.txt\"\n"
"                 /logmsg:\"test log message\" /closeonend:0\n"
"\n"
"TortoiseProc.exe /command:update /path:\"c:\\svn_wc\\\" /closeonend:0\n"
"\n"
"TortoiseProc.exe /command:log /path:\"c:\\svn_wc\\file1.txt\"\n"
"                 /startrev:50 /endrev:60 /closeonend:0\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14594
msgid "TortoiseIDiff Commands"
msgstr "ТортозИДиф команде"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14601
msgid "The image diff tool has a few command line options which you can use to control how the tool is started. The program is called <literal>TortoiseIDiff.exe</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14606
msgid "The table below lists all the options which can be passed to the image diff tool on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14622
msgid "List of available options"
msgstr "Листа расположивих опција"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14628
msgid "Option"
msgstr "Опције"

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14635
msgid "Path to the file shown on the left."
msgstr "Путања до фајла приказаног  лево."

#. (entry)
#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14641
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14654
msgid "A title string. This string is used in the image view title instead of the full path to the image file."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14648
msgid "Path to the file shown on the right."
msgstr "Путања до фајла приказаног десно."

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14661
msgid "If specified, the image diff tool switches to the overlay mode (alpha blend)."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14668
msgid "If specified, the image diff tool fits both images together."
msgstr ""

#. (entry)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14675
msgid "Shows the image info box."
msgstr "Приказује инфо бокс слике."

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14683
msgid ""
"Example (which should be entered on one line): <screen>\n"
"TortoiseIDiff.exe /left:\"c:\\images\\img1.jpg\" /lefttitle:\"image 1\"\n"
"                  /right:\"c:\\images\\img2.jpg\" /righttitle:\"image 2\"\n"
"                  /fit /overlay\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14695
msgid "Command Line Interface Cross Reference"
msgstr ""

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14697
msgid "command line client"
msgstr "команд линија клијент"

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14700
msgid "CLI"
msgstr "ЦЛИ"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14703
msgid "Sometimes this manual refers you to the main Subversion documentation, which describes Subversion in terms of the Command Line Interface (CLI). To help you understand what TortoiseSVN is doing behind the scenes, we have compiled a list showing the equivalent CLI commands for each of TortoiseSVN's GUI operations."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14712
msgid "Even though there are CLI equivalents to what TortoiseSVN does, remember that TortoiseSVN does <emphasis>not</emphasis> call the CLI but uses the Subversion library directly."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14718
msgid "If you think you have found a bug in TortoiseSVN, we may ask you to try to reproduce it using the CLI, so that we can distinguish TortoiseSVN issues from Subversion issues. This reference tells you which command to try."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14726
msgid "Conventions and Basic Rules"
msgstr "Конвенције и основна правила"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14727
msgid "In the descriptions which follow, the URL for a repository location is shown simply as <literal>URL</literal>, and an example might be <systemitem class=\"url\">http://tortoisesvn.tigris.org/svn/tortoisesvn/trunk</systemitem>. The working copy path is shown simply as <literal>PATH</literal>, and an example might be <filename>C:\\TortoiseSVN\\trunk</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14737
msgid "Because TortoiseSVN is a Windows Shell Extension, it is not able to use the notion of a current working directory. All working copy paths must be given using the absolute path, not a relative path."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14744
msgid "Certain items are optional, and these are often controlled by checkboxes or radio buttons in TortoiseSVN. These options are shown in [square brackets] in the command line definitions."
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14754
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn checkout [-N] [--ignore-externals] [-r rev] URL PATH\n"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14757
msgid "If <guilabel>Only checkout the top folder</guilabel> is checked, use the <literal>-N</literal> switch."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14761
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14804
msgid "If <guilabel>Omit externals</guilabel> is checked, use the <literal>--ignore-externals</literal> switch."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14765
msgid "If you are checking out a specific revision, specify that after the URL using <literal>-r</literal> switch."
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14772
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn info URL_of_WC\n"
"svn update [-r rev] PATH\n"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14776
msgid "Updating multiple items is currently not an atomic operation in Subversion. So TortoiseSVN first finds the HEAD revision of the repository, and then updates all items to that particular revision number to avoid creating a mixed revision working copy."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14783
msgid "If only one item is selected for updating or the selected items are not all from the same repository, TortoiseSVN just updates to HEAD."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14788
msgid "No command line options are used here. <guilabel>Update to revision</guilabel> also implements the update command, but offers more options."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14795
msgid "Update to Revision"
msgstr "Ажурирај према ревизији..."

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14796
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn info URL_of_WC\n"
"svn update [-r rev] [-N] [--ignore-externals] PATH\n"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14800
msgid "If <guilabel>Only update the top folder</guilabel> is checked, use the <literal>-N</literal> switch."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14811
msgid "In TortoiseSVN, the commit dialog uses several Subversion commands. The first stage is a status check which determines the items in your working copy which can potentially be committed. You can review the list, diff files against BASE and select the items you want to be included in the commit."
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#. (screen)
#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14818
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14980
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15008
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn status -v PATH\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"свн статус -в ПАТХ\n"

#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14821
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14909
msgid "If <guilabel>Show unversioned files</guilabel> is checked, TortoiseSVN will also show all unversioned files and folders in the working copy hierarchy, taking account of the ignore rules. This particular feature has no direct equivalent in Subversion, as the <literal>svn status</literal> command does not descend into unversioned folders."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14829
msgid "If you check any unversioned files and folders, those items will first be added to your working copy."
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14833
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15123
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn add PATH...\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"свн адд ПАТХ...\n"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14836
msgid "When you click on OK, the Subversion commit takes place. If you have left all the file selection checkboxes in their default state, TortoiseSVN uses a single recursive commit of the working copy. If you deselect some files, then a non-recursive commit (<literal>-N</literal>) must be used, and every path must be specified individually on the commit command line."
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14844
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn commit -m \"LogMessage\" [-N] [--no-unlock] PATH...\n"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#. (para)
#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14847
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15053
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15136
msgid "<literal>LogMessage</literal> here represents the contents of the log message edit box. This can be empty."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14851
msgid "If <guilabel>Keep locks</guilabel> is checked, use the <literal>--no-unlock</literal> switch."
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14858
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn diff PATH\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"свн дифф ПАТХ\n"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14861
msgid "If you use Diff from the main context menu, you are diffing a modified file against its BASE revision. The output from the CLI command above also does this and produces output in unified-diff format. However, this is not what TortoiseSVN is using. TortoiseSVN uses TortoiseMerge (or a diff program of your choosing) to display differences visually between full-text files, so there is no direct CLI equivalent."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14870
msgid "You can also diff any 2 files using TortoiseSVN, whether or not they are version controlled. TortoiseSVN just feeds the two files into the chosen diff program and lets it work out where the differences lie."
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14879
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn log -v -r 0:N --limit 100 [--stop-on-copy] PATH\n"
"  or\n"
"svn log -v -r M:N [--stop-on-copy] PATH\n"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14884
msgid "By default, TortoiseSVN tries to fetch 100 log messages using the --limit method. If the settings instruct it to use old APIs, then the second form is used to fetch the log messages for 100 repository revisions."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14890
msgid "If <guilabel>Stop on copy/rename</guilabel> is checked, use the <literal>--stop-on-copy</literal> switch."
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14897
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn status -v PATH\n"
"  or\n"
"svn status -u -v PATH\n"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14902
msgid "The initial status check looks only at your working copy. If you click on <guibutton>Check repository</guibutton> then the repository is also checked to see which files would be changed by an update, which requires the <literal>-u</literal> switch."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14919
msgid "Revision Graph"
msgstr "Ревизиони граф"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14920
msgid "The revision graph is a feature of TortoiseSVN only. There's no equivalent in the command line client."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14924
msgid ""
"What TortoiseSVN does is an <screen>\n"
"svn info URL_of_WC\n"
"svn log -v URL\n"
"</screen> where URL is the repository <emphasis>root</emphasis> and then analyzes the data returned."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14935
msgid "Repo Browser"
msgstr "Репо-претраживач"

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14936
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn info URL_of_WC\n"
"svn list [-r rev] -v URL\n"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14940
msgid "You can use <literal>svn info</literal> to determine the repository root, which is the top level shown in the repository browser. You cannot navigate <literal>Up</literal> above this level. Also, this command returns all the locking information shown in the repository browser."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14947
msgid "The <literal>svn list</literal> call will list the contents of a directory, given a URL and revision."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14954
msgid "This command has no CLI equivalent. It invokes TortoiseMerge or an external 3-way diff/merge tool to look at the files involved in the conflict and sort out which lines to use."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14961
msgid "Resolved"
msgstr "Решено"

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14962
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn resolved PATH\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"свн ресолвед ПАТХ\n"

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14968
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn rename CURR_PATH NEW_PATH\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"свн ренаме ЦУРР_ПАТХ НЕW_ПАТХ\n"

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14974
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn delete PATH\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"свн делете ПАТХ\n"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14983
msgid "The first stage is a status check which determines the items in your working copy which can potentially be reverted. You can review the list, diff files against BASE and select the items you want to be included in the revert."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14989
msgid "When you click on OK, the Subversion revert takes place. If you have left all the file selection checkboxes in their default state, TortoiseSVN uses a single recursive (<literal>-R</literal>) revert of the working copy. If you deselect some files, then every path must be specified individually on the revert command line."
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:14996
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn revert [-R] PATH...\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"свн реверт [-Р] ПАТХ...\n"

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15002
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn cleanup PATH\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"свн цлеануп ПАТХ\n"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15007
msgid "Get Lock"
msgstr "Закључај"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15011
msgid "The first stage is a status check which determines the files in your working copy which can potentially be locked. You can select the items you want to be locked."
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15016
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn lock -m \"LockMessage\" [--force] PATH...\n"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15019
msgid "<literal>LockMessage</literal> here represents the contents of the lock message edit box. This can be empty."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15023
msgid "If <guilabel>Steal the locks</guilabel> is checked, use the <literal>--force</literal> switch."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15029
msgid "Release Lock"
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15030
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn unlock PATH\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"свн унлоцк ПАТХ\n"

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15036
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn copy -m \"LogMessage\" URL URL\n"
"  or\n"
"svn copy -m \"LogMessage\" URL@rev URL@rev\n"
"  or\n"
"svn copy -m \"LogMessage\" PATH URL\n"
msgstr ""

#. (listitem)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15048
msgid "Specific revision in repository"
msgstr "Одређена ревизија у спремишту"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15043
msgid "The Branch/Tag dialog performs a copy to the repository. There are 3 radio button options: <placeholder-1/> which correspond to the 3 command line variants above."
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15060
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn info URL_of_WC\n"
"svn switch [-r rev] URL PATH\n"
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15067
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn merge [--dry-run] --force From_URL@revN To_URL@revM PATH\n"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15070
msgid "The <guibutton>Dry run</guibutton> performs the same merge with the <literal>--dry-run</literal> switch."
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15074
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn diff From_URL@revN To_URL@revM\n"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15077
msgid "The <guibutton>Unified diff</guibutton> shows the diff operation which will be used to do the merge."
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15084
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn export [-r rev] [--ignore-externals] URL Export_PATH\n"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15087
msgid "This form is used when accessed from an unversioned folder, and the folder is used as the destination."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15091
msgid "Exporting a working copy to a different location is done without using the Subversion library, so there's no matching command line equivalent."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15096
msgid "What TortoiseSVN does is to copy all files to the new location while showing you the progress of the operation. Unversioned files/folders can optionally be exported too."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15101
msgid "In both cases, if <guilabel>Omit externals</guilabel> is checked, use the <literal>--ignore-externals</literal> switch."
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15109
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn switch --relocate From_URL To_URL\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"свн сwитцх --релоцате Фром_УРЛ То_УРЛ\n"

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15114
msgid "Create Repository Here"
msgstr "Креурај спремиште овде"

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15115
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svnadmin create --fs-type fsfs PATH\n"
"  or\n"
"svnadmin create --fs-type bdb PATH\n"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15126
msgid "If you selected a folder, TortoiseSVN first scans it recursively for items which can be added."
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15133
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn import -m LogMessage PATH URL\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"свн импорт -м ЛогМессаге ПАТХ УРЛ\n"

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15143
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn blame -r N:M -v PATH\n"
"svn log -r N:M PATH\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"свн бламе -р Н:М -в ПАТХ\n"
"свн лог -р Н:М ПАТХ\n"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15147
msgid "If you use TortoiseBlame to view the blame info, the file log is also required to show log messages in a tooltip. If you view blame as a text file, this information is not required."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15155
msgid "Add to Ignore List"
msgstr "Додај у листу за занемаривање"

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15156
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn propget svn:ignore PATH &gt; tempfile\n"
"{edit new ignore item into tempfile}\n"
"svn propset svn:ignore -F tempfile PATH\n"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15161
msgid "Because the <literal>svn:ignore</literal> property is often a multi-line value, it is shown here as being changed via a text file rather than directly on the command line."
msgstr ""

#. (screen)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15169
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"svn diff PATH &gt; patch-file\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"свн дифф ПАТХ &гт; патцх-филе\n"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15172
msgid "TortoiseSVN creates a patch file in unified diff format by comparing the working copy with its BASE version."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15179
msgid "Applying patches is a tricky business unless the patch and working copy are at the same revision. Luckily for you, you can use TortoiseMerge, which has no direct equivalent in Subversion."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15193
msgid "Implementation Details"
msgstr "Имплементациони детаљи"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15195
msgid "This appendix contains a more detailed discussion of the implementation of some of TortoiseSVN's features."
msgstr ""

#. (primary)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15203
msgid "overlay priority"
msgstr "приоритет прекривања"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15208
msgid "Every file and folder has a Subversion status value as reported by the Subversion library. In the command line client, these are represented by single letter codes, but in TortoiseSVN they are shown graphically using the icon overlays. Because the number of overlays is very limited, each overlay may represent one of several status values."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15216
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"images/ConflictIcon.png\"/> The <emphasis>Conflicted</emphasis> overlay is used to represent the <literal>conflicted</literal> state, where an update or switch results in conflicts between local changes and changes downloaded from the repository. It is also used to indicate the <literal>obstructed</literal> state, which can occur when an operation is unable to complete."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15225
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"images/ModifiedIcon.png\"/> The <emphasis>Modified</emphasis> overlay represents the <literal>modified</literal> state, where you have made local modifications, the <literal>merged</literal> state, where changes from the repository have been merged with local changes, and the <literal>replaced</literal> state, where a file has been deleted and replaced by another different file with the same name."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15235
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"images/DeletedIcon.png\"/> The <emphasis>Deleted</emphasis> overlay represents the <literal>deleted</literal> state, where an item is scheduled for deletion, or the <literal>missing</literal> state, where an item is not present. Naturally an item which is missing cannot have an overlay itself, but the parent folder can be marked if one of its child items is missing."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15244
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"images/AddedIcon.png\"/> The <emphasis>Added</emphasis> overlay is simply used to represent the <literal>added</literal> status when an item has been added to version control."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15250
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"images/InSubVersionIcon.png\"/> The <emphasis>In Subversion</emphasis> overlay is used to represent an item which is in the <literal>normal</literal> state, or a versioned item whose state is not yet known. Because TortoiseSVN uses a background caching process to gather status, it may take a few seconds before the overlay updates."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15259
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"images/ReadOnlyIcon.png\"/> The <emphasis>Needs Lock</emphasis> overlay is used to indicate when a file has the <literal>svn:needs-lock</literal> property set. For working copies which were created using Subversion 1.4.0 and later, the <literal>svn:needs-lock</literal> status is cached locally by Subversion and this is used to determine when to show this overlay. For working copies which are in pre-1.4.x format, TortoiseSVN shows this overlay when the file has read-only status. Note that Subversion automatically upgrades working copies when you update them, although the caching of the <literal>svn:needs-lock</literal> property may not happen until the file itself is updated."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15273
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"images/LockedIcon.png\"/> The <emphasis>Locked</emphasis> overlay is used when the local working copy holds a lock for that file."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15278
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"images/IgnoredIcon.png\"/> The <emphasis>Ignored</emphasis> overlay is used to represent an item which is in the <literal>ignored</literal> state, either due to a global ignore pattern, or the <literal>svn:ignore</literal> property of the parent folder. This overlay is optional."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15286
msgid "<graphic fileref=\"images/UnversionedIcon.png\"/> The <emphasis>Unversioned</emphasis> overlay is used to represent an item which is in the <literal>unversioned</literal> state. This is an item in a versioned folder, but which is not under version control itself. This overlay is optional."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15294
msgid "If an item has subversion status <literal>none</literal> (the item is not within a working copy) then no overlay is shown. If you have chosen to disable the <emphasis>Ignored</emphasis> and <emphasis>Unversioned</emphasis> overlays then no overlay will be shown for those files either."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15301
msgid "An item can only have one Subversion status value. For example a file could be locally modified and it could be marked for deletion at the same time. Subversion returns a single status value - in this case <literal>deleted</literal>. Those priorities are defined within Subversion itself."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15308
msgid "When TortoiseSVN displays the status recursively (the default setting), each folder displays an overlay reflecting its own status and the status of all its children. In order to display a single <emphasis>summary</emphasis> overlay, we use the priority order shown above to determine which overlay to use, with the <emphasis>Conflicted</emphasis> overlay taking highest priority."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15317
msgid "In fact, you may find that not all of these icons are used on your system. This is because the number of overlays allowed by Windows is limited to 15. Windows uses 4 of those, and the remaining 11 can be used by other applications. If there are not enough overlay slots available, TortoiseSVN tries to be a <quote>Good Citizen (TM)</quote> and limits its use of overlays to give other apps a chance."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15328
msgid "<emphasis>Normal</emphasis>, <emphasis>Modified</emphasis> and <emphasis>Conflicted</emphasis> are always loaded and visible."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15336
msgid "<emphasis>Deleted</emphasis> is loaded if possible, but falls back to <emphasis>Modified</emphasis> if there are not enough slots."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15343
msgid "<emphasis>Read-Only</emphasis> is loaded if possible, but falls back to <emphasis>Normal</emphasis> if there are not enough slots."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15350
msgid "<emphasis>Locked</emphasis> is only loaded if there are fewer than 13 overlays already loaded. It falls back to <emphasis>Normal</emphasis> if there are not enough slots."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15358
msgid "<emphasis>Added</emphasis> is only loaded if there are fewer than 14 overlays already loaded. It falls back to <emphasis>Modified</emphasis> if there are not enough slots."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15369
msgid "Securing Svnserve using SSH"
msgstr "Осигурање Свнсерва користећи ССХ"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15371
msgid "This section provides a step-by-step guide to setting up Subversion and TortoiseSVN to use the <literal>svn+ssh</literal> protocol. If you already use authenticated SSH connections to login to your server, then you are already there and you can find more detail in the Subversion book. If you are not using SSH but would like to do so to protect your Subversion installation, this guide gives a simple method which does not involve creating a separate SSH user account on the server for every subversion user."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15381
msgid "In this implementation we create a single SSH user account for all subversion users, and use different authentication keys to differentiate between the real Subversion users."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15386
msgid "In this appendix we assume that you already have the subversion tools installed, and that you have created a repository as detailed elsewhere in this manual. Note that you should <emphasis>not</emphasis> start svnserve as a service or daemon when used with SSH."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15392
msgid "Much of the information here comes from a tutorial provided by Marc Logemann, which can be found at <ulink url=\"http://www.logemann.org/2007/03/13/subversion-tortoisesvn-ssh-howto/\"><citetitle>www.logemann.org</citetitle></ulink> Additional information on setting up a Windows server was provided by Thorsten Müller. Thanks guys!"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15403
msgid "Setting Up a Linux Server"
msgstr "Подешавање Линукс сервера"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15404
msgid ""
"You need to have SSH enabled on the server, and here we assume that you will be using OpenSSH. On most distributions this will already be installed. To find out, type: <screen>\n"
"ps xa | grep sshd\n"
"</screen> and look for ssh jobs."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15413
msgid "One point to note is that if you build Subversion from source and do not provide any argument to <filename>./configure</filename>, Subversion creates a <filename>bin</filename> directory under <filename>/usr/local</filename> and places its binaries there. If you want to use tunneling mode with SSH, you have to be aware that the user logging in via SSH needs to execute the svnserve program and some other binaries. For this reason, either place <filename>/usr/local/bin</filename> into the <literal>PATH</literal> variable or create symbolic links of your binaries to the <filename>/usr/sbin</filename> directory, or to any other directory which is commonly in the <literal>PATH</literal>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15426
msgid ""
"To check that everything is OK, login in as the target user with SSH and type: <screen>\n"
"which svnserve\n"
"</screen> This command should tell you if svnserve is reachable."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15434
msgid ""
"Create a new user which we will use to access the svn repository: <screen>\n"
"useradd -m svnuser\n"
"</screen> Be sure to give this user full access rights to the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15443
msgid "Setting Up a Windows Server"
msgstr "Подешавање Виндоуз сервера"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15444
msgid "Install Cygwin SSH daemon as described here: <ulink url=\"http://pigtail.net/LRP/printsrv/cygwin-sshd.html\"><citetitle>http://pigtail.net/LRP/printsrv/cygwin-sshd.html</citetitle></ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15450
msgid "Create a new Windows user account <literal>svnuser</literal> which we will use to access the repository. Be sure to give this user full access rights to the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15455
msgid ""
"If there is no password file yet then create one from the Cygwin console using: <screen>\n"
"mkpasswd -l &gt; /etc/passwd\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15463
msgid "SSH Client Tools for use with TortoiseSVN"
msgstr "ССЈ клијент алат за коришћење са ТортоисеСВН"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15464
msgid "Grab the tools we need for using SSH on the windows client from this site: <ulink url=\"http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/\"><citetitle>http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/</citetitle></ulink> Just go to the download section and get <filename>Putty</filename>, <filename>Plink</filename>, <filename>Pageant</filename> and <filename>Puttygen</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15477
msgid "Creating OpenSSH Certificates"
msgstr "Креирање ОпенССХ цертификата"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15478
msgid "The next step is to create a key pair for authentication. There are two possible ways to create keys. The first is to create the keys with PuTTYgen on the client, upload the public key to your server and use the private key with PuTTY. The other is to create the key pair with the OpenSSH tool ssh-keygen, download the private key to your client and convert the private key to a PuTTY-style private key."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15488
msgid "Create Keys using ssh-keygen"
msgstr "Креирање тастера користећи ссх-кијген"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15489
msgid ""
"Login to the server as <literal>root</literal> or <literal>svnuser</literal> and type: <screen>\n"
"ssh-keygen -b 1024 -t dsa -N passphrase -f keyfile\n"
"</screen> substituting a real pass-phrase (which only you know) and key file. We just created a SSH2 DSA key with 1024 bit key-phrase. If you type <screen>\n"
"ls -l keyfile*\n"
"</screen> you will see two files, <filename>keyfile</filename> and <filename>keyfile.pub</filename>. As you might guess, the <filename>.pub</filename> file is the public key file, the other is the private one."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15506
msgid ""
"Append the public key to those in the <filename>.ssh</filename> folder within the <literal>svnuser</literal> home directory: <screen>\n"
"cat keyfile.pub &gt;&gt; /home/svnuser/.ssh/authorized_keys\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15513
msgid "In order to use the private key we generated, we have to convert it to a putty format. This is because the private key file format is not specified by a standards body. After you download the private key file to your client PC, start PuTTYgen and use <menuchoice><guimenu>Conversions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import key</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Browse to your file <filename>keyfile</filename> which you got from the server the passphrase you used when creating the key. Finally click on <guibutton>Save private key</guibutton> and save the file as <filename>keyfile.PPK</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15530
msgid "Create Keys using PuTTYgen"
msgstr "Креирање тастера коришћењем ПуТТИген"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15531
msgid ""
"Use PuTTYgen to generate a public-key/private-key pair and save it. Copy the public key to the server and append it to those in the <filename>.ssh</filename> folder within the <literal>svnuser</literal> home directory: <screen>\n"
"cat keyfile.pub &gt;&gt; /home/svnuser/.ssh/authorized_keys\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15543
msgid "Test using PuTTY"
msgstr "Тест користећи ПуТТИ"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15544
msgid "To test the connection we will use PuTTY. Start the program and on the <guilabel>Session</guilabel> tab set the hostname to the name or IP address of your server, the protocol to SSH and save the session as <literal>SvnConnection</literal> or whatever name you prefer. On the <guilabel>SSH</guilabel> tab set the preferred SSH protocol version to 2 and from <guilabel>Auth</guilabel> set the full path to the <literal>.PPK</literal> private key file you converted earlier. Go back to the <guilabel>Sessions</guilabel> tab and hit the <guilabel>Save</guilabel> button. You will now see <literal>SvnConnection</literal> in the list of saved sessions."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15557
msgid "Click on <guilabel>Open</guilabel> and you should see a telnet style login prompt. Use <literal>svnuser</literal> as the user name and if all is well you should connect directly without being prompted for a password."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15563
msgid ""
"You may need to edit <filename>/etc/sshd_config</filename> on the server. Edit lines as follows and restart the SSH service afterwards. <screen>\n"
"PubkeyAuthentication yes\n"
"PasswordAuthentication no\n"
"PermitEmptyPasswords no\n"
"ChallengeResponseAuthentication no\n"
"</screen>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15575
msgid "Testing SSH with TortoiseSVN"
msgstr "Тестирање ССХ са ТортоисеСВН"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15576
msgid "So far we have only tested that you can login using SSH. Now we need to make sure that the SSH connection can actually run svnserve. On the server modify <filename>/home/svnuser/.ssh/authorized_keys</filename> as follows to allow many subversion authors to use the same system account, <literal>svnuser</literal>. Note that every subversion author uses the same login but a different authentication key, thus you have to add one line for every author."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15585
msgid ""
"Note: This is all on one very long line. <screen>\n"
"command=\"svnserve -t -r &lt;ReposRootPath&gt; --tunnel-user=&lt;author&gt;\",\n"
"            no-port-forwarding,no-agent-forwarding,no-X11-forwarding,\n"
"            no-pty ssh-rsa &lt;PublicKey&gt; &lt;Comment&gt;\n"
"</screen> There are several values that you need to set according to your setup."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15594
msgid "<literal>&lt;ReposRootPath&gt;</literal> should be replaced with the path to the directory containing your repositories. This avoids the need to specify full server paths within URLs. Note that you must use forward slashes even on a Windows server, e.g. <filename>c:/svn/reposroot</filename>. In the examples below we assume that you have a repository folder within the repository root called <filename>repos</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15603
msgid "<literal>&lt;author&gt;</literal> should be replaced with the svn author that you want to be stored on commit. This also allows svnserve to use its own access rights within <filename>svnserve.conf</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15608
msgid "<literal>&lt;PublicKey&gt;</literal> should be replaced with the public key that you generated earlier."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15612
msgid "<literal>&lt;Comment&gt;</literal> can be any comment you like, but it is useful for mapping an svn author name to the person's real name."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15616
msgid ""
"Right click on any folder in Windows Explorer and select <menuchoice><guimenu>TortoiseSVN</guimenu><guimenuitem>Repo-Browser</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. You will be prompted to enter a URL, so enter one in this form: <screen>\n"
"svn+ssh://svnuser@SvnConnection/repos\n"
"</screen> What does this URL mean? The Schema name is <literal>svn+ssh</literal> which tells TortoiseSVN how to handle the requests to the server. After the double slash, you specify the user to connect to the server, in our case <literal>svnuser</literal>. After the <literal>@</literal> we supply our PuTTY session name. This session name contains all details like where to find the private key and the server's IP or DNS. Lastly we have to provide the path to the repository, relative to the repository root on the server, as specified in the <filename>authorized_keys</filename> file."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15636
msgid "Click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton> and you should be able to browse the repository content. If so you now have a running SSH tunnel in conjunction with TortoiseSVN."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15641
msgid "Note that by default TortoiseSVN uses its own version of Plink to connect. This avoids a console window popping up for every authentication attempt, but it also means that there is nowhere for error messages to appear. If you receive the error <quote>Unable to write to standard output</quote>, you can try specifying Plink as the client in TortoiseSVN's network settings. This will allow you to see the real error message generated by Plink."
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15651
msgid "SSH Configuration Variants"
msgstr "ССХ конфигурационе варијанте"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15652
msgid ""
"One way to simplify the URL in TortoiseSVN is to set the user inside the PuTTY session. For this you have to load your already defined session <literal>SvnConnection</literal> in PuTTY and in the <guilabel>Connection</guilabel> tab set <guilabel>Auto login user</guilabel> to the user name, e.g. <literal>svnuser</literal>. Save your PuTTY session as before and try the following URL inside TortoiseSVN: <screen>\n"
"svn+ssh://SvnConnection/repos\n"
"</screen> This time we only provide the PuTTY session <literal>SvnConnection</literal> to the SSH client TortoiseSVN uses (TortoisePlink.exe). This client will check the session for all necessary details."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15667
msgid "At the time of writing PuTTY does not check all saved configurations, so if you have multiple configurations with the same server name, it will pick the first one which matches. Also, if you edit the default configuration and save it, the auto login user name is <emphasis>not</emphasis> saved."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15674
msgid "Many people like to use Pageant for storing all their keys. Because a PuTTY session is capable of storing a key, you don't always need Pageant. But imagine you want to store keys for several different servers; in that case you would have to edit the PuTTY session over and over again, depending on the server you are trying to connect with. In this situation Pageant makes perfect sense, because when PuTTY, Plink, TortoisePlink or any other PuTTY-based tool is trying to connect to an SSH server, it checks all private keys that Pageant holds to initiate the connection."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15685
msgid "For this task, simply run Pageant and add the private key. It should be the same private key you defined in the PuTTY session above. If you use Pageant for private key storage, you can delete the reference to the private key file in your saved PuTTY session. You can add more keys for other servers, or other users of course."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15692
msgid "If you don't want to repeat this procedure after every reboot of your client, you should place Pageant in the auto-start group of your Windows installation. You can append the keys with complete paths as command line arguments to Pageant.exe"
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15698
msgid ""
"The last way to connect to an SSH server is simply by using this URL inside TortoiseSVN: <screen>\n"
"svn+ssh://svnuser@100.101.102.103/repos\n"
"svn+ssh://svnuser@mydomain.com/repos\n"
"</screen> As you can see, we don't use a saved PuTTY session but an IP address (or domain name) as the connection target. We also supply the user, but you might ask how the private key file will be found. Because TortoisePlink.exe is just a modified version of the standard Plink tool from the PuTTY suite, TortoiseSVN will also try all the keys stored in Pageant."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15712
msgid "If you use this last method, be sure you do not have a default username set in PuTTY. We have had reports of a bug in PuTTY causing connections to close in this case. To remove the default user, simply clear <filename>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\SimonTatham\\Putty\\Sessions\\Default%20Settings\\HostName</filename>"
msgstr ""

#. (title)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15724
msgid "Glossary"
msgstr "Појмовник"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15728
msgid "A Subversion command that is used to add a file or directory to your working copy. The new items are added to the repository when you commit."
msgstr ""

#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15736
msgid "BASE revision"
msgstr "ОСНОВНА ревизија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15738
msgid "The current base revision of a file or folder in your <emphasis>working copy</emphasis>. This is the revision the file or folder was in, when the last checkout, update or commit was run. The BASE revision is normally not equal to the HEAD revision."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15749
msgid "This command is for text files only, and it annotates every line to show the repository revision in which it was last changed, and the author who made that change. Our GUI implementation is called TortoiseBlame and it also shows the commit date/time and the log message when you hover the mouse of the revision number."
msgstr ""

#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15759
msgid "BDB"
msgstr "БДБ"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15761
msgid "Berkeley DB. A well tested database backend for repositories, that cannot be used on network shares. Default for pre 1.2 repositories."
msgstr ""

#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15768
msgid "Branch"
msgstr "Грана"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15770
msgid "A term frequently used in revision control systems to describe what happens when development forks at a particular point and follows 2 separate paths. You can create a branch off the main development line so as to develop a new feature without rendering the main line unstable. Or you can branch a stable release to which you make only bug fixes, while new developments take place on the unstable trunk. In Subversion a branch is implemented as a <quote>cheap copy</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15785
msgid "A Subversion command which creates a local working copy in an empty directory by downloading versioned files from the repository."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15794
msgid "To quote from the Subversion book: <quote> Recursively clean up the working copy, removing locks and resuming unfinished operations. If you ever get a <emphasis>working copy locked</emphasis> error, run this command to remove stale locks and get your working copy into a usable state again. </quote> Note that in this context <emphasis>lock</emphasis> refers to local filesystem locking, not repository locking."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15811
msgid "This Subversion command is used to pass the changes in your local working copy back into the repository, creating a new repository revision."
msgstr ""

#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15819
msgid "Conflict"
msgstr "Конфликт"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15821
msgid "When changes from the repository are merged with local changes, sometimes those changes occur on the same lines. In this case Subversion cannot automatically decide which version to use and the file is said to be in conflict. You have to edit the file manually and resolve the conflict before you can commit any further changes."
msgstr ""

#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15831
msgid "Copy"
msgstr "Копирај"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15833
msgid "In a Subversion repository you can create a copy of a single file or an entire tree. These are implemented as <quote>cheap copies</quote> which act a bit like a link to the original in that they take up almost no space. Making a copy preserves the history of the item in the copy, so you can trace changes made before the copy was made."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15845
msgid "When you delete a versioned item (and commit the change) the item no longer exists in the repository after the committed revision. But of course it still exists in earlier repository revisions, so you can still access it. If necessary, you can copy a deleted item and <quote>resurrect</quote> it complete with history."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15857
msgid "Shorthand for <quote>Show Differences</quote>. Very useful when you want to see exactly what changes have been made."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15866
msgid "This command produces a copy of a versioned folder, just like a working copy, but without the local <literal>.svn</literal> folders."
msgstr ""

#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15874
msgid "FSFS"
msgstr "ФСФС"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15876
msgid "A proprietary Subversion filesystem backend for repositories. Can be used on network shares. Default for 1.2 and newer repositories."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15885
msgid "Group policy object"
msgstr "Објекат групне полисе"

#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15891
msgid "HEAD revision"
msgstr "ГЛАВНА Ревизија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15893
msgid "The latest revision of a file or folder in the <emphasis>repository</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15901
msgid "Subversion command to import an entire folder hierarchy into the repository in a single revision."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15910
msgid "When you take out a lock on a versioned item, you mark it in the repository as non-committable, except from the working copy where the lock was taken out."
msgstr ""

#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15918
msgid "Log"
msgstr "Дневник"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15920
msgid "Show the revision history of a file or folder. Also known as <quote>History</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15927
msgid "History"
msgstr "Историја"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15929
msgid "Show the revision history of a file or folder. Also known as <quote>Log</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15938
msgid "The process by which changes from the repository are added to your working copy without disrupting any changes you have already made locally. Sometimes these changes cannot be reconciled automatically and the working copy is said to be in conflict."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15944
msgid "Merging happens automatically when you update your working copy. You can also merge specific changes from another branch using TortoiseSVN's Merge command."
msgstr ""

#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15952
msgid "Patch"
msgstr "Закрпа"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15954
msgid "If a working copy has changes to text files only, it is possible to use Subversion's Diff command to generate a single file summary of those changes in Unified Diff format. A file of this type is often referred to as a <quote>Patch</quote>, and it can be emailed to someone else (or to a mailing list) and applied to another working copy. Someone without commit access can make changes and submit a patch file for an authorized committer to apply. Or if you are unsure about a change you can submit a patch for others to review."
msgstr ""

#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15967
msgid "Property"
msgstr "Својство"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15969
msgid "In addition to versioning your directories and files, Subversion allows you to add versioned metadata - referred to as <quote>properties</quote> to each of your versioned directories and files. Each property has a name and a value, rather like a registry key. Subversion has some special properties which it uses internally, such as <literal>svn:eol-style</literal>. TortoiseSVN has some too, such as <literal>tsvn:logminsize</literal>. You can add your own properties with any name and value you choose."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15984
msgid "If your repository moves, perhaps because you have moved it to a different directory on your server, or the server domain name has changed, you need to <quote>relocate</quote> your working copy so that its repository URLs point to the new location."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15990
msgid "Note: you should only use this command if your working copy is referring to the same location in the same repository, but the repository itself has moved. In any other circumstance you probably need the <quote>Switch</quote> command instead."
msgstr ""

#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:15999
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Спремиште"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16001
msgid "A repository is a central place where data is stored and maintained. A repository can be a place where multiple databases or files are located for distribution over a network, or a repository can be a location that is directly accessible to the user without having to travel across a network."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16012
msgid "When files in a working copy are left in a conflicted state following a merge, those conflicts must be sorted out by a human using an editor (or perhaps TortoiseMerge). This process is referred to as <quote>Resolving Conflicts</quote>. When this is complete you can mark the conflicted files as being resolved, which allows them to be committed."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16024
msgid "Subversion keeps a local <quote>pristine</quote> copy of each file as it was when you last updated your working copy. If you have made changes and decide you want to undo them, you can use the <quote>revert</quote> command to go back to the pristine copy."
msgstr ""

#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16033
msgid "Revision"
msgstr "Ревизија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16035
msgid "Every time you commit a set of changes, you create one new <quote>revision</quote> in the repository. Each revision represents the state of the repository tree at a certain point in its history. If you want to go back in time you can examine the repository as it was at revision N."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16042
msgid "In another sense, a revision can refer to the set of changes that were made when that revision was created."
msgstr ""

#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16049
msgid "Revision Property (revprop)"
msgstr "Особине ревизије (ревособ)"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16051
msgid "Just as files can have properties, so can each revision in the repository. Some special revprops are added automatically when the revision is created, namely: <literal>svn:date svn:author svn:log</literal> which represent the commit date/time, the committer and the log message respectively. These properties can be edited, but they are not versioned, so any change is permanent and cannot be undone."
msgstr ""

#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16063
msgid "SVN"
msgstr "СВН"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16065
msgid "A frequently-used abbreviation for Subversion."
msgstr "Често-кориишћене скраћенице у Субверзији"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16068
msgid "The name of the Subversion custom protocol used by the <quote>svnserve</quote> repository server."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16077
msgid "Just as <quote>Update-to-revision</quote> changes the time window of a working copy to look at a different point in history, so <quote>Switch</quote> changes the space window of a working copy so that it points to a different part of the repository. It is particularly useful when working on trunk and branches where only a few files differ. You can switch your working copy between the two and only the changed files will be transferred."
msgstr ""

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16091
msgid "This Subversion command pulls down the latest changes from the repository into your working copy, merging any changes made by others with local changes in the working copy."
msgstr ""

#. (glossterm)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16099
msgid "Working Copy"
msgstr "Радна копија"

#. (para)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:16101
msgid "This is your local <quote>sandbox</quote>, the area where you work on the versioned files, and it normally resides on your local hard disk. You create a working copy by doing a <quote>Checkout</quote> from a repository, and you feed your changes back into the repository using <quote>Commit</quote>."
msgstr ""

#. Put one translator per line, in the form of NAME <EMAIL>.
#. (None)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:0
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr "Милорад Поповић"

#. Place the translation of 'translation' here.
#. (None)
#: ../source/TortoiseSVN_en.xml:0
msgid "translator-translation"
msgstr "Превод"

